Giao An Dzung Su

Date of planning: 17/9/2021
Revision of TENSEs.
I. Simple present tense :
1 Form :
(+) S (I, we, you,they) + V +……..
S (He,she,it) + V- es / V- s +……
2,Uses : Diễn tả một thói quen hoặc một việc xảy ra thường xuyên ở hiện tại.
( Trong câu thường có các từ như…Everyday, often, usually, always,
sometimes, seldom…)
- Eg : We come to school on time everyday.
My mother always gets up early.
- Diễn tả một sự thật hiển nhiên; Một chân lý.
- Eg : Two and two are four.
(-) I / we…+ don’t + V( infi )
He, she, it + doesn’t + V( infi)
(?) Do + we / I…. + V +…. ?
Does + he / she… + V…?
 Notes : Động từ thường .

- Thêm “ es” khi động từ kết thúc là o, ch, sh, ss, x, y-i+es …
- Eg : watch  watches. wash  washes.
go  goes. miss  misses
carry  carries.
+ Tobe ----- is
----- am
----- are.
 Advs đặt trước động từ thường và sau động từ “Tobe”.
II. Present progressive tense
1) Form :
(+) S + is / am / are + V- ing +…..
(-) S + is / am / are + not + V- ing+….
(?) Is / Am / Are + S + V- ing…?
 Notes : Đối với những động từ có đuôi “e” bỏ “e” sau đó mới + “ing”.
+ Động từ có một âm tiết, kết thúc là phụ âm,trước là một nguyên âm
 nhân đôi phụ âm cuối rồi thêm “+ing”.
- Eg : write  writing, put  putting.
But cry  crying , cut  cutting.
ie  y +ing ; Eg : lie  lying
2) Uses : Diễn tả một hành động, sự việc đang diễn ra tại thời điểm nói.
- Eg : We are learning E in the classroom now.
He is watching T- V at the moment.
- Diễn tả một dự định, một kế hoạch sắp được thực hiện.
- Eg : + She is going to Ha Noi tomorrow morning.
+ We are going to Dalat this summer.
 Thì HTTD đi kèm với các advs : now, at present, at the moment hoặc sau động
từ “ look !” “ listen !”..
- Eg : Look ! The bus is coming.
Listen ! He is speaking.
3, Notes : HTTD không dùng với các động từ chỉ cảm giác , cảm xúc như : see,
smell, taste, love,
feel, agree, forget, enjoy, want, hate, know…
- Eg : I don’t know him thay vì ( I am not knowing him)
I like it very much ( not I am liking it very much ).
III, Exercise 1 : Chia động từ trong ngoặc ở thì thích hợp HTT/ HTTD ?
1) Mr Green always (go) to work by bus.
2) It ( not sain ) in the dry season.
3) They (have) lunch in the cafeteria now.
4) My litlle sister ( drink) milk everyday.
5) The doctor sometimes (return) home late.
6) He (write) a novel at present ?
7) Look ! The bus (come).
8) The earth (move) around the sun.
9) Something ( smell) good in the kitchen now.
10) They often (thank) me for what I do for them.
KEYS
1, goes. 6, Is he writing….?
2, doesn’t rain. 7, is coming.
3, dre having. 8, moves.
4, drinks. 9, smells.
5, returns. 10, thank.
IV, Exercise 2 : Use present / present progressive tense
1) We often (drink) coffee in the morning.
2) On my way to home, I often (meet) many children who (go) to school.
3) The sun (rise) in the East and (set) in the West.
4) What you (do) now ?
- We ( repair ) our house.
5) He often ( buy ) presents for his daughter on her birthday.
6) We still (do) our work now.
7) They still (live) in a small house now.
8) What you (do) at this moment ?
- I (write) a report. KEYS
1, drink. 5, buys.
2, meet… are going. 6, are still doing.
3, sets, rises. 7, are still living.
4, “ are you doing …? 8, are you doing…?
are repairing .  am writing.
V : The present perfect tense
1) Form :
(+) S + have / has + V- ed / VpII + 0.
(-) S + have / has + not + V- ed/ VpI + 0.
(?) Have/ Has + S + V- ed/ VpII + 0…?
2) Uses : Diễn tả hành động đã xảy ra nhưng không rõ thời gian cụ thể.
( Already)
- Eg : I have already read that book.
She has already seen this film.
+ Diễn tả hành động vừa mới xảy ra ( dùng với “Just” ).
- Eg : He has just finished his homework.
They have just arrived in HN.
+ Diễn tả một hành động bắt đầu từ quá khứ và kết quả còn kéo dài
đến hiện tại.
- Eg : We have lived in BG town since 1989.
I have learnt E for 3 years.
He has stayed here since last Monday.
VI : The present perfect continuous tense
1) Form :
(+) S + have/ has + been + V- ing + 0
(-) S + hasn’t / haven’t + been + V- ing + 0
(?) Have/ has + S + been + V- ing +…?
2) Uses : Dùng để nhấn mạnh một hành động bắt đầu từ trong quá khứ kéo dài đến
hiện tại và tiếp tục ở tương lai.
- Eg : * I have been teaching English for 5 years
( Now, I’m teaching).
* She has been working here since 1999.
( Now, she’s working here).
VII, Exercise : Dùng động từ ở thì HTHT/ HTHT tiếp diễn.
1, They just ( decide) to buy a new house.
2, “Gone with the wind” is the most interesting film we (see) recently.
3, I (not see) him for many days now.
4, Since when you (learn) English ?
- I (learn) it since I was a girl of twelve.
5, You ever (be) to HCM city ?
- No, I (not be) there yet.
6, How long you (live) in this town ?
- I (live) this town for 10 years.
7, Mr Minh (live) in BG town since 1998.
8, How long you (learn) English ?
- I (learn) English for 4 years.
KEYS
1- have Just decided. 5- have…ever been ? 8- have…learnt
2- have seen. haven’t been. have learnt
3- haven’t seen. 6- have…lived…?
4- have….learnt have lived.
have learnt 7- has lived
Revision of TENSEs ( CONT…).
I. The past simple tense
1)Form :
(+) S + V- ed + N ( V có quy tắc )+…
S + Vp I + N ( V bất quy tắc )+…
(-) S + didn’t + V ( infi )+…
(?) Did + S + V ( infi….? )+……
 Tobe : ---- was ( I/ she/ he/ it…)

---- were ( They , you, we…)
 Notes : Động từ kết thúc là “e” chỉ thêm “- d”.
Động từ kết thúc là “y” chuyển y  i rồi mới thêm “- ed”
( trước “- y” là một phụ âm. )
- Eg : move  moved.
arrive  arrived.
carry  carried.
study  studied.
But play  played (a là nguyên âm )
stay  stayed.
2) Uses : Diễn tả một sự việc diễn ra và kết thúc trong quá khứ ( Thường có thời
gian xác định ở quá khứ ).
Yesterday, ago, last night, last week, last year…
- Eg : I went to HN yesterday.
She watched T.V last night.
3, Cách đọc đuôi / - ed /:
- / - t / khi theo sau là một trong các âm : / p , k , f , s …./ .
- /- id / khi theo sau là một trong 2 âm : / t , d / .
- / - d / khi theo sau là một trong các âm còn lại .
II. The past progressive tense
1) Form :
(+) S + was/ were + V- ing + N/ O.
(-) S + was/ were + not + V- ing + N/ O.
(?) Was/ were + S + V- ing + N/ O ?
2) Uses : Diễn tả một hành động diễn ra tại một thời điểm nói xác định cụ thể trong
quá khứ.
- Eg : He was watching T- V at 8 pm yesterday.
We were playing football at 4pm yesterday.
Diễn tả một hành động đang diễn ra thì một hành động khác xen vào
trong quá khứ ( dùng với When + QK thường ).
- Eg : While I was studying, my father was watching T- V, my mother was
cooking.
* Notes : Những ĐT không dùng được ở HTTD thì cũng không dùng được ở thì
QKTD.
III. The past perfect tense
1) Form :
(+) S + had + VpII/ V- ed + O.
(-) S + hadn’t + VpII/ V- ed + O.
(?) Had + S + VpII / V- ed + O ?
2) Uses : Diễn tả một sự việc diễn ra trước một sự việc khác hoặc trước một thời
điểm ở quá khứ ( đi kèm với before, after, by the time/ by…).
- Eg : + When I came to his house, he had already left.
+ After she had watched T- V, she went to bed.
= She had watched T- V before she went to bed.
IV, Exercise 1 :
Dùng động từ ở thì QKT hay QKTD.
1) When he (leave) HN for HCM city ?
- He (leave) yesterday morning.
2) They (start) to learn E when they (be) 10.
3) She (play) the piano when we ( arrive).
4) What you (do) at 8 o’clock yesterday ?
- Oh, I (write) a letter to my brother.
5) They still (sleep) when their father (come) back.
6) She (come) into the room, (open) the windows.
7) It (rain) hard when they (be) on way home.
8) Her mother (cook) in the kitchen while her mother (clean) the room.
9) When I (come) to her house, she (work) in the garden.
10) It (be) 2 am. Elisa (wake up ) . She (look) . It (be) snow.
KEYS
1, did he leave. 6, came – opened.
- He left. 7, was raining – were.
2, started – were. 8, was cooking – was cleaning.
3, was playing …arrived. 9, came – was working.
4, were…doing. 10, was – woke – looked – was
- was doing. snowing.
5, were sleeping – came.
V, Exercise 2 : Dùng động từ ở thì quá khứ thường hay QKHT.
1, Miss Snow (type) 10 letters before lunch time yesterday.
2, The train (start) before we arrived at the station.
3, The film already (begin) when we got the cinema.
4, He said that he (see) that man before.
5, Mr Brown died after he (be) ill for a long time.
6, When I (come) to his house yesterday…he (go) to the cinema with his friends.
7, He (go) to England after he (study) English for 2 years.
8, When their father (get) home from work. They already (cook) the dinner.
9, When Peter (arrive) at the cinema , the film already (start).
10, He (make) a report after he (read) a lot of books.
KEYS
1, had typed. 6, came – had gome.
2, had started. 7, went – had studied.
3, had already begun. 8, got – had cooked.
4, had seen. 9, arrived – had started.
5, had been. 10, made – had read.
-----------------*****----------------
Revision of TENSEs ( CONT…).
VIII. The past simple tense
1)Form :
(+) S + V- ed + N ( V có quy tắc )+…
S + Vp I + N ( V bất quy tắc )+…
(-) S + didn’t + V ( infi )+…
(?) Did + S + V ( infi….? )+……
 Tobe : ---- was ( I/ she/ he/ it…)
---- were ( They , you, we…)
 Notes : Động từ kết thúc là “e” chỉ thêm “- d”.
Động từ kết thúc là “y” chuyển y  i rồi mới thêm “- ed ( trước “- y” là một
phụ âm. )
- Eg : move  moved.
arrive  arrived.
carry  carried.
study  studied.
But play  played (a là nguyên âm ) , stay  stayed.
2) Uses : Diễn tả một sự việc diễn ra và kết thúc trong quá khứ ( Thường có thời
gian xác định ở quá khứ ).
Yesterday, ago, last night, last week, last year…
- Eg : I went to HN yesterday.
She watched T.V last night.
3, Cách đọc đuôi / - ed /:
- / - t / khi theo sau là một trong các âm : / p , k , f , s …./ .
- /- id / khi theo sau là một trong 2 âm : / t , d / .
- / - d / khi theo sau là một trong các âm còn lại .
IX. The past progressive tense
1) Form :
(+) S + was/ were + V- ing + N/ O.
(-) S + was/ were + not + V- ing + N/ O.
(?) Was/ were + S + V- ing + N/ O ?
2) Uses : Diễn tả một hành động diễn ra tại một thời điểm nói xác định cụ thể trong
quá khứ.
- Eg : He was watching T- V at 8 pm yesterday.
We were playing football at 4pm yesterday.
Diễn tả một hành động đang diễn ra thì một hành động khác xen vào
trong quá khứ ( dùng với When + QK thường ).
- Eg : While I was studying, my father was watching T- V, my mother was
cooking.
* Notes : Những ĐT không dùng được ở HTTD thì cũng không dùng được ở thì
QKTD.
IV. The past perfect tense
1) Form : (+) S + had + VpII/ V- ed + O.
(-) S + hadn’t + VpII/ V- ed + O.
(?) Had + S + VpII / V- ed + O ?
2) Uses : Diễn tả một sự việc diễn ra trước một sự việc khác hoặc trước một thời
điểm ở quá khứ ( đi kèm với before, after, by the time/ by…).
- Eg : + When I came to his house, he had already left.
+ After she had watched T- V, she went to bed.
= She had watched T- V before she went to bed.
XI, Exercise 1 :
Dùng động từ ở thì QKT hay QKTD.
1) When he (leave) HN for HCM city ?
- He (leave) yesterday morning.
2) They (start) to learn E when they (be) 10.
3) She (play) the piano when we ( arrive).
4) What you (do) at 8 o’clock yesterday ?
- Oh, I (write) a letter to my brother.
5) They still (sleep) when their father (come) back.
6) She (come) into the room, (open) the windows.
7) It (rain) hard when they (be) on way home.
8) Her mother (cook) in the kitchen while her mother (clean) the room.
9) When I (come) to her house, she (work) in the garden.
10) It (be) 2 am. Elisa (wake up ) . She (look) . It (be) snow.
KEYS
1, did he leave. 6, came – opened.
- He left. 7, was raining – were. 2, started – were.
8, was cooking – was cleaning. 3, was playing …arrived. 9, came – was
working.
4, were…doing. 10, was – woke – looked – was
- was doing. snowing.5, were sleeping – came.
XI, Exercise 2 : Dùng động từ ở thì quá khứ thường hay QKHT.
1, Miss Snow (type) 10 letters before lunch time yesterday.
2, The train (start) before we arrived at the station.
3, The film already (begin) when we got the cinema.
4, He said that he (see) that man before.
5, Mr Brown died after he (be) ill for a long time.
6, When I (come) to his house yesterday…he (go) to the cinema with his friends.
7, He (go) to England after he (study) English for 2 years.
8, When their father (get) home from work. They already (cook) the dinner.
9, When Peter (arrive) at the cinema , the film already (start).
10, He (make) a report after he (read) a lot of books.
KEYS
1, had typed. 6, came – had gome.
2, had started. 7, went – had studied.
3, had already begun. 8, got – had cooked.
4, had seen. 9, arrived – had started.
5, had been. 10, made – had read.
I : The simple future tense
1) Form :
(+) S + will/ shall + Vinfi
(-) S + won’t/ shan’t + V- infi.
(?) Shall/ will + S + Vinfi…?
* Notes : Shall  we, I.

Will  mọi loại chủ ngữ.
2) Uses : Diễn tả một hành động , một sự việc xảy ra trong tương lai (nói chung).
- Eg : I shall go to HN tomorrow.
She will come to see you next Sunday.
Dùng với mệnh đề trạng ngữ chỉ thời gian với : When/ before/ Until.
- Eg : + I will wait for you until you come.
+ You will see her when she comes back.
+ “Be going to” + V- inf :
Diễn tả sự việc sắp xảy ra, một dự định, một kế hoạch sẽ được thực hiện
trong tương lai gần.
- Eg : + He is going to buy a car next week
+ I’m going to Halong Bay this summer
II, Exercises : Chia động từ trong ngoặc, sử dụng thì thích hợp
* Exercise 1:
1. She (not drink) coffee. She (drink) Coca Cola.
2. It (be) often hot in the summer.
3. What you (do) every evening?
4. The earth (circle) the sun once every 365 days.
5. I (see) her very often.
6. Most rivers (flow) into the sea.
7. Vegetarians (not eat) meat.
8. Bees (make) honey.
9. Rice (not grow) in cold climates.
10. Where Martin (come) from? – He (be) Scottish.
* Exercise 2:
1. Bad driving (cause) many accidents.
2. Nga and Hoa (see) a movie tonight.
3. Sue can (speak) Vietnamese very well.
4. Mozart (write) more than 600 pieces of music.
5. How -------- you-------- (learn) to drive? – My father (teach) me.
6. We usually (go) to the library three times a week, but last week we (go) twice.
7. Alexander Graham Bell (introduce) the telephone in 1876.
8. Yesterday I (be) busy, so I (not have) time to phone you.
9. What------- you -------- (do) next summer vacation?
- I (visit) my grandparents in Nha Trang.
10. Would you like (come) to dinner tomorrow?
* Exercise 3:
: Dùng động từ trong ngoặc ở thì quá khứ hoặc quá khứ tiếp diễn.
1. His uncle (teach) English in our school five years ago.
2. The old man (fall) as he (get) into the bus.
3. They (not go) to the movies last Sunday.
4. When I saw him, he (sit) asleep in a chair.
5. You (find) my fountain pen yesterday?
6. Where she (be) at 5 o’clock this morning?
7. It (take) me 5 minutes to walk to school last year.
8. The light (go) out when we (study) our lesson.
9. There (be) a lot of noise at the fair yesterday.
10. They (give) me the letter a few minutes ago.
* Exercise 4: Give the correct form of the verbs.
1.The sun always (rise) in the east. Look, it (rise)!
2. I don’t think I (go) out tonight. I’m too tired.
3. Where you (spend) your summer holiday last year, Tam?
4. In my country, it (not rain) much in winter.
5. Let’s wait for Lien (arrive) and we (have) dinner.
6. The moon (move) around the earth.
7. Mai (be) very happy when she (receive) a letter from her sister this morning.
8. Would you like (join) my class next Sunday? We (visit) the local museum.
9. My father (read) now. He always (read) a book after dinner.
10. A friend of my brother’s (call) him last night, but he (not be) at home. So I
(take) a message for him.
11. - Are you busy this evening?Yes, I (meet) Tuan at the library at seven. We
(study) together.
12. Mai (telephone) you when she comes back.
13. When we (be) small, our family (live) in the countryside.
14. Miss Trang is in hospital.- - Yes, I know. I (visit) her tomorrow.
15. I (read) an interesting book at the moment. I (lend) it to you when I finish it.
16. Look at those black clouds. It (rain).
17. I (not invite) her to the party because I (forget) her phone number.
18. Look! Our new teacher (come). She (have) long, black hair.
19. There (be) many volunteers in Sea Games 22nd in Viet Nam in 2003.
20. How long you (know) Mrs. Chi? - I (know) her for five years.
* Exercise 5: Dùng thì đúng của động từ trong ngoặc.
1. Mrs Green (take) Alice to the dentist many times.
2. My sister always (wash) her hands before meals.
3. Hurry up! The train (come) in.
4. I hope it (not rain) when we start early tomorrow.
5. He (sleep) so he did not understand what you said to him.
6. Will you wait a minute while I (look) through the text?
7. You must tell me what you (do) since I last saw you.
8. An economic crisis often (follow) the war.
9. You (witness) many things by the time you die.
10.So far you (make) no mistakes on this exercise.
11.What you (do) at 7 p.m yesterday?
12.We didn’t recognize him. He (change) a lot.
13.He discovered to his horror that he (eat) a fly.
14.Where you (spend) your holiday last year?
15.He (do) nothing before he saw me.
16.All of them (sing) when I came.
17.She constantly (invite) me to lunch and dine with her once or twice a year
18.Why didn’t you listen while I (speak) to you?
19.They had sold all the books when we (get) there.
20.Where are you? – I’m upstairs. I (have) a bath.
-----------------*****----------------
Wishes
1) Present wish
*Form:
S1 + wish(es) + (that) + S2 + past subjuntive
(V-ed/P1/were)
*Use:Diễn tả 1 điều ước không có thật ở hiện tại hoặc trái ngược với hiện tại
*Examples:
1. I wish that I had enough time to finish my homework. (I don’t have enough
time.)
2. We wish that he were old enough to come with us. (He is not old enough.)
3.They wish that they didn’t have to go to class today. (They have to go to
class
2) Future wish
*Form:
S1 + wish(es) + (that) + S2 + could + V
would + V
were + V-ing
*Use:Diễn tả 1 điều ước khó thực hiện được trong tương lai(would:chỉ tươnglai)
(could: chỉ khả năng có thể),(were+V-ing:chỉ ý định ở tương lai)
*Ex:
1. We wish that you could come to the party tonight. (You can’t come.)
2. I wish that you would stop saying that. (You probably won’t stop.)
3. She wishes that she were coming with us. (She is not coming with us.)
3) Past wish
*Form:
S1 + wish(es) + (that) + S2 + had+V-ed/P2

could have + P2
*Use:Diễn tả 1 điều ước không có thật ở quá khứ.

Examples:
1. I wish that I had washed the clothes yesterday. (I didn’t wash the clothes.)
2. She wishes that she could have been there. (She couldn’t be there.)
3. We wish that we had had more time last night. (We didn’t have more time.)
B, EXERCISES
I, Exercises I : Đặt ra ước muốn trái ngược các sự kiện sau đây , bắt đầu
bằng “ I wish .....” .
1, I don’t have time to study .
2, I didn’t see the T.V programme last night .
3, My friend Jonh lost his pen .
4, I can’t answer the questions .
5, They will leave for France next week.
6, We are not living in England .
7, She won’t visit me again .
8, Mary was absent from class yesterday .
9. He is so stupid .
10. My younger brothers play in the street all day.
KEYS.
1, I wish I had time to study.
2. I wish I had seen the T.V programme last night.
3. I wish my friend Jonh hadn’d lost his pen.
4,. I wish I could answer the questions .
5. I wish they wouldn’t leave for France next week.
6. I wish we were living in England.
7. I wish she could visit me again .
8. I wish Mary hadn’d been absent from class yesterday.
9. I wish he were not so stupid.
10. I wish my younger brothers didn’t play in the street.
II, Exercise 2 : Dùng hình thức đúng của động từ trong ngoặc.
1, I wish I ( see) that film on T.V again.
2. I wish they ( know ) the truth yesterday.
3, We wish she ( be ) our teacher of English.
4. I wish our team ( play ) better next time.
5, My brother wishes he ( not waste ) time when he was young.
6. I wish I ( be ) a lion teamer .
7. They wish they ( come ) to class on time yesterday morning.
8. I wish I ( can ) play the piano .
9. The little boy wishes he ( become ) an acrobat when he grows up.
10. I wish I ( spend ) my last summer vacation in the mountains.
KEYS.
1, would see 6, were.
2, had known. 7. had come.
3, were. 8, could.
4, would play. 9, would become.
5, hadn’t wasted. 10, had spent.
----------*****---------------------
Câu bị động
I : Sơ đồ chuyển đổi câu bị động từ câu chủ động :

CĐ :
S1 + V1 + 01
S2 + be + V- ed/ VpII + by 02
* Notes :
+ Chuyển S1  by 02
01  S2
Thì của V1 cùng với thì của V2 : V- ed/ VpII
II : Bảng tổng quát các loại câu bị động

1) Hiện tại thường :
S + V/ V- es/ V- s + 0  S + is/ am/ are + V- ed/ V- pII.
- Eg : Lan buys a book  A book is bought by Lan
2) Hiện tại tiếp diễn :
S + is/ am/ are + V- ing + 0  S + am/ is/ are + being + V- ed/ V-

pII .
- Eg : They are studying English now

 English is being studied now.
3) Thì hiện tại hoàn thành :

S + has/ have + V- ed/ VpII + 0.
 S + has/ have + been + V- ed/ V- pII .
-Eg : My teacher has taught Math for 3 years
 Math has been taught for 3 years.
4) Thì quá khứ thường :
S + VpI / V- ed + 0  S + was/ were + VpII / V- ed.
- Eg : He sang a song yesterday
 A song was sung yesterday.
5) Qúa khứ tiếp diễn :
S + was / were + V- ing + 0
 S + were/was + being + VpII / V- ed.
I was doing my homework.
-My homework is being done.
6) Quá khứ hoàn thành :
S + had + V- ed/ VpII + 0
 S + had + been + V- ed/ VpII .
- Eg : They had finished dinner.
Dinner had been finished.
7) Thì tương lai thường :

S + will/ shall + V + 0  S + will/ shall + be + VpII / V- ed.
- Eg : My teacher will plant some trees in the garden.
 Some trees will be planted in the garden.
8) Động từ khuyết thiếu :

S + can;
could + V + 0;
should;
must
be going to;
might;
has to;
have to;
 S + modal verb + be + V- ed/ V- pII .
- Eg : Nam can sing an English song
 An English song can be sung by Nam
* Notes : * Nếu câu chủ động có các phó từ chỉ nơi chốn thì đặt chúng trước
“by” + tân ngữ bị động.
* Nếu câu chủ động có các phó từ chỉ thời gian thì đặt chúng ở sau
“by” + tân ngữ bị động .
Exercises : Change sentences into passive.
1, The teacher explains the lessons.
 The lessons are explained by the teacher.
2, Mr Green is cooking the food in the kitchen.
 The food is being cooked in the kitchen.
3, These boys made that noise.
 That noise was made by these boys.
4, I can’t do these exercises quickly.
 These exercises can’t be done quickly.
5, She has finished the report now.
 The report has been finished now.
6, They had eaten all the dinner.
 All the dinner had been eaten by them.
7, He shouldn’t do that silly thing.
 That silly thing shouldn’t be done.
8, They were reading some books.
 Some books were being read by them.
9, We gave him back the money.
 He was given back the money.
10, My parents are going to buy a car tomorrow.
 A car is going to be bought tomorrow.
III, Consolidation : - Teacher asks sts to retell the main content of the lesson.
- Teacher summaries again .
- T asks sts to do the exs at home , learn by heart the forms of changing from
actives to passive.
E, Remarks :
……………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………
………………………………
-----------*****-----------
Câu bị động ( tiếp )

A, The aims and requests :
1, The aims : Introduce and revise about the passive voice.
- Helps sts know how to change sentences from the actives to passives and from
the passives to actives and do exs correctly
2, The objectives : - By the end of the lesson , sts can do exs and change sentences
correctly.
I : Cấu trúc bị động với câu truyền khiến, nhờ bảo.

1) Active : S + has/ have + Ongười + V + Ovật .
 Passive : S + has/ have + Ovật + VpII/ V- ed + by + Ongười .
- Eg : I had him repair my bike.
 I had my bike repaired by him.
2) Active : S + get + Ongười + to + Vngthể + Ovật .
 Passive : S + get + Ovật + VpII / V- ed + by + Ongười .
-Eg : I get her to make coffee.
 I get some coffee made by her.
II : Câu bị động với : see, watch, hear…
Active : S + see + 0 + Vinf/ V- ing +…
 Passive : S + be +seen + to infi/ V- ing…
- Eg : They saw her come in
 She was seen to come in.
III : Câu bị động với : Say, think, believe, report…
Active : S + say + (that) + clause ( S2 + V2 + 02…)
 Passive : It + be + said + (that) + clause.
Or S2 + be + said + to inf.
Or S2 + be + said + to have + V- ed/ VpII .
- Eg : People said that he had gone abroad.
 It was said that he had gone abroad.
Or He was said to have gone abroad.
IV : Câu mệnh lệnh :

1) V + 0 + A  Let + 0 + be + VpII/ V- ed + A.
- Eg ; Write your name here.
 Let your name be written here.
2) S + let + sb + do + smth.
- Eg ; He let me go out
 I was let go out
0r I was alowed to go out.
V, Exercise 1 : Dùng hình thức đúng của động từ trong ngoặc :
1, Toshico had her car (repair) by a mechanic.

 repaired.
2, Ellen got Marvin (type) her paper.
 to type.
3, We got our house (paint) last week.
 painted.
4, Dr Byrd is having the students (write) a composition.
 write.
5, Mark got his transcripts (send) to the university.
 sent.
6, Maria is getting her hair (cut) tomorrow.
 cut.
7, He was seen (climb) in the tree yesterday.
 to climb.
8, Gene got his book (publish) by a subsidy publisher.
 published.
9, Will Mr Brown have the porter (carry) his luggage to his car.
 carry.
10, My sister has had a new dress (make) recently.
 made.
VI, Exercises 2 : Rewrite sentenses
1, - They will change the date of the meeting.
 The date…
2, - She hasn’t finshed the letter yet.
 The letter…
3, - His parents advised him to study hard for his exams.
 He was…
4, - Somebody repaired his car yesterday.
 He had..
5, The garage is going to repair the car for us.
 We are going..
6, My mother planted that tree.  That tree…
7, They have just built a new school in this town.
 A new school…
8, People believe that dogs are the most faithful pets.
 Dogs…(are believed to be the most)
9, They say the doctor has made serious mistakes.
 The doctor….( is said to have made…)
- T asks sts to do the exs at home , learn by heart the forms of changing from
actives to passive.
E, Remarks :
……………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………
………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………
………………………………
____________________________
Câu trực tiếp và gián tiếp
1, The aims : Introduce and revise about the commands, requests , advice and
indirect questions with if and whether in reported speech.
- Helps sts know how to change sentences from the direct to indirect and from the
indirect to direct and do exs correctly
correctly.
I/ Commands, requests and advice in reported speech.
1) Câu mệnh lệnh ( commands ).
Eg 1; “ Clean the bike” Tom said to me.
 Tom said to me to clean the bike.
told me
*Form : S + told/ ordered Sb + to Vngthể.
said to
Eg 2 ; “Don’t play with matches” The mother said.
 The mother said to me not to play with matches.
*Form : S + told/ warned…+ Sb + not + to + Vngthể.
2) Requests in reported speech ( Câu yêu cầu ).
Eg1 ; “ Please turn on the light”.
 He asked me to turn on the light.
*Form : S + asked/ begged + …. + O + to + Vngthể.
Eg2 ; “ Please don’t make a noise here”
 They asked us not to make a noise there.
*Form : S + asked/ begged ( van xin ) + O + not + to + Vngthể.
Yêu cầu
3) Advice in reported speech ( Lời khuyên )
Eg ; “ You’d better work hard for the exam”
 Tom advised his brother to work hard for the exam.
Or Tom told his brother that he’d better work hard for the exam.
*Form : S + should/ ought to + V + O/A
had better
Or why don’t you + V + O/A ?
Or If I was you, I’d (not) + V + O/A.
 S + advised + O + (not) + to + Vngthể + O/A.
Or : Giữ nguyên động từ “Should/ had better/ ought to”
4) Indirect questions with if and whether.
Eg1 ; “ Can he answer the question ?” Tom asked.
 Tom asked if / whether he could answer the question.
Eg2 ; “ Do you go to school today ?” he asked me.
 He asked me if / whether I went to school that day.
*Form : S1 + asked + O + if / whether + S2 + V (lùi thì)
* Notes :
A. Tenses Change.
Direct speech Indirect speech
- Simple present  Simple past
- Present continuous  Past continuous
- Simple past  Simple past perfect
- Simple present perfect  Simple past perfect
- Past continuous  Past perfect continuous
- Present perfect continuous  Past perfect continuous
- Simple future  Present conditional tense ( past of modal verbs +
V)
- Past perfect, present conditional, past/ perfect conditional  không đổi thì.
B. Time and place words.
Now  at once Or then/ immediately.
Ago  before
Today  that day
Yesterday  the day before/ the previous day.
Tomorrow  the next/ following day.
Last night/ week/ month/  the previous night/ week/ month… the night/ week/
month before.
- The day before yesterday  2 days before.
- The day after tomorrow  in 2 days’ time.
* Place words : Here  there

this  that.
II/ Exercises : Chuyển các câu sau sang gián tiếp.
1 – “ Please show me your homework” the teacher said.
2 – “ You should keep your room tidy” my mother told me.
3 – “ Can you buy me some stamps” Tom said to me.
4 – “ Don’t read the answer keys before you finish the task” the teacher told us.
5 – “ Could you open the window for me ?” My brother said.
Keys
1, The teacher asked me to show him/ her my homework.
2, My mother told me I should keep my room tidy.
3, Tom asked me to buy him some stamps.
4, The teacher told/ asked us not to read the answer keys before we finished the
task.
5, My brother asked me to open the windows for him.
III, Consoilidation : - Teacher asks sts to retell the main content of the lesson.
- T asks sts to do the exs at home , learn by heart the forms of the commands,
requests , advice and indirect questions with if and whether in reported
speech
E, Remarks :
……………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………
………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………
………………………………
_______________________________
Câu trực tiếp và gián tiếp ( cont…)
1, The aims : Introduce and revise about the exclaimation, invitation, suggestion,
questions and statements in reported speech.
- Helps sts know how to change sentences from the direct to indirect and from the
indirect to direct and do exs correctly
correctly.
I/ Grammar :
1) Câu cảm thán :
a, “ How wonderful she is !”
 He exclaimed/ said that she was wonderful
b, “ What a loveby boy !”
 She said/ exclaimed that he was a lovely boy.
*Form : S1 + said/ exclaimed (that) S2 + V (lùi thì).
2) Lời mời :
“ Would you like some beer ?” “ Yes please”
 He invited me to drink some beer and I accepted.
*Form : S + invited + O + to + Vngthể…
3) Câu gián tiếp với cấu trúc “ Let’s…”; “ Why don’t ….? “ ; “ How about
….? “
Eg : He said… “ let’s go to the cinema tonight”
 He suggested /going to the cinema that night.
/ that they should go to the…
*Form : S1 + suggested / V- ing +…
/ that + S2 + should + Vinfi
4) Câu gián tiếp với để hỏi :
What, where, when, which, who, whom, whose, how…
Eg ; “ Where are you going ?”
 He asked me where I was going.
*Form : S + asked + O wh- + S + V (lùi thì)
5) Statements : Eg ; “ I buy some books”
Lan said that she bought some books.
*Form : S1 + said to O (that) S2 + V (lùi thì)
told
6) Cách chuyển các loại đại từ, tính từ sở hữu…
- I/ my/ me/ mine/ myself  he/ she/ his (her)/ him/(her) / his(hers)/
himself(herself).
- We/ our/ us/ ours/ ourselves  they/ their/ them/theirs/ themselves.
- You/ your/ you/ yours/ yourself (yourselves)  I(we)/ my (our)/ me(us)/
mine(ours)/ myself/ (ourselves)
*Đại từ ngôi thứ 3 số ít hoặc nhiều thì giữ nguyên.
Notes : Nếu như mệnh đề chính có động từ ở thì hiện tại thường thì khi chuyển
sang gián tiếp động từ của mệnh đề phụ vẫn giữ nguyên thì.
*Eg : He asks “ where are you going ?”
 He asks me where I am going.
II/ Exercise 1 :
A. Chuyển từ trực tiếp  gián tiếp.
1, She said “ I can’t find my umbrella”
2, They said “ we are leasning English now”
3, We said “ we shall overcome this difficulty”
4, The man said to her “ Can you play piano ?”
5, The mother said to him “ Are you willing to help your friends now ?”
6, The doctor said to the patient “ Do you feel better here”
7, The son said to the father “ will you come here every weekend”
8, The old lady said to the man “ Can you read this letter”
KEYS
1- She said that she couldn’t find her…
2- They said that they were lerning E then.
3- We said that ve should overcome that…
4- The man asked her if he could play…
5- The mother asked him if he was willing to help…
6- The doctor asked the patient if he felt better there.
7- The son asked the father if he would come there…
8- The old lady asked the man if he could read that…
III. Exercise 2 : Chuyển từ gián tiếp  trực tiếp.
1, The teacher told his sts that he would be busy the following month.
2, Mum told me that she was sad then.
3, One of my friends said that she liked learning E with her teacher.
4, The doctor told me that I could leave the hospital that day.
5, They asked me whether I played music at school.
6, They asked their mother if she was alright.
7, We asked them if they ate potatoes and rice.
8, He asked me whether I could answer all those questions.
Keys
1- The teacher said to his sts “ I’ll be busy next month”.
2- Mum said to me : “ I am sad now”
3- One of my friends said : “ I like learning E with my teacher”
4- The doctor said to me : “ You can leave the hospital today”
6- They said to their father : “ Are you alright ?”
5- She said to me : “ Do you play music at school ?”
7- We said to them : “ Do you eat potatoes and rice ?”
8- He said to me : “ Can you answer all these qs ?”
IV, Consolidation : - Teacher asks sts to retell the main content of the lesson.
- T asks sts to do the exs at home , learn by heart the forms of the commands,
requests , advice and indirect questions with if and whether in reported
speech
E, Remarks :
……………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………
………………………………
_______________________
Câu điều kiện + Đại từ phản thân
( CONDITIONAL SENTENCES )
1, The aims : Introduce and revise about the conditional sentences type1 ,2 type 3
( đối với lớp 9B không dạy) and reflexive pronouns.
- Helps sts know how to use the conditional sentences do exs correctly.
2, The objectives : - By the end of the lesson , sts can do exs and use the
conditional sentences and reflexive pronouns correctly.
* Skills : Developing speaking and writing skills.
* Living skill : Having skill in doing exercises
* Có 3 loại câu điều kiện :
3 loại : Đ/k1 - Type1
Đ/k2 - Type2
Đ/k3 - Type3
* Câu Đ/k gồm 2 mệnh đề khác nhau.
If – clause : Mệnh đề phụ chỉ điều kiện.
Main – clause : Mệnh đề chính chỉ kết quả hành động.
I/ Câu điều kiện loại 1 (Type 1)
 Câu điều kiện có thật ở hiện tại.
*Form : If clause , Main clause
If + S1 + V(e,- es) , S2 + Shall/ will + V
*Use : Diễn tả hành động có thể xảy ra ở hiện tại.
( Nếu…thì sẽ…)
*Eg : If I have time, I shall visit you.
If she is not busy, she will go.
II/ Câu điều kiện loại 2 (Type2)
 Câu điều kiện không có thật ở hiện tại.
**Form : If + S1 + V- ed/ VpI , S2 + would/ could + V (infi)…
( Tobe  were cho mọi loại chủ ngữ )
*Ues : Diễn tả một sự việc hay ước muốn không có thật ở hiện tại hoặc không
thể thực hiện được ở hiện tại.
*Eg : +) If I had money, I would buy a new house.
( But I haven’t got money )
+) If I were you, I would not tell him about that.
( But I am not you )
III/ Câu điều kiện loại 3 (Type3): Dựng cho học sinh lớp 9A
 Câu điều kiện không có thật ở quá khứ.
*Form : If S1 + had + V – ed/ VPI , S2 + would have + VPII/ V- ed
Should
*Uses : Diễn tảhành động hay sự việc không có thật ở quá khứ.
*Eg : If he had driven more carefully, he could have had fewer accidents
If you hadn’t stopped your car in time, you might have killed the child.
* Notes.
Unless = If… not ( Nếu không, trừ phi )
*Eg : Unles it rains, we will go to the movies.
= ( If it does not rain, we will go to the movies. Unless they attended class
regularly they couldn’t understand the lesson.
= If they didn’t attend class regularly, they couldn’t understand the lesson.
IV/ Đại từ phản thân : Relexive pronouns.
*Form : I  myself.
we  ourselves.
you  yourelf/ yourselves.
they  themselves.
he  himself.
she  herself.
it  itself.
*Uses :
Đại từ phản thân dùng để diễn tả hành động trở lại với chính người thục hiện.
Đại từ phản thân có thể làm.
1, Objects ( túc từ/ tân ngữ )
- Be careful ! You’ll cut yourself
- She looks at herself in the mirror.
2, Emplasis : nhấn mạnh.
*Eg : Mary cleaned the floor herself.
3, By + Đại từ phản thân : tự làm, một mình.
*Eg : Lan made this dress by herself.
Bill went on holiday last summer by himself.
V, Exercise
* Exercise 1 : Chia động từ ở thì đúng.
1, If you (be) ill, I should have given it to you.
 Had been.
2, If men (be) only more reasonble, there would be no more war.
 were.
3, If it is convenient , let’s ( meet ) at 9 o’clock.
 meet.
4, I ( not do) that If I (be) you.
 wouldn’t do.
5, I would come sooner If I (know) you were here.
 had known.
6, It’s too bad we lost the game, If you (play) for us, we (win).
 had played,,, would have won.
7, Unless they (pass) their examinations,they would join the army.
 Passed.
8, Had we known your address, we (write) you a letter.
9, If it’s raining heavily,we (not go) for a donkey ride.
10, If he (try) hard, He’ll pass the examination.
11, I could understand the French teacher If she (speak) more slowly.
8,would have written.
 9,will not go.
 10,tries
 11,spoke.
12, If we (invite) her, She might go dancing with us. invites.
13, These plants die if you (not water) them regularly.  don’t water.
14, If she (not be) busy, she would have come the party. Hadn’t been.
15, If I (finish) the work in time (go) to the football game.  Finish … will go.
16, If I (know) she was ill, I (visit) her.
 had nown would have visited.
17, I would not have got wet if, I (wear) a raincoat.had worn.
18, If you (see) Mary today, please (ask) her to call me.
 see ask
19, My dog always wakes me up if he (hear) strange.
 noise hears
20, I (accept) if they invite me to the party. will accept.
* Exercise 2 : Bài tập với đại từ phản thân.
Supply the neccessary reflexive pronoun.
1, We protect ___ from the rain with an umbrella.
2, Both boys taught ___to swim.
3, The children amuse ____with the kitten.
4, You will cut ___ with that knife if you are not careful.
5, She likes to look at ___ in the mirror.
6, The boy is not old enough to dress ___
7, The dog hurt ___ when it jumped over the fence.
8, Helen and I enjoyed ___ very much at the party last night.
9, You shouldn’t really blame ___for that mistake.
10, I must learn to control___
KEYS
1, ourselves. 6, himself.
2, themselves. 7, itself.
3, themselves. 8, ourselves.
4, yourself. 9, yourself.
5, herself.
* Exercises3 : Chia động từ ở thì đúng.
1, If you (go) away, please write to me.
2, If he (eat) another cake, he will be sick.
3, I (not do) that If I (be) you.
4, If he (take) my advice, everything can go well.
5, If he did his homework,he (not worry) about exam.
6, What you (do) If she refuses your invitation ?
7, If today (be) sunday, we (go) to the beach.
8, They (make) fewer mistakes If they were more careful.
9, You (be) ill if you drink that water.
10, If Tom (go) to bed earlier,he would not be so tired.
* Answer : 1; go. 6; will you do ?
2; eats. 7; were – would go.
3; would not – were. 8; would make.
4; takes. 9; will.
5; would not worry. 10; went.
- T asks sts to do the exs at home , learn by heart the forms the conditional
sentences the conditional sentences and reflexive pronouns.
F, Remarks :
……………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………
………………………
……………………………………………………………………………
………
---------------------------------------
Revision of wish sentences + Exercices
1, The aims : Revise about the wishes and do exercises.
- Helps sts revise and know how to use and do exs using the wishes correctly.
2, The objectives : - By the end of the lesson , sts can do exs correctly using the
wishes .
* Living skill : Having skill in doing exercises.
1) Present wish
*Form: - Sts give again.
- T check and correct.
*Examples:
1. I wish that I had enough time to finish my homework. (I don’t have
enough time.)
2. We wish that he were old enough to come with us. (He is not old
enough.)
class
2) Future wish
*Form:
- Sts give again.
*Ex:
3) Past wish
*Form: - Sts give again.
Examples:
1. I wish that I had washed the clothes yesterday. (I didn’t wash the
clothes.)
3. We wish that we had had more time last night. (We didn’t have more
time.)
II-Exercise:
* Exercise 1: Rewrite Sentences ,using words given(wish-sentences)
1. My wife can’t speak French.
I wish..............................................................................................................
2. What a pity you failed in your driving test.
I wish..............................................................................................................
3. She won’t visit me again.
I wish..............................................................................................................
4. I’m not a millionaire.
I wish..............................................................................................................
5. He said to me : “Good luck!”
He...................................................................................................................
6. You’re making a lot of noise.
I wish..............................................................................................................
7. I’m sorry that I didn’t finish my homework last night.
I wish..............................................................................................................
8. Khanh lost her handbag.
Khanh wished.................................................................................................
*Exercise 2: Rewrite Sentences ,using words given(wish-sentences).
1. He can not pass the examination.
->He
wishes…………………………………………………………………………
2. We do not go out because it is raining now.
->We
wish…………………………………………………………………………..
3. What a pity! She doesn’t come here.
->I
wish……………………………………………………………………………..
4. I’m sorry,I can not help you.
->I
wish……………………………………………………………………………..
5. It’s a pity,I don’t have a computer.
->I
wish……………………………………………………………………………..
6. The weather is not nice today.
->I
wish……………………………………………………………………………..
7. We live in a small flat.
->We
wish…………………………………………………………………………..
8. My brother is too short to play basketball.
->He
wishes…………………………………………………………………………
9. Lan doesn’t have a mobile-phone.
->Lan
wishes………………………………………………………………………...
10.I have to go to school now.->I wish………………………………
* Exercise 3 : Use the correct verb form :
1. I wish I ………………. one twin sister like my friend Sally. (have)
2. My parents wish they …………………. to the beach this weekend. (go)
3. I’m fed up with the rain. I wish it …………………. (stop)
4. Jimmy wishes he ………………. old enough to drive a car. (be)
5. I wish I ……………………. go to the moon for a vacation. (can)
6. I wish you …………………………… all the time. (not complain)
7. He wished he …………………. harder during the examination. (work)
8. We wish it …………………… raining now. (not be)
9. She wishes he ………………… a lie with her. (not tell)
10. My father wishes I …………………. the entrance 10 next month. (pass)
11. She wishes her father …………… here to help her now. (be)
12. I wish you …………………. them my phone yesterday. (not give)
13. I wish they …………………… us when we were in the town. (visit)
14. He wishes someone ………………… him a work next month. (give)
15. If only I …………………… a trip to Hanoi next week. (take)
16. We wished we …………………… the teacher’s explanation yesterday.
(understand)
17. He missed an exciting sport program. He wishes he …………………. it.
(watch)
18. If only I ……………… more time to finish this work. (have)
19. I wish she …………………… to see me yesterday. (come)
20. I wish that someone …………………… able to marry her. (be)
* Exercise 4 : Write sentences beginning with I wish :
1. I haven’t got much money.  I wish ………………………………
2. She’d like to be far away from house.  I wish ………………………
3. Francisco lives a long way away.  I wish ……………………………
4. I have to practice the piano every day.  I wish …………………
5. I’m very bad at math.  I wish …………………………………………
6. Daniel doesn’t live in the center of town.  Daniel wishes ………………
7. I don’t know how to repair the car.  I wish …………………………………
8. It rains here every day.  I wish ………………………………………
9. Nicholas is sorry he smashed up his car.  Nicholas wishes …………
10. The snow won’t stop until tomorrow.  I wish ……………………………
11. I am not lying on a beach in the Caribbean.  I wish ………………………
12. I don’t have time to go around the city.  I wish …………………………
13. My friend cannot stay with me longer.  I wish …………………………
14. I don’t know many English words.  I wish …………………
15. She doesn’t send me her recent photos.  She wishes ……………………
16. It won’t be fine tomorrow.  I wish …………………………………………
17. My students don’t speak English fluently.  My students wish ………………
18. My students write lessons slowly.  My students wish ………………………
19. The exercises are long.  I wish ………………………………
20, The film is boring.  I wish ……………………………………………
- T asks sts to do the exs at home , learn by heart the forms, uses the wishes
e, Remarks :
……………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………
………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………
………
----------*****--------------------
Prepositions
1, The aims : Revise about the prepositions and do exercises.
- Helps sts revise and know how to use and do exs using the prepositions
correctly.
prepositions .
* Grammar
I/ Prepositions of times :
* at ; o’clook ; at 6 o’clock.
: age ; at the age of four.
at night, at Chistmas, at/ on weekends, at bed time,
at lunch time/ dinner time.
* On : day; on Tuesday, on May 1st, on Monday.
- Buổi của ngày trong tuần.
on Moday morning.
*In : - Ngày , tháng, năm, mùa, thế kỷ
in May, in 1998, in summer…
- Phần của ngày : in the morning/ afternoon/ evening.
- Chỉ khoảng thời gian : in ten minutes, in 2 weeks…
II/ Prepositions of place :
+ in - : ở trong, ở đâu đó . Eg : I live in BG.
+ on - : ở trên
III/ Một số giới từ thường gặp :
- To be good/ bad at/ weak in. – To tune in.
- To be amazed/ amused/ delighted at. – To wait for, what…for ?
- To be interested in. – To listen to.
- To be excited about. – To talk to sb about smth.
- To be tell somebody about… - To live on.
- To run about. – To be born into.
- To check in - To be fond of,
- To look ( for, at, up, down, into, forward to).
IV. PREPOSITION ( more information )
Above, over
on
to from
through
into out of
by
Below, under
1. Giới từ chỉ thời gian: at, on , in , from … to, for, by, after, between, till, until
….
a. At + một thời điểm cụ thể.
VD: at night/ three o’clock in the afternoon
b. In + tháng / năm / mùa
VD: In 1978 / June / summer
In + the morning / afternoon / evening
c. On + ngày trong tuần / ngày tháng năm.
VD : on Monday / January 4th, 2007
d. From … to : từ … đến …
from + điểm thời gian + to + điểm thời gian
VD: We have classes from 7 o’clock to 11.15.
e. For + khoảng thời gian:
VD: for two hours , a week …
f. By + một điểm thời gian: trước
VD: by five o’clock
g. After + time:
VD: after breakfast / lunch / dinnet…
h. Between + điểm thời gian + and + điểm thời gian: khoảng từ … đến …
Between + 2 sự kiện
i. Till / Until + điểm thời gian: đến luc, đến khi.
2. Giới từ chỉ nơi chốn:
a. On:
* ở trờn (chạm vào, sỏt vào, bao phủ hoặc tạo thành một phần của bề mặt.
VD: On the wall / grass / table.
* ở ( một đại lộ, một con đường)
VD: on Tran Hung Dao Street.
* ở trên / trong hoặc một phương tiện chuyờn chở.
VD: on the plane / train…
* trờn / dựa trờn
VD: on his back, on horse back …
b. At + địa chỉ :
VD: at 10 Ngo Quyen Street.
c. In + tên nước, tỉnh, thành phố.
VD: in viet Nam, in Ho Chi Minh city.
d. Một số giới từ chỉ vị trớ khỏc:
above ( bên trên), around ( xung quanh), behind (đằng sau), below ( bên dưới),
beside (bên cạnh), between (ở giữa), far from (ở xa), in front of (trước mặt), in the
middle of ( ở giữa), inside (bên trong), near (gần), next to (bên cạnh), on the top of
(trên đỉnh), outside (bên ngoài), under (bên dưới).
V/ Exercises
* Exercise 1 : Use the correct prepositions.
1, Life ___ a big city is not so quiet as ___ the country.
1, Take care ___ yourself.
3, Most ___ them are fond ___ fiction books.
4, He’s famaliar ___ this topic.
5, My brother is interested ___ English and Maths.
6, I’m afraid ___ riding in busy streets.
7, I intend to buy something ___ our house.
8, It’s very kind ___ you to help me.
9, What are you doing ? - Oh, I’m looking ___ my pen.
10, These boys always laugh ___ the new comers.
11, Fresh air is good ___ you.
12, I hope she’s pleased ___ her birthday present.
13, Why are you looking ___ me like that ?
14, I spoke ___ him ___ my travel to Paris.
15, You can get there ___ bus or ___ tube or, of course ___ foot.
16, Don’t be angry ___ me, listen ___ what I have to say.
17, The train left here ___ HN ___ midnight.
18, Wait ___ me ! Don’t go ___ me.
19, I prefer ___ beer ___ chicken.
20, I am quite aware ___ his invitation.
*Keys : 1; in – in 11; for
2; of 12; with
3; of – of 13; at
4; with 14; to – about – to
5; in 15; by – by – on
6; of 16; with – to
7; for 17; for – at
8; of 18; for – without
9; for 19; to
10; at 20; of
* Exercises 2 . Fill in each gap with a suitable preposition.
1. Maryam was really impressed................the beauty of Hue.
2. It seems difficult................me to meet her now.
3. He doesn't depend................ his parents.
4. If you have any trouble, ask................help.
5. This guidebook is full................useful information.
6. We still keep in touch................each other although we live
away ..........each other.
7. He will go to China............the end...........this week.
8. She went out............... saying a word.
9. What do you often do.............the weekends?
10. She was born............September 15th.
1. Don’t laugh ……… her or she’ll get angry.
2. It’s very difficult to find work _____________________the moment.
3. In many ways you take _____________________your mother.
4. Parents are naturally anxious ____________________their children.
5. I’m sure you will succeed ____________________this entrance test.
6. We try to prevent people _____________________littering.
7. I’m going to complain to the principal ____________________this
8. This computer is still _____________________guarantee.
9. Money is not essential _____________________happiness.
10.She is ______________________far the best teacher I have ever had.
21. - Where's your father? - He's ...............work
22. We're talking to Lan's family
23. A farmer works hard ...............morning ..............night
24. My mother is a teacher . She works ................a primary school
25. Mr Tuan is a journalist. He writes ..........." Nhan Dan".
26. I found a place .............us to live in Hue
27. It is the highest building ............the city center .
28. Bob and I come .............the same town but my accent is
different .............his
29. At present John is staying .............his brother's family ..........the city center ,
very far ...........his parents
30. Do you know the name ..........the new student ................our class ?
31. I was born ................January 1st, 1993.
32. It often rains.............October in Vietnam.
33. What are you going to do ..............2004?
34. I don't know but I am going to go to college...........September this year.
35. You want to watch the sky .............sunset?
36. Sure. And I like to go for a walk...................sunrise, too
37. Well, let's go for a walk......................the weekends
38. I don't know what is he doing ...........this moment.
39. She often hears some strange noise.................midnight.
40. Does it rain ..............Spring ?
41. How long are you going to stay here? - ....................I can speak English
fluently
42. We'll know the result of the exam .............three weeks
43. Robert is going to stop work ..........next February .
44. You can meet me .........7.15 and 8.00
45. Does your brother really enjoy working .......night?
46. - Is the conference ........a weekday?
47. We’re always proud _______________ your success.
48. His breakfast consists ________________ dry bread and a cup of tea.
49. Shall we go for a picnic tomorrow? – It depends ______________ the
weather.
50. The park was named _______________ a young hero, Le Van Tam.
51. In the 18th century jean cloth was made completely _______________
cotton.
52. Children’s shoes usually wear __________________ very quickly.
53. The price of oil has gone ________________ by over 30%.
54. Vietnamese women today often wear modern clothing _______________
work, because it’s more convenient.
56.We can see many stars .. . .. .the sky at night.
57.You remind me .. .. .. .. my sister.
58.They have only been there ............. a few minutes.
59.The canoe overturned and everyone fell ............the deep water.
60.How ..........going to Ben Thanh Market this afternoon?
VI, Consolidation : - Teacher asks sts to retell the main content of the lesson.
- T asks sts to do the exs at home , learn by heart the forms, uses the
prepositions.
e, Remarks :
……………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………
………………………………
----------*****---------------------
*-Grammar
I- 7 tenses ( active & passive)
TENSES USES FORM NOTES
Present simple Diễn tả TO BE: AM, AM NOT I -V+ ES: :động từ tận cùng có:O,S,Z,X,SH,CH
( thỡ hiờn tai -Một chõn lý,một sự IS ,ISN’T  HE, SHE, IT, BA Go->goes
đơn) thật hiển nhiờn,1 thúi ARE, AREN’T WE, YOU, THEY mix->mixes
Always, usually, quen ở hiện tại. ĐỘNG TỪ THƯỜNG havehas
Often, never, -Một hành động trong I, WE, YOU, THEY HE, SHE, IT, BA study-> studies (tận cựng cú phụ õm + y ies )≠
Sometimes, ever tương lai ở mệnh đề (+) S + V S + V+ S/ ES PLAYS
Every, seldom trạng ngữ chỉ thời gian (-) S+ DON’T + V S+ DOESN’T + V -Cách đọc đuôi ES/ S
Once/twice/three bắt đầu bằng: when, (?) DO + S+ V? DOES +S + V? Những động từ tận cùng có:
times.. a before, -Yes, S+ do /does *s,sh,ch,z,x,ge,ce,se+(e)s=>/IZ/
week /month… after ,until ,till,As -No, S+ don’t /doesn’t *p,t,k,f,Ө(th) /s/; helps,looks
soon as,… PASSIVE VOICE *cỏc õm cũn lại/z/: loves,plays,learns
-lịch trỡnh ,thời gian S+ is /am /are + p.p
biểu
Present Diễn tả 1 hành động ,1 -Liveliving
progressive sự việc: (+) S+ IS/AM/ARE + V-ING -swimswimming(tận cựng cú 1 nguyờn õm+ 1
( hiện tại tiếp - đang xóy ra lỳc núi (-) S+ IS/AM/ARE + NOT + V-ING phụ õmgấp đôi phụ âm + ING
diễn) hay trong khoảng thời (?) IS/AM/ARE + S + V-ING? -BeginBeginning # visit Visiting
Now,at the gian đang nói.. YES..S+ IS/AM/ARE - Các động từ không chia ở thỡ hiện tại tiếp
moment,at -Một hành động tạm NO..S + IS/AM/ARE+NOT diễnthỡ hiện tại đơn:be, want, like, see,
present,sau cõu thời belong, know, love, hate, need, suppose,
mệnh -Một hành động được PASSIVE VOICE remember, release, mean, forget, prefer, hear,
lệnh-Look!/ sắp xếp trong tương S + is/ am/ are+ being+ p.p believe, seem,
Listen!/ Be lai với trạng từ chỉ understand, have, think..những động từ có ý
careful!.. thời gian: tonight, niệm thơỡ gian ngắn:stop,drop,find,buy,break,..
tomorrow,next week.
-Dùng với ALWAYS
để diễn tả sự phàn nàn
The future -Một sự việc ,một (+) S+ IS /AM /ARE /+ GOING TO+V
intention tense( hành động được sắp -)S+IS/AM/ARE+NOT+GOINGTO+V -Những động từ chỉ sự chuyển động:
tương lai dự xếp trong tương lai. (?) IS /AM / ARE+S +GOING TO +V? go ,come ,move..dùng thỡ hiện tại tiếp diễn thay
định) -Dựa vào hiện tượng Yes. S+ IS /AM /ARE. cho tương lai gần
Tomorrow,next để dự báo điều sắp No.S + IS /AM /ARE/+NOT Ví dụ:
,tonight…. xảy ra. passive voice I’m going to my village tomorrow.
-Một sự việc sẽ được S+IS/AM/ARE/GOING TO+BE+P.P.
thực hiện mà được
quyết định trước khi
nói.
Simple future -Một sự việc ,một
( tương lai đơn) hành động chắc chắn (+) S+WILL/SHALL+V -I will = I’ll
Tomorrow,next hoặc không chắc chắn (-) S+WON’T/SHAN’T+V -will not = won’t
soon.,in two sẽ xảy ra trong tương (?) WILL/SHALL +S +V? -shall not = shan’t
years time,in lai. Yes. S+WILL/SHALL * I , WE - SHALL
2012,I think,I -Một lời hứa ,1 quyết N o. S+WON’T/SHAN’T * Shall we + V? = Let’s + V
promise, I hope.. tâm,1 lời đe doạ passive voice * Shall I +V ? = Do you want me to +V?
-Trong câu đề nghị S+WILL/SHALL+BE +P.P.,
yêu cầu lịch sự.
-Một sự việc sẽ được
thực hiện mà được
quyết định ngay lúc
nói.
Simple past -Một hành động ,1 sự TO BE: - Động từ quy tắc: V + ED

( quá khứ đơn) việc xảy ra tại một -WAS, WASN’T I, HE,SHE,IT,Ba  Arrive  Arrived
Ago, yesterday, thời điểm xác định -WERE,WEREN’T WE,YOU,THEY  Stop  Stopped
in 2005, last.. trong quá khứ *ĐỘNG TỪ THƯỜNG  Study  studied
(+) S+V-ED/II - Cách đọc đuôi “ED”/id/  t, d: visited,
- 1 chuổi hành động (-) S+ DIDN’T+V needed…
xảy ra trong quá khứ (?) DID + S +V?  /t/  s, k, p, f, sh, ch, ố (th) ,dz: looked,
theo trỡnh tự thời gian -Trả lời: missed…
- 1 thúi quen trong Yes, S + did / No, S + didn’t  /d/  cỏc õm cũn lại: loved, called….
quỏ khứ Passive: S + was/ were + p.p
-Dùng trong câu
tường thuật ,Và kể
chuyện
Present Perfect - Diễn tả 1 hành động *PP: V-ed / V3
( hiện tại hoàn bắt đầu từ quá khứ - Khẳng định: * I, we, you, they  have
thành) kéo dài đến hiện tại/ S + have/ has + PP He, she, it  has
(for, since, ever, tương lai: for, since, - Phủ định: * Been/ gone.
before, so far, up ever, before, so far, up S + have/ has + not + PP - My farther has been to London
to now, until to now, until now… - Nghi vấn: ( He isn’t there now)
now, already, - 1 hành động xảy ra Have/ has + S + PP ? - My farther has gone to London
yet, lately, just, trong quá khứ không - Trả lời: ( He’s in London now/ He’s on the way to
recently…) xác định thời gian: Yes, S + have/ has London.
already, yet, lately, No, S + have/ has + not -Yet-> đứng cuối câu phủ định và nghi vấn.
just, recently… Passive voice
- 1 hành động xảy ra S+HAVE / HAS+ BEEN + P.P.
trong quá khứ nhưng
kết quả vẫn cũn lưu lại
ở hiện tại.
- 1 hành động xảy ra
trong quá khứ có thể
lặp lại vài lần và có
khả năng xảy ra ở
tuơng lai: twice,
several times, three
times, the first/ second
time…
Past - Diễn tả 1 hành động - Khẳng định: Passive voice (modal verbs)
Continuous đang xảy ra trong quá S + was/ were + V-ing S + CAN + V -> S + CAN BE +PP
( quỏ khứ tiếp khứ tại ,1 thời điểm - Phủ định: MAY
diễn) xác định ở quá khứ: at S + was/ were + not + V-ing MUST
7 o’clock last night, at - Nghi vấn: MIGHT
7 p.m yesterday, at Was/ were + S + V-ing ? SHOULD
this time yesterday… - Trả lời: WOULD
- 2 hay nhiều hành Yes, S + was/ were COULD
động đồng thời xảy ra No, S + was/ were + not OUGHT TO
ở quá khứ: while Passive: USED TO
- 1 hành động đang S + was/ were + being + pp HAVE/ HAS TO
xảy ra ở quá khứ thỡ 1
hành động khác xen
vào: when, while, as,
…( hành động xen
vào ở thỡ quỏ khứ
đơn)
1, The aims : Revise about all grammar sts have learnt in the first term and do
exercises.
- Helps sts revise and know how to use and do exs using about all grammar sts
have learnt in the first term correctly.
about all grammar sts have learnt in the first term .
*-Grammar
I- I, 7 tenses ( active & passive)
II, - Modal verbs:

S+ can /may /must /should + V S + can / may /..+ be +P.P.
/would / might/used to/
Ought to / have, has to..
III.–Verbs of opinion: know, find, hear, report , rumor (đồn) declare ( tuyên bố)
say, think ,believe
S1+V1 +( that)+S2 + V2=>It +be + P.P(V1)+ THAT+S2
=>S2 + BE +PP(V1) + TO+V2( inf)
They said that your father was a good footballer.
=>It was said that your father was a good footballer
=> Your father was said to be a good footballer.
IV-Conditional sentences (Câu điều kiện)-Type 1
- Use : 1 điều kiện có thể xảy ra ở hiện tại hoặc tương lai
If clause Main clause
Simple present Simple future
S + V ( s/es) S + will/shall/can/may /must/have to+ V-inf
III- Future S + Would/Should/Could + V Clauses
after Present S + V +ed / II
“ “wish”
Past S + Had + PP
IV-Reported speech
1- Statements (câu khẳng định & phủ định) :
- S + said/said to sb/told sb + (that) + S + V (past tenses)
Ex :He said, “I am tired today” -He said(that)he was tired that day
2- Yes- No questions (cõu hỏi Yes/no)
-S + asked(sb) / wondered + if/whether + S + V(past tenses)
Ex : They said , “Are you tired , Tom? -They asked Tom if / whether he was
tired
3- Wh- questions :
- S +asked (sb)/ wanted to know + question word + S + V (past tenses)
Ex: He said to me, “Why don’t you tell me about that ?”
-He asked me why I didn’t tell him about that
4- Commands & requests: -S +asked/ told + sb +( not) to +V
5- Advice: -S1+ said (to+ sb) + that +S2 + (SHOULD )+V / -S +advised + sb +
( not) to +V
V-VERB PATTERNS
1- Verbs + to – inf
Verbs Nghĩa Verbs Nghĩa Verbs Nghĩa
Want Muốn Afford Nỗ lực Hope Hy vọng
Wish Ao ước Agree Đồng ý Manage Xoay xở
Decide Quyết định Plan Lập kế hoạch Offer Cho
Prepare Chuẩn bị Desire Mong muốn Promise Hứa
Pretend Gỉa vờ Appear Xuất hiện Refuse Từ chối
Arrange Sắp xếp Choose Lựa chọn Threaten Đe dọa
Swear Thề Expect Mong đợi Tend Hướng đến
Dare Dỏm Fail Trượt Seem Dường như
Help Giỳp Happen Xảy ra learn
Would you like …………………

2-Verbs + V – ing
*Like / Love / Enjoy thớch *Hate / Dislike / Detest  Ghột
*Start / Begin  Bắt đầu * Finish / Stop / Give up  Kết thỳc
*To be fond of : thớch To be bored with : Chỏn
Look forward to : Mong đợi To be worth : Có giá trị, đáng
To be Interested in : Thớch To be no use / good : Vụ ớch
To be tired of : Chỏn Can’t stand / bear / imagine / understand
To be fed up with : Chỏn
*sau cỏc giới từ :At / on / in / up / of / off / from / to / with / without / about, by
…..
Admit Thừa nhận Mention Chỳ ý Report Bỏo cỏo

Allow Cho phộp Mind Phiền Quit Từ bỏ
Avoid Trỏnh Miss Bở lỡ Recall Nhớ lại
Consider Xem xột Permit Cho phộp Risk Liều
Delay Trỡ hoón Postpone Trỡ hoón Suggest Đề nghị
Deny Phủ nhận Practice Luyện tập
Keep Giữ Prefer Thích hơn
3-Verbs + V – ing or to – inf (different meaning)
a. stop + To-V : dừng lại để làm gỡ
+ V-ing : dừng , thụi làm việc gỡ
b-Remember
Forget + To-inf : mang ý nghĩa tương lai hoặc điều kiện
Regret + V-ing : mang ý nghĩa quỏ khứ hoặc thúi quen
c-Try to inf : cố gắng

V-ing : thử
d-Smell
Hear
See + V-ing (hành động đang diễn ra)
Watch
Listen
Catch + inf : Sự thật,hành động hoàn tất
Notice
Feel
d - Allow cho phộp + O + (not)to - ỡnf
Permit + V-ing (khụng cú tõn ngữ)
Suggest : đề nghị
4.Ask yờu cầu
Tell Bảo
Advise Khuyờn + O + (not)to - ỡnf
Order Ra lệnh
Warn Cảnh bỏo
Persuade thuyết phục
Require yờu cầu
Forbid cấm
Cause khiến
5- Used to +V : Đó từng ( 1 thúi quen trong quỏ khứ mà bõy giờ khụng cũn)
-Get/Be used to+V –ING: làm quen /quen( thúi quen ở hiện tại)
6- Let + sb +V
Make / Have / Help
7- Need +V (MODAL VERB)
Need + to +V (động từ thường)  Need + V-ing / to be +pp (S: VẬT ,ĐỒ VẬT)
8-Prefer+ V-ING/NOUN+ TO + V-ING/NOUN: thích ………….hơn…..
9-Causative form( cõu cầu khiến) -S+ have + sb + V / S+ have/ get +st +PP
VI-Adverb clauses of result ( mđề trạng ngữ chỉ kết quả): SO,SO/ SUCH…
THAT
1- ….Đến nỗi mà… - S + V +So + adj/adv + that+ S + V(Adverb clauses of
result)
-S +V + SUCH + a /an +adj +noun +that + S +V(Adv clauses of
result)
2-Quỏ ..khụng thể.. S+V+ too + adj /adv +( for + sb) + to + V
3- Đủ …để có thể.. S + V + Adj/ adv + enough + ( for + sb) + to + V
Enough + noun
VII-Tag questions ( câu hỏi đuôi):
Statement Tag -question
+ -
- +
1-Be/ can / may /must /will /should/ would /….=> Be/ can / may /must /will ….
+S
2-Động từ thường => Do/ does / did + S ?
3-Never/no/ seldom / rarely /hardly => ở thể khẳng định
4-Trong câu hỏi đuôi chỉ dung đại từ nhân xưng, không dung danh từ , danh từ
riêng
5 –somebody/ everyone..( đại từ bất định chỉ người)=> they
6- something/anything..( đại từ bất định chỉ vật) => It
7- I am => Aren’t I ?
-Let’s => shall we - Cõu mệnh lệnh => Will you ?
VIII-Prepositions of time
-.On + date/ day ( on Monday/ on May the 1st,/ on Christmas day/ New Year’s Eve/
Sunday morning.holiday,vacation…..)
-At + night/ noon / 8o’clock /Christmas /Tet / recess / lunch time./the end ,
beginning of /the moment ,first,last…)
-In + months /,year /.seasons/=> in January/ 2009 / Spring /the morning./ the 18th
century).
IX, Consolidation : - Teacher asks sts to retell the main content of the lesson.
- T asks sts to do the exs at home , learn by heart the forms, uses of all
grammar they have learnt in the first term.
e, Remarks :
……………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………
………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………
………
----------*****---------------------
*. EXERCISES
I.-Use the correct form and tense of the verb provided to complete the
sentences
1. You (see) ………………………………any good films recently.
2. My bicycle isn’t here. ………….Somebody (take) ………………………it?
3. How many times…………………you (be) ………… …..to Van Mieu?
4. Is Lan used to ( write) ……………………………… to Maryam?
5. I’m sorry. I (not finish) ………………………………this work yet.
6. He used to (take) ………………………………to school by his mother.
7. They (live) ………………… in that house since it (build).
…………………………
8. Last night my father (arrive) …… home at 10:30 pm. He (have) ……….. a bath
and
then (go) ………………………… to bed.
9. ………………you (visit) ……………… One pillar Pagoda when you were in
Hanoi?
10.The telephone (invent) ………………………………by Alexander Bell.
11.She often (take) ……………………………… to the theatre by The Greens.
12.If you (not learn) ……………………..the lessons carefully, you cannot do the
test well
13.The teacher asked her why she (not do) ……………………………… her
homework.
14.We are looking forward to (see) ………………………………you.
15.It took me 2 hour (do) ……………………………… this work.
16.They spend all morning (learn) ………………………………their lessons.
17.Don’t forget (post) ……………………………… my letter.
18.When……………….. you (start)………………… learning English? – Two
years ago.
19.We (go) ……………………………… a picnic next week.
20.I can’t go out because it (rain) ………………………………
21.She (take) ……………………………… a trip to Halong Bay next month.
22.Wearing uniform (help) ……………students (feel) ………………..equal in
many ways
23.He hates being (ask) …………………………about his family.
24.You don’t mind (look after……………..the baby, do you?
25.She tried to avoid(answer) ………………………..my questions.
26.I think it (rain)………………………………. The sky is so cloudy
27.We (have)……. a party next Sunday. Would you like (come)……………….?
28.Most people prefer (spend) ……………….money to (earn)
………………………it.
29.He made me (repeat) ….his instruction (make) …………….sure that I
understood all
30.He decided (put)………… broken glass on top of his wall (prevent)
………………boys from(climb) ………………..over it. He
(practice)_______________ the piano every day.
II.Wishes
1. The weather is very hot. I wish it (be) ………………………… cooler .
2. We seldom write to her. I wish we (write) ………………………… to her more
often .
3. John doesn’t know how to swim. He wishes he (can) ……………………..……
swim.
4. John doesn’t buy the book. She wishes she (buy) ……………………..… it .
5. Mai wants to pass the exam. She wishes she (study) …………… harder to pass
the exam.
6. We will not go to Ha Long Bay next week. I wish we (go) …………………
there .
7. It is raining now. I wish it (stop) ……………………… raining soon .
8. My parents are not in now. I wish they (be) …………….……at home with us
now.
9. I know Nam will not lend me his car . I wish he (lend). …………………… it
to me .
10.We want to be in London now. We
wish…………………………………………
III.Turn into Passive forms:
1. People speak English all over the world.English ………………………
2. They sell jeans all over the world.Jeans ……………………………………
3. They have built two department stores this year.Two department stores
4. The doctor has operated Tom since 10 o’clock.Tom …………………
5. A man returned the keys to me.The keys
…………………………………………
6. They made jean cloth completely from cotton in the 18th century.Jean cloth
………
7. The teacher won’t correct the exercises tomorrow.The exercises
……………………
8. My cousin will meet you at the station.You
……………………………………………
9. He can’t repair my bike.My bike ………………………………………………
10. We can solve the problem.The problem …………………………………
11. You must do this exercise carefully.This exercise …………
12. People should stop experiments on animals.Experiments on
animals……………
13. We might find life on another planets.Life …………………………
14. We have to improve all the schools in the city.All the schools in the city
…………
15. They are going to build a new bridge in the area. A new
bridge…………………
IV. Choose the correct preposition to complete each sentence :
“ in , at , on , to , for , by , of , with , from , between , till , since"
1- We will go ..............................................................Hue next week.
2- My village is about 100 kilometers ........................ the south of HCH City.
3- We often go for a walk .........................................................the weekends
4- There is a meeting ........................................................... 9 am and 2 pm.
5- He was born ........................................................................ 15th January.
6- She often plays the piano ......................................................... night.
7- We will live in Hanoi from September ...................................... December.
8- She has been here .................................................... yesterday.
9- ……………Wednesday 10- …………………Christmas Day
17-………………2008
11- …………………Winter 12-……………………September
18-………the entrance…..the village
13-………………half past two 14-……………… three hours 19.
……………… 21 May 1998 st
15-……………….the evening 16-………………Monday morning

20……..Christmas and New Year
V. Reported speech
1-“I will go to China next year.” Minh said………………………………………
2- “I like learning English.” Lan said……
3-“I may go to the movies with Mai tomorow.”Peter said
………………………………
4-“I love these sunflowers.”Miss Nga said ……………………………………
5- “We are doing the exercises now.” They said …………………………
6- “Is your school near here?” I asked Minh …………………………………
7- “Do you like classical music ?” He asked Lan
……………………………………
8-“Will you go with me ?” She asked Ba
…………………………………………………
9-“Can you play video games ?”Peter asked me
………………………………………
10- “Are you a new student?” She asked me
……………………………………….
11. “How old are you ?” The teacher asked Hoa
………………………………………
12- “What are you doing now ?” Mary asked me ………………………
13-“Which grade are you in ?”He asked Nga ……………………………
14- “How do you go to your school ?” Mrs.White asked Nam
……………………
15- “Why do you come home late ?” He asked me
…………………………………
VI/ Choose the correct word(s) to complete the sentences.
1. Wearing casual clothes makes students ………….. self-confident. ( feel / has
made / was made / feeling
2. He asked me …………… I spoke any other languages. ( so / if / but / and )
3. Malaysia is divided …………… two regions. ( to / on / in / into )
4. Your father used to travel to work by bike before, ……….. ? ( did he / wasn’t
he / didn’t he / was he )
5. The United States has a ……… of around 250 million.( population /
separation / addition / introduction )
6. Math and Literature are ……………subjects in high schools. ( adding /
compulsory / optional / religious
7. The children are playing …………… in the yard. ( happy / happily / happiness /
happier )
8. Lan and Maryam are penpals. They ………..once every two weeks.( write /
correspond / comprise /talk)
9. Vietnamese women prefer to wear modern clothing ……. work. ( at / in/ to /
with )
10.The Ao dai is the ………….. dress of Vietnamese women . ( beautiful /
traditional / casual / baggy )
11.The word Jeans comes ..a kind of material that was made in Europe. ( in / at /
from / to )
12.Nguyen Du is considered a famous Vietnamese …… ( poetry / poem / poetic /
poet )
13.Nam writes very quickly. He has …. finished his essay. ( already / for / yet /
since )
14.If you want to get good grades, you ……… study hard. ( could / must / shall /
ought )
15.She said she ……… to Ha Noi the following day. ( will go / goes / went /
would go )
16.The ……………… of the course is US$2000. ( tuition / money / fee / price )
17.I like the 7p.m news on TV because it is …………… ( informed / informal /
information / informative )
18.……is a large building in a college or university where students live.
( dormitory / campus /Institute/Hall
19.After school, he works ……….in a bookstore near his house. ( full-time / half-
time/part-time/over-time
20.What benefits does TV bring about to people’s life ? ( events / advantages /
information / interaction
21.People buy food and small things at the ……….. ( restaurant / bookstore /
stadium / grocery store )
22.The weather was bad, ……… we didn’t go for a picnic. ( so / but / however /
because )
23.He moved to HCM City, but we still keep in ……. ( writing / touch / meeting /
contact )
24.Maryam was ………… by the hospitality of Hanoi people (impressed/ impress /
impressive/ impressing
25.You should always …. a helmet when riding a motorbike. ( puts on / get /
wear / use )
26.The internet has both advantages and ….., so we need to use it properly.
(benefits/ limitations /education
27.How much time do you spend …………. the web ? ( responding / posting /
using / surfing )
28.The unit of ………. used in the USA is dollar. ( currency / money / change /
bank-note )
29. He works on a ship and spends most of his life at sea . He is a …( poet /
designer / town crier / sailor )
30.A ………… is a person whose job is to decide how to make things or decide
their shape or appearance.
( pen pal / designer / town crier / sailor )
31.Nam asked me if he ……………use my phone. ( can / could / may / must )
32. They said they were busy ………….. ( that day / today / this day / the day )
33.It’s quite easy to get access …………….. the Internet . ( on / in / to / into)
34.I suggested …………… the shrine on the mountain . ( visit / visiting / to visit /
visited )
35.We are good friends. We ………… each other for a long time. ( know / knew /
known / have known )
VII/ Choose the word which is pronounced differently from the others.
1. a. watch b. channel c. chat d.
chemistry
2. a. divided b. enjoyed c. collected d. visited
3. a. comprise b. primary c. religion d. shrine
4. a. inspiration b. minority c. edition d. institute
5. a. deny b. reputation c. benefit d. website
6. a. scenery b. remote c. encourage d. depend
7. a. access b. grocery c. necessary d. climate
8. a. separate b. design c. stripe d. style
9. a. banyan b. hate c. baggy d. fashion
10. a. currency b. compulsory c. Mausoleum d.
instruction
11. 12. a. qualify b. scenery c. grocery d.
academy
12. a. internet b. invent c. media d. spend
13. a. divide b. design c. impress d. primary
14. a. design b. sleeved c. slit d. inspiration
15. a. ethnic b. currency c. occasion d.
comprise
16. a. hold b. history c. Buddhism d. home
17. a. fashion b. occasion c. match d. baggy
18. a. media b. article c. documentary d. adult
19. a. communicate b explore c. forum d. force
20. a. pagoda b. access c. relax d. interact
21. a. crier b. costly c. interactive d. force
22. a. telegraph b. benefit c. deny d. website
23. a. wandered b. interacted c. shouted d.
invented
24. a. opinion b. purpose c. control d. violent
25. a. bamboo b. afternoon c. soon d. took
VIII/ Choose the word whose main stress is placed differently from the other
1. a. collection b. occasion c. religion d.
correspond
2. a. climate b. picnic c. poet d. design
3. a. comment b. hamburger c. encourage d. fashion
4. a. documentary b. disadvantage c. interactive d.
communicate
5. a. deny b. access c. forum d. media
6.a. blanket b. gather c. bamboo d. purpose
7.a. symbol b.website c. highway d. relax
8.a. banyan b.exchange c.material d.advanced
9.a. Dragon b. remote c. parking d. equal
10.a. depend b.entrance c. hero d.village
VII.VOCABULARY: Give the correct form of the words given to finish the
sentences
1. We are really impressed by………………….of these villagers. (friend)
2. There used to be a big tree at the ………………to this village. (enter)
3. Paul’s old coat was so ………………out that he had to buy a new one (wear).
4. People used to wear just a ……………..wrapped round the body (clothes).
5. My grandmother didn’t work outside her home when she was young. She only
did her…………….task (tradition).
6. Students should be ……..to be proud of school uniforms (courage).
7. What have they done to …………………. their own country? (modern)
8. Lan wants to be a fashion ……………….when she grows up. (design)
9. Islam is Malaysia’s official ………………. (religious)
10.In many countries, education is free and ………… for Children. (compel)
11.…………………is a source of income for radio, TV and newspapers.
(advertise)
12.Internet has ………………………. It is very time-consuming and costly (limit)
13. I watch the news every day because it’s very …………………. ( inform)
14.The Internet is a very useful means of …………….. (communicate)
15.The Internet has ……………… developed in every field.(increase)
VIII, CONDITIONAL SENTENCES
1.If John (study) …………………hard, he (pass) ……………………his
examinations
2.I (go)……………...........shopping with you if I (have)……………………time
tomorrow
3.I (speak) ……………………………with him if he (arrive)…………………….
on time
4.If the train (be) …………….late We (not / be)………………………able to see
them
6.If the weather (be)……….nice tomorrow, I (go)…………….. shopping with you
7.He (find)………………..………. a job somewhere if he (try) ………………..
…..hard
8.If he (fail)………………… the text, he (have)………………….. to repeat the
course
9.We (be)…………….…. in the dark if you (turn)……………………….. off the
light.
10.If he (have) ............................ free time, he will go swimming.
IX.: Complete these sentences , using Tag-Questions:
1.Thanh will go to the cinema,……………………………?
2.You’ ve already done your homework,……………………….?
3.They don’t walk regularly,………………………………?
4.Ngoc hasn’t finished her study in England,………………………………?
5.Quan asked you how to get to the post office,……………………………..?
6.Your classmates are going to have a picnic,………………………………..?
7.I have to come there at 5p.m.,………………………..?
8.We must all work very hard,………………………………?
9.Mr. Smith has kindly provided a picnic lunch for ,……………………………?
10.He was a pilot, ……………………….?
11.They disappeared too long,……………………….?
12.He shouldn’t play video games too much,…………………………?
13.Your parents aren’t at home now,……………………..?
14.There are rivers and lakes on the moon,………………………….?
15.One day on the moon lasts for two weeks,…………………………….?
16.Nam had to buy some match boxes,………………………..?
17.Hanh is preparing for her next examination,………………………..?
18.I am a new comer,………………………..?
19.None of them like watching TV,…………………………….?
20.Let’s go shopping, ………………………….?
X, Consolidation : - Teacher asks sts to retell the main content of the lesson.
e, Remarks :
……………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………
………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………
………………………………
----------*****---------------------
ĐỀ 1
I. Choose the underline words in each group that has different pronunciation
from the others.(2m)
1 A.cat B.hat C.that D.hate
2 A.mean B.ill C.we D.see
3 A. clear B. wear C. dear D. hear
4 A. fan B. bad C. catch D. wash
II. Give the correct forms of the verbs in parentheses. ( 2 m)
1. He used to (go ) …….……….. fishing
2. I wish I ( live) ………….…….. in a beautiful house
3. They …....….......….just (paint ) .……..…….. the school gate in green
4. He can ( play ) ………….. the piano well
5. Lan wishes she......................…( know) how to mend this shirt.
6. I.............................…(write) to my penpal for three weeks.
7. Trung used….................... (talk) in class last year.
8. What .................... you do…...............( do) last week?
III. Rewrite the following sentences but unchanged their meanings. ( 2ms)
1. “When does your vacation start?” asked she.
-> She asked me ......................................................................................................
2. I don’t have a computer
-> I wish ...............………… ………… ………… ………… ………… ……….
3. She can’t play badminton
-> She wishes ………… ………… ………… ………… ………… ……………
4. “I must come to the party tomorrow” Mai said.
-> Mai said that ………… ………… ………… ………… ………… ………….
IV. Read the passage carefully, then answer the following questions. ( 2ms)
After two hours traveling by bus, Ba and his family reached a big old banyan
tree at the entrance to the village. Everyone felt tired and hungry, so they sat down
under the tree and had a snack.
After the meal, they started to walk into the village for about thirty minutes
to visit Ba’s uncle. Then, they walked up the mountain to visit the shrine of a
Vietnamese hero and enjoyed the fresh air there. In the afternoon, they went
boating in the river and had a picnic on the river bank before going home late in
the evening. It was an enjoyable day.
Questions:
1. How did Ba and his family get to the village?
2. Where is the banyan tree?
3. What did they see on the mountain?
4.Where did they have their picnic?
V. Complete the letter with the cues given. (2 ms)
1. I / be interested in / learn Chinese
2. I / would like / information / your school
3. I / want / improve / pronunciation
4. Could you please / send / information / courses / fees
5. I / look / forward / hear / you
Dear Sir,
I saw your advertisement of Chinese classes in Sunflower magazine.I am interested
in learning Chiness ..................................................................................................
Your faithfully.
Đáp án
I. Choose the underline words in each group that has different pronunciation
from the others. (4câu x 0,5 điểm = 2 điểm)
1. C 2. C 3. B 4. D
I. Complete the sentences with the appropriate form of the verb in parentheses.
(8câu x 0,25 điểm = 2 điểm)
1. He used to go fishing
2. I wish I lived in a beautiful house
3. They have just painted the school gate in green
4. He can play the piano well
5. Lan wishes she knew how to mend this shirt.
6. I had written to my penpal for three weeks.
7. Trung used talk in class last year.
8. What did you do last week?
III. Rewrite the following sentences but unchanged their meanings.
(4cõu x 0,5 điểm = 2 điểm)
1. “When does your vacation start?” asked she.
-> She asked me where my vacation started.
2. I don’t have a computer
-> I wish I had a computer.
3. She can’t play badminton
-> She wishes she could play badminton.
4. “I must come to the party tomorrow” Mai said.
-> Mai said that she had to go to the party the following day.
IV. Read the passage carefully, then answer the following questions.
(4câu x 0,5 điểm = 2 điểm)
1. How did Ba and his family get to the village?
They get to the village by bus
2. Where is the banyan tree?
The banyan tree (It) is at the entrance to the village
3. What did they see on the mountain?
They saw a shrine of a Vietnamese hero on the mountain.
4.Where did they have their picnic?
They had a picnic on the river bank
V. Complete the letter with the cues given. (4cõu x 0,5 điểm = 2 điểm)
Dear Sir,
I saw your advertisement of Chinese classes in Sunflower magazine.
I’m interested in learning Chinese and I would like some information about your
school. I speak a little Chinese but I want to improve my pronunciation. Could you
please send some information about the course and fees?
I look forward to hearing from you.
Your faithfully.
Đề II
I. Choose the letter A, B, C or D whose underlined part is pronounced differently
from the others. (1 point).
1. A. invited B. wanted C. ended D. liked
2. A. religion B. secondary C. designer D. region
3. A. hobby B. deny C. poetry D. primary
4. A. repond B. remote C. control D. notice
5. A. gather B. there C. ethnic D. although
II. Choose the best word or phrase to complete the following sentences. (2 points)
1. Viet Nam is devided ................. three parts.
A.in B. on C. at D. into
2. Paul wishes he ....................... good at math..
A. is B. will be C. were D. was
3. Internet is a very fast way for me to get............................
A. B. situation C. invention D. communication
information
4. This is my favourite short-.............................................. blouse.
A. sleeve B. sleeving C. sleeved D. sleeves
5. We ...................... the nearest village before sunset.
A. came B. arived C.went D. reached
III. Put the correct tense and form of the verbs in brackets. (2 points)
1.The children prefer (watch)......................................... TV to reading book.
2. I (not see) ................................. your brother recently
3. When I came to see Mr Robinson last night, he (read) .........................
a newsper and his two children were listening to an English song
4. If I (be) .................................... you, I wouldn't do that.
5. We used (dream) ........................... of a TV set when we were small.
IV. Supply the correct form of the words in the brakets. (0,8 point)
1. We're very impressed by the ............................ of the beauty. (friend)
2. Young women like wearing the unique and ............................. dresses. (fashion)
V. Find the mistake in each sentence below. Then corect it. (1,2 point)
0. They used go to the library when they studied in LonDon
A B C D
1. My brother are going to study in New York next month.
A B C D
2. I wish I can go with you to the countryside next weekend
A B C D
3. Your friends went to your native village last weekend, weren't they?.
A B C D
VI. Rewrite these sentences, beginning with the word given.(1 points)
1. "I will be back tomorrow"
=> He said that..............................................................................................................
2. Finding a large and modern house in Ha Noi is not easy.

=> It is
not . .........................................................................................................................
3. I missed you, so I phoned you quite often.
=>
Because.......................................................................................................................
..
4. I started to play the piano ten years ago.
=> I
have ...........................................................................................................................
5. What a pity! I can't go camping with you.
=> I wish
I .........................................................................................................................
VII. Read the passage carefully. Then answer the questions. (1 point)
Last Sunday, Minh went on excursion to Oxford. He got up early and took a bus,
so he arrived there on time. In the morning, he visited the national Gallery, Big
Ben and the Hyde park. In the afternoon, he bought a dictionary and a small dish
with the words “ Oxford University”. He met some English students in the book
shop. He was happy to practice speaking English with many foreigners. Although
he felt a bit tired, he had a nice day.
Questions:
1.Where did Minh go last
Sunday?...............................................................................
2. How did he go
there ?.................................................................................................
3.Where did he meet some English
students ?........................................................................ 4.Was he fine after the
trip ?...........................................................................................
VIII, Writing : ( 1 point ) From 60-80 words , write about your favorite at
school.
e, Remarks :
……………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………
………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………
………………………………
----------*****---------------------
I. LISTENING TEST(2pts)
Part 1. Listen to the recording and circle the appropriate answer A, B or C (1pt). There is
one example. You will hear the recording twice.
Example : 0. Where did Laura and her family go last weekend?
A. to the country B. to the beach C. to the mountain
1. What was the weather like?
A. rainy B. sunny C. snowy
2. What did Laura’s brother do?
A. made snowman B. learnt to ski C. threw snow
3. What happened to Laura’s brother?
A. He fell into a tree. B. He fell over on the snow. C. He skied well.
4. What did he hurt?
A. He broke his arm. B. He lost a tooth. C. He hurt his nose.
Part 2. Listen and fill in each numbered blank with ONE suitable word (1pt). You will hear
the recording twice.
Attention please. Here is a special announcement. A little girl is reported missing. She
was last seen (0)___ 20___ minutes ago near the main entrance to the car Fair. Her name is Mary
and she is (1)__________years old. She has short dark hair. She’s wearing shorts –
(2)__________ shorts and a long sleeved white blouse. She’s wearing a pairs of shoes- brown
shoes. She may be carrying a large (3)__________. If you see Mary, please bring her to the
Information Desk. Her (4)__________is waiting for her there. Thank you.
II. Circle the word A, B, C or D in each group whose underlined part is pronounced differently
from others. (1 pt)
1. A. out B. about C. round D. would
2. A. helped B. washed C. played D. laughed
3. A. child B. school C. headache D. chemistry
4. A. heat B.reason C. teacher D. appear
III. Circle the best answer among A, B, C or D to complete the following sentences. (2 pts)
1. A: “May I go out for just a while?” - B: “ ”
A. It’s nice of you!. B. That’s great! C. Go ahead! D. Yes, you
could!
2. Mother! Someone _________ my bike. I cannot see it.
A. took B. has taken C. takes D. is taking
3. He was named _________ a famous singer.
A. for B. to C. from D. after
4. She said she _________ Ha Long Bay the following day.
A. would visit B. will visit C. visited D. will be
visited
5. Hoa never goes to the zoo, __________ ?
A. is she B. does she C. doesn’t she D. isn’t she
6. Is she used _________ up early in the morning?
A. to get B. get C. getting D. to getting
7. She will be _________ by the structure of the complex of Hue Monuments.
A. impressed B. impress C. impression D. impressment
8. It’s nearly three months _________ he visited his parents.
A. While B. during C. since D. when
IV. Give the correct tense/ form of the verb in brackets. (1 pt) Answers:
1. Nam (not see) ____ his sister for a long time.
_____________________________
2. She (ask) ____ me if I came from Vietnam.
_____________________________
3. Listen to these foreigners! What language they (speak) ___?
_____________________________
4. The house ( build)____ ten years ago.
_____________________________
V. Fill in each numbered blank with one suitable word in the box to complete the passage.
(1pt)
Many to get recently decorating buy
Great numbers of home computers have been sold (1) ________________. People know
more about computers than they used (2) ________________. Computers help us much in our work
and they are playing a big part in our lives. (3) _________________ people believe we can look
forward to the day when our household jobs like cleaning, ironing and (4) __________________will
be done by computer-controlled robots.
VI. Read the following passage and answer the questions. (1 pt)
As a result of years of research, we know that too much animal fat is bad for our health.
For example, American eat a lot of meat and only a small amount of grains, fruit and vegetables.
Because of their diet, they have high rates of cancer and heart disease. In Japan, in contrast,
people eat large amounts of grains and very little meat. The Japanese also have low rates of
cancer and heart disease. In fact the Japanese live longer than anyone else in the world.
Unfortunately, when people move to the US, the rates of heart disease and cancer increase as
their diet changes. Moreover, as hamburgers, ice-cream, and other high fat food become popular
in Japan, the rates of heart disease and cancer are increasing there as well. People are also eating
more meat and dairy products in other countries such as Cuba and Hungary. Not surprisingly, the
disease rates in these countries are increasing along with the change in diet. Consequently,
doctors everywhere advise people to eat more grains, fruit and vegetables and to eat less meat
and fewer dairy products.
Questions:
1. Why do American have high rates of cancer and heart disease?
______________________________________________________________________________
____
2. Do the Japanese live longer than anyone else in the world?
______________________________________________________________________________
____
3. In which countries are people also eating more meat and dairy products?
______________________________________________________________________________
____
4. What do doctors everywhere advise people?
______________________________________________________________________________
____
VII. Rewrite the sentence so that it means as the first one, beginning with the given words. (0,5
pt)
1. I haven’t seen my brother for a month.
 I didn’t_____________________________________________________________.
2. “How often do you go to the English club?” Nam asked Lan.
 Nam asked Lan
________________________________________________________________
VIII. Using the suggested words or phrases to write meaningful sentences. (0,5 pt)
1. We / used / wear / uniforms / when / we / be / school.

_____________________________________________________________________________
2. He / wish / he / have / new / computer.
____________________________________________________________________________
_
IX. In 50- 60 words, write a paragraph about some effective ways to learn English. (1 pt)
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……
- THE END -
I. Listening( 2pts)
Part 1. Listen to the recording and circle the appropriate answer A, B or C (1pt) (Mỗi câu
đúng được 0,25 điểm)
1. C 2. B 3. A 4. C
Part 2. Listen then fill in each numbered blank with ONE suitable word (1pt (Mỗi câu
đúng được 0,25 điểm)
1. 3/ ( Three) 2. blue 3. doll 4. father
II. Choose the word in each group whose underlined part is pronounced differently from
others. (1 pt) (Mỗi câu đúng được 0,25 điểm)
1. D. would 2. C. played 3. A. child 4. D.appear
III. Choose the best answer among A, B,C or D to complete the following sentences. ( 2 pts)
(Mỗi cõu đúng được 0,25 điểm)
1. C. go ahead 2. B. has taken 3. D. after 4.A.would visit
5. B. does she 6.D.to getting 7. A. impressed 8.C.since
IV. Give the correct tense/ form of the verb in brackets. (1 pt)( Mỗi câu đúng 0.25 điểm)
1. hasn’t seen 2. asked 3. are they speaking 4. was built.
V. Fill in each numbered blank with one suitable word in the box to complete the passage.
(1 pt)
1.recently 2. to get 3.many 4.decorating
VI. Read the following passage then answer the questions. (1 pt) (Mỗi câu đúng được 0,25
điểm)
1. Because they eat a lot of meat and only a small amount of grains, fruit and vegetables.
2. Yes, they do.
3. People are also eating more meat and dairy products in other countries such as Cuba and
Hungary/ In Cuba and Hungary, (people are also eating more meat and dairy products).
4. Doctors everywhere advise people to eat more grains, fruit and vegetables and to eat less
meat and fewer dairy products.
VII. Rewrite the sentence so that it means as the first one, beginning with the given words.
(0,5 pt) (Mỗi câu đúng được 0,25 điểm)
1. I didn’t see my brother a month ago.
2. Nam asked Lan how often she went to the English Club.
VIII. Using the suggested words of phrases to write meaningful sentences. (0,5 pt) (Mỗi
câu đúng được 0,25 điểm)
1. We used to wear uniforms when we were at school.
2. He wishes he had a new computer.
IX. In 60- 80 words, write a paragraph about some effective ways to learn English(1 pt)
Các tiêu chí chấm bài viết đoạn văn.
Nếu lạc đề, bài viết sẽ bị điểm khụng (0)
Tiờu chớ Mô tả tiêu chí đánh giá Điểm tối đa
Đúng cấu trúc, bố cục của đoạn văn:
 Có câu chủ đề (topic sentence) mạch lạc, đúng chủ đề 0,1
Bố cục  Các câu văn chứng minh, diễn giải (supporting sentences) rừ 0,1
ràng, hợp lớ (cú ớt nhất 2 cõu)
 Cõu kết (concluding sentence) rừ ràng, túm tắt được chủ đề và 0,1
các ý đó triển khai
Nội dung,  Viết đúng chủ đề, mạch lạc, nêu được các lập luận 0,1
phỏt triển ý  Cỏc ý minh họa logic, cú tớnh thuyết phục 0,1
 Liờn kết cỏc ý chặt chẽ (Sử dụng từ nối, liờn từ phự hợp) 0,1
 Đảm bảo số lượng từ theo yêu cầu 0,1
 Sử dụng ngôn từ phù hợp với chủ đề, phù hợp với văn viết 0,1
Ngụn ngữ,
 Đa dạng về cấu trúc và từ vựng, hạn chế lặp lại từ vựng 0,1
trỡnh bày
 Sử dụng đúng dấu câu, cấu trúc, thời thể đúng ngữ pháp 0,1
Tổng điểm 1,0
Cách tính lỗi (trừ điểm)
- Xuống dũng - 0,2
- Số lượng từ (+ - 20% số từ theo quy định) - 0,1
- Mỗi lỗi ngữ phỏp, cấu trỳc cõu, dấu cõu,…. - 0,02
- Mỗi lỗi từ vựng - 0,02
e, Remarks :
……………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………
………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………
………………………………
----------*****---------------------
I. Listening. (2 pts)
Part 1. Listen to the recording and circle the approriate answer A, B, or C. You will hear
the conversations twice (1pt).
1. What did Richard buy at the shop?
A. Envelopes B. A dictionary C. Some paper
2. What homework has Richard got tonight?
A. Math homework B. Geography homework C. Art homework
3. Which of these is clean?
A. Football shirt B. Socks C. Shorts
4. How is Richard going to get to the football game?
A. By car B. By bike C. By bus
Part 2. Listen and write ONE word in each blank. You will hear the conversation twice (1pt).
MY AUNT’S JOB
Kind of job: (0) Cook
Where she works: In a (1)_______________________
How she gets there: By train
Time she starts work: At (2)_______________________ a.m
What she makes: (3) ______________________
What she wears at work: A (4) ______________________
II. Circle the word A, B, C or D whose underlined part is pronounced differently from others. (1
pt)
1. A. fashion B. fade C. label D. locate
2. A. city B. grocery C. advance D. casual
3. A. studied B. asked C. striped D. impressed
4. A. instead B. health C. dream D. spread
III. Circle the best answer among A, B, C or D to complete the following sentences. (2 pts)
1. I wish it _________ so cold outside today. I want to go swimming.
A. isn’t B. hasn’t been C. weren’t D. won’t be
2. Viet got up late, _________ he couldn’t get the first bus.
A. as B. so C. but D. because
3. They have _________ the Ao dai by printing lines of poetry on it.
A. modernized B. modernize C. modern D. modernizing
4. They often go to that _________ to pray.
A. market B. hotel C. shrine D. home village
5. If you _________ English regularly, you _________ any good results.
A. don’t practice/ can get B. don’t practice/ might get
C. don’t practice/ will get D. don’t practice/ can’t get
6. I haven’t met him _________ I left school.
A. when B. since C. before D. until
7. There is a comedy on _________ 8.30 and 10.00 p.m.
A. since B. at C. from D. between
8. Mai: Why don’t we take an English course in this center? Nam: _________
A. Good idea! B. I am sorry. C. I don’t like. D. You’re welcome.
IV. Give the correct tense/ form of the verb in brackets. (1 pt) Answers:
1. My cousin enjoys (listen)_____ to Justin Bieber’s songs. 1.
____________________
2. I (not see)_____ your sister for a long time. 2.
____________________
3. The strange man asked me if I (know)_____ the way to the nearest bank. 3.
____________________
4. The mail (send)_____ to the wrong address some hours ago. 4.
____________________
V - Read the passage and choose the words from the box that best fit the blank spaces. There is
one word you don’t need to use (1pt).
than international help as Unlike
It is not easy for adult students of English to improve their accent. (1)________ children, adults
often find it hard to change the way they speak, and even the top adult students have difficulty with
pronunciation.
There are several things that an (2)________ student can do to improve his or her
pronunciation. One method is to attend a pronunciation class. Studying pronunciation can
(3)________ students understand the rules of English. Besides, students need to use English
outside the classroom as well. Therefore, many students say that studying in an English-
speaking country greatly affects their English. Living with native speakers can help students to
learn new vocabulary (4)________ well as improve their accents.
VI. Read the passage and do the tasks below. (1 pt)
Sydney is Australia’s most exciting city. The history of Australia begins here. In 1788
Captain Arthur Philips arrived in Sydney with 11 ships and 1624 passengers from Britain
(including 770 prisoners).Today there are about 3.6 million people in Sydney. It is the biggest
city in Australia, the busiest port in South Pacific and one of the most beautiful cities in the
world. In Sydney, the buidings are higher, the colors are brighter and the nightlife is more
exciting. There are over 20 excellent beaches close to Sydney and its warm climate and cool
winter have made it a favorite city for immigrants from overseas. There are two things that make
Sydney famous: its beautiful harbor,the Sydney Harbor Bridge, which was built in 1932 and the
Sydney Opera House, which was opened in 1973.
* Decide whether the following statements are True (T) or False (F). Answers
1.The history of Australia begins in Sydney. _____
2. Today there are about 3.6 billion people in Sydney. _____
** Choose the best answer A, B, C or D.
3. How many excellent beaches are there close to Sydney ?
A. over twenty. B. over thirty. C. over twelve
4. When was the Sydney Harbor Bridge built ?
A. in 1973. B. in 1932. C. in 1788.
VII. Rewrite the sentence so that it means as the first ones, beginning with the given words .
(1pt)
1. “Is it going to be a fine day today?” she asked me.
 She asked me __________________________________________________________
2. They built a new school last year.
 A new school _________________________________________________________
VIII. In about 40-60 words, write a paragraph about your favorite clothes. (1 pt)
---- THE END ---
I.  LISTENING:
Part 1. (1 pt) - 0.25 pt for each correct answer.
1. A. Envelopes
2. C. Art homework
3. B. Socks
4. B. By bike
Part 2. (1 pt) - 0.25 pt for each correct answer.
1. factory 2. 7.30 3. Cakes 4. uniform
II. Phonetics: (1 pt) - 0.25 pt for each correct answer.

1. A. fashion 2. D. casual 3. A. studied 4. C. dream
III. (2 pts) - 0.25 pt for each correct answer.
1. C. weren’t 5. D. don’t practice/ can’t get
2. B. so 6. B. since
3. A. modernized 7. D. between
4. C. shrine 8. A. Good idea!
IV. (1 pt) - 0.25 pt for each correct answer.

1. listening
2. have not seen / haven’t seen
3. knew
4. was sent
V. (1 pt) - 0.25 pt for each correct answer.
1.Unlike 2.international 3.help 4. as
VI. (1 pt) - 0.25 pt for each correct answer.
1. T 2. F 3.A 4.B
VII. (1 pt) - 0.5 pt for each correct answer.

1. She asked me if it was going to be a fine day that day.
2. A new school was built last year.
VIII. In about 40-60 words, write a paragraph about your favorite clothes. (1 pt)
Tiờu chớ Mụ tả chi tiết cỏc tiờu chớ Điểm
Cấu trỳc Đúng cấu trúc của đoạn văn, phù hợp với chủ đề: Có câu chủ đề 0.25
(Topic sentence); các ý minh họa (Supporting sentences/ ideas, từ 2
supporting sentences/ ideas trở lờn); và cõu kết luận (Concluding
sentence).
- Viết đúng chủ đề, các ý minh họa rừ ràng, cú tớnh thuyết phục.
Nội dung 0.25
- Viết logic, hợp lớ; mạch lạc, rừ ràng
- Viết đúng cấu trúc ngữ pháp; sử dụng các liên từ hợp lý để liờn kết
Ngụn ngữ cỏc ý trong đoạn 0.25
- Sử dụng từ vựng phự hợp, phong phỳ, hạn chế lặp lại từ vựng
Trỡnh - Viết đủ số từ theo quy định

0.25
bày - Khụng xuống dũng
Tổng điểm 1
Cách tính lỗi (trừ điểm)
- 2 Mỗi lỗi ngữ phỏp, cấu trỳc cõu,….: 0,25
- 4 Mỗi lỗi từ vựng 0,25
- Viết ít hơn số từ quy định 0.25
- THE END -
e, Remarks :
……………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………
………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………
………………………………
----------*****---------------------
A.  LISTENING:
Part I. Listen to the recording and circle the appropriate answer A, B or C .You
will hear the conversation twice(1 pt)
1. What did Peter do yesterday? 3. Where does Bill live?
A. He played baseball A. Between a bookshop and a toyshop.
B. He played soccer B. Next to a bookshop and a playground.
C. He played basketball C. Next to a playground and a toyshop.
2. What did Jill have for lunch? 4. Which is Daisy's new pet?
A. Some soup and sandwiches. A. A dog B. A rabbit C. A parrot
B. Some sandwiches and a cake.
C. Some soup and an apple.
Part II. You will hear some information about a pop concert. Listen and
complete the questions. You will hear the information twice. (1 pt)
POP CONCERT
Name of group: Red River
In London: From: October 28th
To: November (1) ______________
Price of ticket: Ê 37
Telephone no: (2) _______________________
Place: (3) ________________Bank Hall
In: (4) ____________________Street
B. USE OF LANGUAGE:
I. Choose the word which has the underlined part pronounced differently from
that of the others.(1 pt)
1. A. rickshaw B. carnival C. ruin D. island
2. A. preserve B. sculpture C. skill D. risk
3. A. stopped B. impressed C. enjoyed D. worked
4. A. watch B. scholarship C. children D. teacher
II. Choose the best answer to complete each sentence. (2 pts)
1. When I turned up, the town hall was already ___________ of teenagers.
A. jammed B. packed C. crowded D. full
2. No one could tell me ______ to start the engine.
A. how B. when C. why D. what
3. What are the differences between Dong Ho ______ and Sinh ones?
A. painting B. paintings C. painter D. painters
4. I couldn’t sleep last night ___________ the bar nearby played music so loudly.
A. although B. so that C. while D. because
5. The new sports ______ has six tennis courts.
A. game B. dream C. complex D. match
6. Mary: “Would you like a glass of green tea?” Jane: “______.”
A. Yes, please B.Yes, let’s C. No, let’s not D. No, I don’t
7. Loan’s grandfather is the __ oldest artisan in the village; Linh’s grandfather is
the oldest.
A. first B. second C. most D. one
8. A ______ is a solid figure or object, made by carving or shaping wood, stone,
clay, etc.
A. painting B. picture C. medal D. sculpture
III. Give the correct form of the verbs in brackets to complete the following sentences. (1 pt)
1. The teacher suggested that the students ______ (finish) all their homework before
going to bed.
2. She wishes she ______ (can have) a longer summer vacation.
3. She asked if I ______(want) to become a doctor.
4. I had no idea how ______ (write) my home paper about.
C. READING:
I. Read the passage and choose the word from the box that best fits the blank
space. (1 pt)
film - consists - includes - most - of
Los Angeles is the most populous city in California, and the second
(1)______ populous city in the USA. It is a global city, a centre of business,
international trade, entertainment, culture, media, and fashion. The Los Angeles
area (2)______ Hollywood, and leads the world in the creation (3)______
television productions, video games, and recorded music. The weather here is
usually dry and warm. Visitors like to go to the (4)______ studios and to drive
along Hollywood Boulevard. There are also some good beaches near the city, such
as Venice Beach.
II. Read the passage and do the tasks below. (1 pt)
1. In Britain some families feel that learning at home is better than going
to school. Home-schooled children can choose when they want to learn. Does this
sound more enjoyable than school? Adrian is a science prodigy and he wants to start
university by the age of fourteen. He finds school lessons easier than most children,
but making friends more difficult. At home, he can spend more time on his favourite
subjects and is preparing to take many of his exams early. Does he ever take a
break? 'Yes,' he says, 'I don't study subjects I'm not interested in'. Holly's parents
weren't happy with the local school, so they made a decision to teach her at home.
Her favourite subject is history and she often goes to museums to study. 'I couldn't
do that before,' she says. 'This is more interesting than school was.' Her parents are
always happy to help her. Adrian and Holly love learning at home, but some people
think that studying at school is more useful because it trains you for adult life. It
teaches you to be with people you don't like, but it can also help you to make
friends. Are these things more important than lessons? What do you think?
* Decide whether the following statements are True (T) or False (F).
1. In Britain all families feel that learning at home is better than going to school.
______
2. Holly's parents taught her at home.
______
** Choose the best answer A, B, C or D
3. History is Holly’s ______
A. favourite test B. favourite subject C. boring subject D. only one
subject
4. What do some people think about studying at school?
A. It’s easier B. It’s stressful C. It’s more useful D. It’s a waste
of time
D. WRITING:
I. Finish each of the sentences in such a way that it means exactly the same as
the one printed before it. (1 pt)
1. People expect that tax increases will be announced in tomorrow’s budget.
 It
______________________________________________________________.
2. He speaks English more fluently than his brother.
 His brother doesn’t
________________________________________________.
II. In about 40-60 words, write a paragraph about your hometown (1 pt)
A.  LISTENING:
Part I. (1 pt) - 0.25 pt for each correct answer.
1. C. He played basketball
2. C. Some soup and an apple.
3. B. Next to a bookshop and a playground.
4. C. A parrot
Part II. (1 pt) - 0.25 pt for each correct answer.
1. 2nd/ second 2. 283 0065 3. South 4. Trinity
B. USE OF LANGUAGE:
I. Phonetics: (1 pt) - 0.25 pt for each correct answer.
1. D. island 2. A. preserve 3. C. enjoyed 4. B.
scholarship
II. (2 pts) - 0.25 pt for each correct answer.
1. D. full 5. C. complex
2. A. how 6. A. Yes, please
3. B. paintings 7. B. second
4. D. because 8. D. sculpture
III. (1 pt) - 0.25 pt for each correct answer.
1. should finish/ finish
2. could have
3. wanted
4. to write
C. READING:
I. (1 pt) - 0.25 pt for each correct answer.
1. most 2. includes 3. of 4. film
II. (1 pt) - 0.25 pt for each correct answer.
1. F 2. T 3. B. favourite subject 4. C. It’s more
useful
D. WRITING:
I. (1 pt) - 0.5 pt for each correct answer.
1. It is expected that tax increases will be announced in tomorrow’s budget.
2. His brother doesn’t speak English as/ so fluently as him/ he does.
II. In about 40-60 words, write a paragraph on your favourite city in Vietnam.
(1 pt)
Tiờu chớ Mụ tả chi tiết cỏc tiờu chớ Điểm
Đúng cấu trúc của đoạn văn, phù hợp với chủ đề: Có câu chủ đề
(Topic sentence); cỏc ý minh họa (Supporting sentences/ ideas,
Cấu trỳc 0.25
từ 2 supporting sentences/ ideas trở lờn); và cõu kết luận
(Concluding sentence).
- Viết đúng chủ đề, các ý minh họa rừ ràng, cú tớnh thuyết
phục.
Nội dung 0.25
- Viết logic, hợp lớ; mạch lạc, rừ ràng
- Viết đúng cấu trúc ngữ pháp; sử dụng các liên từ hợp lý để
Ngụn
liờn kết cỏc ý trong đoạn 0.25
ngữ
- Sử dụng từ vựng phự hợp, phong phỳ, hạn chế lặp lại từ vựng
Trỡnh - Viết đủ số từ theo quy định

0.25
bày - Khụng xuống dũng
Tổng điểm 1
Cỏch tớnh lỗi (trừ điểm)

- 2 Mỗi lỗi ngữ phỏp, cấu trỳc cõu,….: 0,25
- 4 Mỗi lỗi từ vựng 0,25
- Viết ít hơn số từ quy định 0.25

MạO Từ
1, The aims : Revise about the articles and do exercises.
- Helps sts revise and know how to use and do exs using about the articles sts
have learnt correctly.
articles sts have learnt.
*. GRAMMAR:
i) an/ a : ( Mạo từ bất định ).
-A; Dùng trước từ bắt đầu bằng một phụ âm, một nguyên âm đọc như
phụ âm.
- An ; Dùng trước các từ bắt đầu bằng nguyên âm ( a, e, i, o, u..)
- An/ a ; Dùng trước một danh từ đếm được.
- Dùng trước một số ngữ thức chỉ số lượng.
- a lot of
- a great, many
- a great deal of.
- Dùng trước một con số.
a hundred
a thousand
- Dùng trong câu cảm thán ! . Trước danh từ đếm được số ít.
What a pretty girl !
 Loại bỏ an/ a : - Trước danh từ số nhiều.
- Trước danh từ không đếm được.
- Trước những tên gọi các bữa ăn.
Eg : We have breakfast at eight.
II/ A little/ a few và little/few.
+) A few/ few : được dùng đứng trước những danh từ số nhiều.
a few people
III/ The : Dùng cho cả danh từ số ít và số nhiều.
- Được dùng cho đối tượng hoặc nhóm đối tượng là duy nhất hoặc được coi là duy
nhất.
The earth, the sea, the sky…
- Trước một danh từ trở thành xác định và nói đến lần 2.
Eg : His car struck a tree, you can still see the mark on the tree.
-Trước danh từ trở thành xác định do ghép thêm một cụm từ hoặc mệnh đề.
Eg : The girl in blue.
The man with the banner.
- Trước một danh từ chỉ nơi chốn.
Lan is in the garden.
- Trước dạng so sánh nhất.
Eg : The first week.
The best day.
- The + adj Tiêu biểu cho một lớp người.
The old
- The + tên họ dạng số nhiều.
The Smiths
IV/ This/ these ; That/ those : Dùng làm đại từ.
- Dùng để nhấn mạnh, đôi khi dùng thay cho tính từ sở hữu.
Eg : This beach, that car… : This is my umbrella
* EXERCISE 1 : Hãy điền mạo từ thích hợp vào chỗ trống ( a, an, the, hoặc
không ).
1, It’s ___ bit far from my house to ___ cinema.
2, Viet likes ___ comedies very much and there’s ___ interesting comedy on T-
V tonight.
3, ___ deaf are the people who can’t hear.
4, It is ___ large lab, but there is only ___ assistant.
5, Trang isn’t in ___kitchen, She’s ___ upstairs.
6, They’re going to build ___ university in this town.
7, Our new teacher has ___ oval face with ___ wavy black hair.
8, Nga is ___ most sociable person in my class.
9, His grandfather died of ___ broken heart.
10, I used to work on ___ farm, It’s ___ north of the country.
11, We mustn’t let ___ children play in ___ kitchen because it’s ___ dangerous
place.
12, What ___interesting folktale !
13, Could you do me ___ favor please, Mr Hoang ?
14, Can you show me to ___ nearest bus stop ?
Go straight ahead, then take ___ second turning on ___ right.
15, The scout is helping ___ old man to cross ___ street.
16, You can participate in this program to raise ___ funds for ___ poor.
17, They are having ___ environment month. They’re going to clean ___ lake’s
bank.
KEYS :
1; a – the 8; the 11; o – the – a
2; o – an 9; a 12; - an
3; the 10; a - the 13; - a
4; a – an 14; - the – the – the
5; the – o 15; an – the
6; an 16; o – the
7; an – o 17; an , the....
* EXERCISE 2 : Use the correct prepositions :
1) We can see many stars .. . .. .the sky at night.
2) You remind me .. .. .. .. my sister.
3) They have only been there ............. a few minutes.
4) The canoe overturned and everyone fell ............the deep water.
5) How ..........going to Ben Thanh Market this afternoon?
6) I couldn’t meet Mrs. Chi because she's ..............
7) I'll come ........to pick her ...........at 8 o'clock
8) They named their daughter ............their favorite singers.
9) The passage is written ...............English
10) 65. Whom does she fall ……. love………?
11) 66. Why are you always jealous ……….the disabled?
12) 67. He is just getting ………….his severe illness
13) 68. He complained ………..the children …………the mess they've
made.
14) My parents first went ………Greek…………a short holiday ………
2003
15) Measuring money must be very difficult to carry ……
TAG QUESTIONS
1, The aims : Introduce and revise about the tag questions .
- Helps sts know how to use the tag questions and do exs correctly.
2, The objectives : - By the end of the lesson , sts can do exs using the tag
questions correctly.
Part I.Grammar : Câu hỏi đuôi:
Là một câu hỏi ngắn được thêm vào câu trần thuật. Khi sử dụng loại câu hỏi này
nên nhớ rằng nó không nhằm mục đích đê hỏi mà nhằm để khẳng định lại ý kiến
của bản thõn mỡnh đó biết.
- Cõu chia làm 2 thành phần tỏch biệt nhau bởi dấu phẩy.
- Nếu động từ ở phần chính ở thể khẳng định thỡ ở phần đuôi là phủ định và ngược
lại.
- Động từ to be được dùng trực tiếp, các động từ thường dùng trợ động từ to do,
các động từ ở thời kép: future, perfect, progressive dùng với chính trợ động từ của
thời đó.
- Cỏc thành ngữ there is, there are và it is dùng lại ở phần đuôi.
- Động từ to have trong tiếng Anh của người Mỹ là động từ thường do đó nó sẽ
dùng với trợ động từ to do.
Ví dụ:
There are only twenty-eight days in February, aren’t there?
It’s raining now, isn’t it? It isn’t raining now, is it?
The boys don’t have class tomorrow, do they?
You and I talked with the professor yesterday, didn’t we?
You won’t be leaving for another hour, will you?
Jill and Joe have been to Mexico, haven’t they?
You have two children, don’t you?
(Trong tiếng Anh, thỡ sẽ dựng haven’t you?)
1. Nếu câu phủ định , trợ động từ ở phần đuôi khẳng định
You didn’t see him, did you?
2. Nếu câu khảng định thỡ trợ động từ ở phần đuôi phủ định
Peter helped you, didn’t he?
John lives here, doesn’t he? You found your passport, didn’t you?
Mary’s coming tomorrow, isn’t she? Peter’s heard the news, hasn’t he?
3. Câu đề nghị let’s thỡ cõu hỏi đuôi là shall: Let’s go, shall we?
Let’s listen to some music, shallwe?
The subject of the tag is always a pronoun.(Chủ ngữ của câu hỏi đuôi
luôn là đại từ)
4. Khi chủ ngữ của cõu là: everybody, everyone, somebody, someone, anyone,
anybody, no one, nobody, none, neither chúng ta sử dụng đại từ they như
chủ ngữ của câu hỏi đuôi:
I don’t suppose anyone will volunteer, will they?
No one would object, would they?
Neither of them complained, did they?
Someone tỏted my cofee, didn’t they?
5. Cõu mệnh lệnh:
Do/ Don’t do something, will you?
Ex: Open the door, will you? / Don’t be late, will you?
6. Cõu mệnh lệnh: nhắc nhở nguy hiểm sẽ xảy ra dựng (won’t you)
Ex:Be careful with that dog, won’t you? / Don’t forget to check it, won’t you?
7. Cõu: I am ….., aren’t I? I’m late, Aren’t I?
8. Ở phần câu có các từ mang nghĩa phủ định: never, seldom, rarely,hardly,
nobody, none = no one, nothing, no, neither…. Thỡ phần đuôi phải ở thế
khẳng định
Ex: She never gets angry, does she?
No salt is allowed, is it?(Đại từ thay thế cho danh từ không đếm được là “it”)
9. Ở phần câu chủ ngữ là các đại từ tân ngữ phủ định; nothing, something,
every thing, this, that thỡ ở phần đuôi ta dùng đại từ “it”
Ex: Every thing will be all right, won’t it?
10. Nếu tân ngữ là các đại từ tân ngữ phủ định: nothing, nobody, no one, none
of them thỡ phần đuôi ở khẳng định.
Ex: You like nobody here, do you? / She met no one at the party, did she?
The teacher had no book, did he?
11. Nếu trong phần cõu cú sử dụng tính từ phủ định : few, little thỡ phần đuôi
ở khẳng định.
Ex: She eats little rice today, does she? ? She bought few books, does she?
12. Nếu trong phần câu có sử dụng động từ phủ dịnh thỡ phần đuôi ở khảng
định.
Deny + Ving: trối cói, Refuse to + V Từ chối, fail to + V
She denies stealing your money, does she?
Phần cõu Phần đuôi
let’s + (not) + V Shall we?
Do/ don’t + V Will you?
Cõu mệnh lệnh: Won’t you
Keep your throat warm
Don’t forget to do homework
I am Aren’t I
Is / are / was / were Isn’t / aren’t / wasn’t / weren’t
never, seldom, rarely,hardly, nobody, none = no one, khẳng định
nothing, no, neither
everybody, everyone, somebody, someone, anyone, they
anybody, no one, nobody, none, neither
nothing, something, every thing, this, that it
Nếu tân ngữ là các đại từ tân ngữ phủ định: nothing, khẳng định.
nobody, no one, none of them
tính từ phủ định : few, little khẳng định.
Deny + Ving: trối cói, Refuse to + V Từ chối, fail to + khẳng định.
V
There be… there?
One + V …… ….one?
This /that is …. Isn’t it?
It is a pity that clause, It is time for SB to do st Isn’t it?
It is time sb did st
S + ought to + V .. Shouldn’t + S?
What a stupid man Isn’t he?
What a beautiful cat Isn’t it?
You think you will be able to do it well Don’t you?
She said that she was good at English Didn’t she?
Part B. Practice:
I. Complete the sentences with the correct tag questions
1. His mother is very proud of him,....................................?
2. The lift isn’t working today,.....................................?
3. You are afraid of dogs,.....................................?
4. She doesn’t believe you,...................................?
5. I haven’t met you before,...................................?
6. The children weren’t surprised,........................................?
7. You gave him my address,.......................................?
8. Your sister can speak English well,......................................?
9. You have a new computer,..................................?
10. He didn’t wake you up this morning,......................................?
11. Let’s go for a walk,.................................?
12. I think he will join us,................................?
13. The questions were very difficult,.............................?
14. Lan enjoys watching television after dinner,.............................?
15. Tam didn’t go to school yesterday,............................?
16. Your father bought you new books,...............................?
17. We should follow the traffic rules strictly,...................................?
18. They don’t like foreign films,..........................?
19. Britney Spears is the most famous singer this year,........................?
20. My classmates have seen that cartoon twice,.................................?
21. Thu was practicing her music lesson at 4
yesterday,...............................?
22. He drove his car so fast,.............................?
23. Her father works for Tuoi Tre newspaper,............................?
24. She has learned English for four years,............................?
25. Thu’s father reads a morning newspaper every day, ……………?
26. The teacher is going to explain a new grammar lesson,…………..?
27. Their classmates were so excited about the games yesterday,
………………..?
28. Lan enjoys sewing clothes for her doll, ……………………?
29. Hoa did a lot of homework last night, …………………….?
30. Schools may be closed if it snows heavily, ………………….?
31. She has visited the citadel in Hue twice, …………………….?
32. People have to rebuild the building after fire,…………………..?
33. Their children enjoy playing computer games, ………………………?
34. You will have a cable TV soon, …………………?
35. I am making a big mistake, …………………?
36. let’s go shopping at Saigon Coop Mart,……………….?
37. Children should drink a lot of milk and fruit juice,
…………………………..?
38. Bring your camera with you to the party, ……………………….?
39. These shoes need to be fixed, ……………………………?
40. You must ask for your parents’ permission to join in the trip,
……………….?
41. BA likes healthy food, ……………………?
42. Phong hasn’t been to Hanoi before,…………………….?
43. Thu didn’t take part in the competition,……………………….?
44. She can ride to school by herself, ……………………….?
45. My friends are used to swimming in the river, …………………..?
46. His mother doesn’t work for that company, ……………….?
47. They don’t have to buy new dictionaries, ………………………?
48. It will rain tomorrow,……………………….?
49. Remember to buy your mother some sugar on your way home,
…………?
50. She has read this news on internet,……………………….?
51. They have seen lots of Beckham’s pictures on his wedsite,
…………………..?
52. You think Internet is a means of education,………………………?
53. There was a lot of traffic in the streets yesterday,……………………?
54. You ought to go now,……………………..?
55. I think she won’t come to your party, ……………………?
56. What a nice dress,…………………….?
57. It is time for you to study hard, …………………?
58. You need go right now, …………………..?
59. He need never study hard,……………………?
60. You think it is going to rain,…………………..?
61. he said that his father was a doctor, ………………………..?
62. Everything is all right, …………………?
63. She met nobody at the party,……………………?
64. Don’t forget to turn off the lights before going out,
……………………..?
65. Be careful with that man,…………………………?
66. Someone had come to our room, …………………..?
67. She likes nobody to help her,…………………………?
II/ TAG QUESTIONS
1. Today is your birthday, ______________?
2. Daisy always drinks a cup of tea after lunch, __________________?
3. Coffee and beer aren’t good for children, ________________?
4. Children don’t smoke cigarette, ______________?
5. I am late for the appointment, ___________________?
6. You could help him to do that, ____________________?
7. They ought to go, _____________?
8. You haven’t just met her, _______________?
9. He used to smoke cigars, __________________?
10.Your teacher has a new car, _______________?
11.You have never been there before, ________________?
12.Someone broke that vase, _________________?
13.A few people knew the answer, _____________?
14.Thu’s father reads a morning newspaper everyday, ________________?
15.Lan enjoys sewing clothes for her doll, _________________?
16.People have to rebuild the building after the fire, _________________?
17.Ba likes orange juice, ___________________?
18.Hoa did a lot of homework last night, ___________________?
19.You will have cable TV soon, ___________________?
20.Remember to close the door, ______________?
21.You’ve already done your homework, ______________?
22.They don’t walk regularly, ______________?
23.We must all work very hard, ______________?
24.Your classmates are going to have a picnic, ______________?
25.Mr. Smith has kindly provided a picnic lunch for , ______________?
III.GIVE THE CORRECT TAG
1. She is collecting stickers,
……………………?
2. We often watch TV in
the afternoon, ……………………?
3. You have cleaned your
bike, …………………………..?
4. John and Max don't like
Math,……………………….?
5. Peter played handball
yesterday,………………………?
6. They are going home
from school,…………………….?
7. Mary didn't do her
homework last Monday,……………………….?
8. Kevin will come tonight,
………………………?
9. I'm clever,
……………………..?
10. Mr McGuinness is from
Ireland,………………….?
11. The car isn't in the
garage,………………………..?
12. You are John,
………………………?
13. She went to the library
yesterday,…………………..?
14. He didn't recognize me,
………………………?
15. Cars pollute the
environment,………………………..?
16. Mr. Pritchard has been to
Scotland recently,………………………..?
17. The trip is very
expensive,……………………….?
18. He won't tell her,
…………………….?
19. Hugh had a red car,
…………………………?
20. Let's go for a walk,
…………………………?
21. We must lock the doors,
……………………………….?
22. She wasn’t here last
night, ………………?
Tính từ và Trạng từ
Cấp so sánh với Tính từ và Trạng từ

1, The aims : Revise about the Adj,adv and coparatives.
- Helps sts know how to use and do exs using the Adj,adv and coparatives
correctly
2, The objectives : - By the end of the lesson , sts can do exs correctly.
Part I, . Tính từ và trạng từ :
I/ Tính từ.
+ Tính từ có 2 dạng : - Tính từ ngắn và Tính từ dài.
*Eg : Tính từ ngắn. Good, tall, thin…
Tính từ dài , Expensive, beautiful…
*Cách ứng dụng. Tính từ đứng sau động từ “Tobe”.
Eg : She is tall.
Tính từ đứng trước danh từ tạo thành cụm danh từ.
Eg : She is a wonderful girl.
II/ Trạng từ :
+ Form : Trạng từ được thành lập.
Adj + ly  adv.
Eg : Beautiful + ly  beautifully.
Careful + ly  carefully.
*Tuy nhiên có một số tính từ đặc biệt khi chuyển sang trạng từ không cộng
thêm đuôi “ly” mà biến thành dạng hoàn toàn khác.
Eg : good  well.
fast  fast.
hard  hard.
*Uses : Trạng từ đứng sau “Tobe”.
- He is usually late.
Trạng từ đứng sau động từ thường.
- She works carefully.
III. Exercise: Supply the correct form of words
1. Tom is a __________ player. (skill)
2. Children played games __________ on the yard. (happy)
3. It's __________ to go on a trip. (interest)
4. Our Dad drives car __________. (careful)
5. __________, he passed the final test. (luck)
6. We like wearing __________ clothes. (tradition)
7. Can you speak English __________? (well)
8. He told me about a __________ story. (fun)
9. We often got home __________ last year .(fast)
10.Peter speak English very __________ (fluent)
11.We are __________ to see you again. (happily)
12.It was raining __________ when I left home. (heavy)
13.We are watching an __________ game. (excite)
14.I'm much _________ in movies (interest)
15.All my classrooms are _________ decorated. (beauty)
Part II. Cấp so sánh với tính từ và trạng từ.
I/ So sánh bằng nhau :
Dùng để so sánh 2 người/ vật có tính chất giống nhau.
*Form : S1 + tobe + as + adj + as + S2
S1 + V + as + adv + as + S2
*Meaning ; bằng, như
*Eg : John is as tall as Tom.
She runs as quickly as his brother.
not as/ so… as ; Không bằng.
less… than ; Kém hơn.
*Eg : He is not so good as his brother.
I am less rich than you.
NOTES : Không phân biệt tính từ, adv , ngắn hay dài.
II/ So sánh hơn :

Dùng để so sánh 2 người/ vật có tính chất gì hơn/ kém nhau.
1, Đối với tính từ ( Trạng từ) ngắn.
( Tính từ, trạng từ ngắn là tính từ ( trạng từ) có một vần, hoặc tính từ (trạng từ)
có 2 vần nhưng tận cùng bằng y , ow, er , le , et )
S1 + tobe/ adv + adj – er/ adv – er + than + S2
*Eg : Mr Brown is older than my father.
You are happier than she.
Eg ; narrow  narrower
Clever  cleverer simple  simpler
Quiet  quieter happy  happier
2, Đối với các adj , adv dài .

( adv , adj dài là tính từ , trạng từ có từ 2 vần trở lên nhng không có tận cùng bằng
y , ow , er )
S1 + tobe + more + adj + than + S2 : Hơn .......
S1 + V + more + adv + than + S2 .
Eg : A car is more expensive than a bicycle .
Lan drives more carefully than Ba.
E, Consolidation : - Teacher asks sts to retell the main content of the lesson.
- T asks sts to do the exs at home , learn by heart the forms of the Adj,adv and
coparatives.
F, Remarks :
Tính từ và Trạng từ
Cấp so sánh với Tính từ và Trạng từ
( cont …)
1, The aims : Revise about the Adj,adv and coparatives.
- Helps sts know how to use and do exs using the Adj,adv and comparatives
correctly
2, The objectives : - By the end of the lesson , sts can do exs correctly.
III, So sánh nhất : Dùng để so sánh số đông ( 3 ngời hoặc 3 vật trở lên ) để chọn
ra 1 cái duy nhất .
1, Đối với tính từ ngắn :
S + tobe + the + adj-est : Nhất....
S + V + the + adv-est .
Eg : Grandfather is the oldest in my family .
He drives the most carefully.
2, Đối với tính từ , trạng từ dài .
S + tobe/ V + the most adj/ adv ......
Eg : This is the most difficult lesson in the book.
* Ngoại lệ :
Good / well --> better --> the best.
Bad/ badly --> worse --> the worst.
Many/ much --> more --> the most.
Little --> less --> the least.
Far --> farther --> the farthest.
--> further --> the furthest .
Eg : This novel is better than that one.
He speaks E worse than other students.
Exercises : Đặt tính từ trong ngoặc ở dạng so sánh đúng .

1, Gold is ( precious ) than iron.
2, Cigaretter paper is ( thin ) of all papers .
3, My bicycle is ( expensive ) as yours.
4, The weather today is ( warm ) than the weather yesterday .
5, This film is not ( good ) as the one we saw last week.
6, Holidays are ( pleasant 0 than schooldays.
7, Which is ( high ) mountain in your country ?
8, A horse is ( strong ) than a dog .
9, Robert is ( fat ) than his brother .
10, The Pacific is ( large ) Ocean in the World.
11, Is he ( studious ) as his sister ?
12, My cold is ( bad ) today than it was yesterday .
13, The story you told me was ( funny ) of all.
14, Jane is ( little ) athletic of all the women .
15, Nobody is ( happy ) than Maria .
* KEYS.
1, more precious. 9, fatter.
2, the thinnest. 10, the largest.
3, as expensive. 11, as studious.
4, warmer. 12, worse.
5, so good. 13, the funnest.
6, more pleasant. 14, least.
7, the highest. 15, happier.
8, stronger.
IV, So sánh kép : ( Double comparative ).
* The + comparative + subject + V , the comparative + S + V
Eg : The sooner you leave , the earlier you will arrive .
The more you study , the smarter you become.
* The more + subject + V , the comparative + S + V.
Eg : The more money he spent , the poorer he became
Exercises : Kết hợp những cặp câu sau thành một, dùng Double comparative.
1, They get fat. They feel weak.
 The fatter they get, the weaker they feel.
2, He trains hard. He feels strong.
 The harder he trains, the stronger he feels.
3, The lesson is difficult, we try hard.
 The more difficult the lesson is, the harder we try.
4, The house is large, It is expensive.
 The larger the house is, the more expensive it is.
5, New year comes near, People are busy.
 The nearer New year comes, the busier people are.
6, We produce much rice, It is cheap.
 The more rice we produce, the cheaper it is.
7, The play was interesting, It attacted many people.
 The more interesting the play was, the more people it attacted.
8, We plant many trees. We preserve much soil.
 The more trees we plant, the more soil we preserve.
9, The workers built good roads. They needed a lot of equipment.
 The better roads the workers built, the more equipment they needed.
10, The soil was poor. The farmers tried hard.
 The poorer the soil was, the harder the farmers tried.
- T asks sts to do the exs at home , learn by heart the forms of the Adj,adv and
coparatives
E, Remarks :
……………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………
………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………
………………
Đại từ quan hệ , Mệnh đề quan hệ
1, The aims : Revise about the relative pronouns and relative clauses.
- Helps sts know how to use and do exs using the relative pronouns and relative
clauses correctly
relative pronouns and relative clauses.
I/ Relative pronouns : Đại từ quan hệ :
Antecedent Subject Object Possessive
(Từ đi trước) case
Người Who/ that Who/whom/ that Whose
Vật Which/ that Which/ that Of which/
whose
- Who : dùng thay thế cho tiền ngữ chỉ về người và làm chủ từ của mệnh đề tính
ngữ.
*Eg : The person who takes care of patients is a nurse.
+) Whom : Dùng thay thế cho tiền ngữ chỉ về người và làm túc từ ( object) của
mệnh đề tính ngữ.
*Eg :The doctor who(m) they talked about is very kind.
+) Whose + (noun) : Khi tiền ngữ chỉ về người và có chức năng như một tính
từ sở hữu.
*Eg :* Thay thế cho sở hữu cỏch (possessive cases): her/his/
their/your/our/its….
* Xuất hiện trong hai cấu trỳc.
- .... noun/ pronoun + whose + noun + verb
- ..... noun/ pronoun whose + noun + subject + verb
Ex1: The girl looks disappoited. Her examination result its so bad.
The girl whose examination result is so bad looks disappointed.
Ex2: That is the girl. I took her hat by mistake yesterday.
That is the girl whose hat I took by mistake yesterday.
The man whose son is my classmate is an engnineer.
+) Whose : Luôn đứng giữa 2 danh từ.
+) Which : Dùng cho tiền ngữ chỉ về sự việc hay con vật, làm chủ từ hoặc túc
từ của mệnh đề tính ngữ.
*Eg :* Cú thể làm chủ từ hoặc tõn ngữ.
Ex1: She show me the table. It was made by her father.
She shows me the table which was made by her father.
Ex2: Do you like this car ? Mr. Tan bought it last month.
Do you like this car, which Mr.Tan bought last month ?
*Note: “Which” có thể được sử dụng để thay thế cho một mệnh đề đứng
trước nó (= and this/ and that)
Ex: Tom is so lazy, and this makes Mrs. Green worried.
Tom is so lazy, which makes Mrs. Green worried.
The books which are on the top of the shelf are novels.
- That : Dùng cho tiền ngữ chỉ người, sự việc hay con vật làm chủ từ hoặc túc
từ của mệnh đề tính ngữ.
*Eg :- The books that interest children much are picture books.
II/ Relative adverbs : Trạng từ quan hệ :
+) Where = in/ at which : Được thay thế cho tiền ngữ là từ chỉ nơi chốn như :
City; village; place; school….
*Eg : This is the place where he was born.
+) When = at/ on which : Được dùng thay thế cho tiền ngữ là chỉ thời gian
như :
Day; time; year…
*Eg : It was the year when they arrived in this city.
- Why : Thường đi sau ( reason ).
*Eg : This is the reason. For this reason I left early
 This is the reason why I left early.
*Lưu ý : - in / on / at + which ( for place) = where.
- in / on / at + which ( for time) = when
- for + which = why
III, Exercises :
* EX1 Fill in the blank with : WHO, WHOM, WHICH, WHERE, WHEN,
WHOSE
1. What is the name of the girl …………… is wearing a white blouse?
2. I don’t like food……………… is very spicy.
3. Do you see the girl ………………… you told me last night?
4. Last week, I return to my home village………………… I was born.
5. I never forget the day …………………….. you gave me s surprise birthday
party.
6. He is the man…………. friends always trust him.
7. The hotel ……………… we stayed wasn’t very clean.
8. Is there any thing…………………. I can do?
9. The girl ……………………. eyes are blue is Miss Lan.
10. I enjoy reading the book…………………… my mother gave me on my last
birthday.
* EX2. Rewrite the sentences, using “ Relative Clauses”
1.This is the student. I talked to him last night .
2.She is taking about the girl .The girl learn with her daughter.
3.The lion tamer is rather tall .Her hair is black.
4.The chair was broken .My father used to on it .
5.Christmas Day is the day .We often have festivals on it .
6.The schoolyard was in bad condition. We used to play on it .
* EX3 Use the relative pronouns to combine these sentences :
1.They are talking about the clowns .The clowns made them excited. .................
2.I was sitting on the chair .It suddenlycollapsed.................................................
3.The city was beautiful .We spent our holidays there.........................................
4.May Day is the day .We will come on that day.................................................
5.I saw some houses .Most of them were still good ...........................................
6.You never tell me the thing . You know it .......................................................
7.The car was broken down. The roof of the car was damaged...............................
8.Do you know her ? The girl is sitting behind me .
* Exercise 4: Combine sentences,using a relative pronoun
1.This is the newspaper. I want you to buy it.
2.Have you ever spoken to the people? They live next door.
3.It is a book. It will interest children of all age.
4.The Pikes keep having all-night party. They live next door.
5.Where are the eggs? They are in the fridge.
6.People live longer . They take physical exercise.
7.Have you got something? It will get ink out of the carpet.
8.Tom and Peter didn’t come. They were invited.
9.Paris is the city. I’ve always wanted to visit it.
10.Mrs White has just had her second baby. She’s been married for 4 years
*Answer keys:1.This is the newspaper which I want you to buy .
2.Have you ever spoken to the people who live next door ?
3.It is a book which will interest children of all age.
4.The Pikes who live next door,keep having all-night party.
5.Where are the eggs which are in the fridge ?
6.People who take physical exercise ,live longer .
7.Have you got something which will get ink out of the carpet ?
8.Tom and Peter who were invited didn’t come.
9.Paris is the city which I’ve always wanted to visit .
10.Mrs White who has been married for 4 years.has just had her secon
Đại từ quan hệ
Mệnh đề quan hệ( cont…)
1, The aims : Revise about the relative pronouns and relative clauses.
- Helps sts know how to use and do exs using the relative pronouns and relative
clauses correctly
relative pronouns and relative clauses.
III/ Defining and non – defining clause : Mệnh đề quan hệ giới hạn và không
giới hạn.
+) Mệnh đề quan hệ giới hạn là 1 bộ phận gắn bó của câu. Thiếu nó câu không
đầy đủ ý nghĩa :
*Eg : The book which you lent me was very interesting.
+) Mệnh đề quan hệ không giới hạn được xem như là lời nói thêm, được đặt
giữa 2 dấu phẩy, có thể bỏ đi được:
*Eg : The Thames, which flows through Lodon, is a beautiful river.
IV/ Exercises :
*- Exercise1 : Nối các cặp câu sau dùng đại từ quan hệ hoặc trạng từ quan hệ :
a) The house is used as a library now. It was built in 1960.
b) The woman is an librarian. You saw her yesterday on the way home.
c) The man is living next door to us. Do you want to meet him ?
d) The book is about Africa. I like its pictures.
e) The circus is a place. Most children are attracted there.
f) May day is the day. Marches and demonstrations are held on that day.
g) They are children. Their team won the match.
h) The valley of Olympia was the place,The first Olympia Games were held there.
I) Her shop opens after 6 . At that time , other shops close.
j) They asked him about the countries. He visited them last week.
Keys
1, The house which is built in 1960 is used a library now.
2, The woman whom you saw yesteday on the way home is a librarian.
3, Do you want to meet the man who is living next door to us.
4, The book whose picture (the pictures of which) I like is about Africa.
5, The circus is the place where most children are attracted.
6, May day is the day when (on which) marches and demonstrations are held.
7, They are the children whose team won the match.
8, The valley of Olympia was the place where the first Olympia Games were held.
9, Her shop opens after 6 when other shops close.
10, They asked him about the countries which (that) he visited last week.
*- Exercise2 : Kết hợp các cặp câu sau thành một :
1, Alice is my friend. Alice’s mother died last year.
2, The boy will be punished. He threw that stone.
3, My sister wants to speak to you. You met my sister yesterday.
4, The man is a secretary. You saw the man at the desk.
5, That’s the room. The meeting is held in that room.
6, She was born in Malaysia. Rubber trees grow well there.
Keys
1- Alice whose mother died last year is…
2- The boy who threw that stone will be punished.
3- My sister whom you met yesterday wants to speak to you.
4- The man who you saw at the desk is a serectary.
5- That is the room where the meeting is held.
6- I’ll always remember the day when I first saw that sight.
7- She was born in Malaysia where rubber trees grow well.
* Ex3: Điền đại từ quan hệ đúng (who, whom, which, whose) vào các khoảng
trống:
1. The boys……… are playing in the garden are my cousins.
2. He finally married the girl……. he loved.
3. The flowers…….my friend gave me have withered.
4. Mary is the girl……..bicycle was stolen yesterday.
5. The vegetables……..Mr Green sells are not fresh.
6. Is this the book….you lost?
7. The singer…..you like best is Miss White.
8. The street…..leands to my school is very wide.
9. Your friend, …… name I can’t remember, made a lot of noise.
10.The rever from…….we get our water-supply is nearly empty.
*Ex4: Kết hợp các cặp câu sau, sử dụng đại từ quan hệ Who, Whom, Which,
Whose
1. Alice is my friend. Alice’s mother died last year.
2. The boy will be punished. He threw that stone.
3. My sister wants to speak to you. You met my sister yesterday.
4. The flowers were roses. I bought the flowers for my sister.
5. Do you know the boy? He sat next to me at the dinner party.
6. Swimming makes people strong. Swimming is a good sport.
7. The woman is a nurse. Wwe saw the woman’s daughter last week.
8. The man is the doctor. My parents bought the man’s house.
9. The car was very modern. Mr Green was driving the car.
10.the paint on the chair is still wet. You are sitting on that chair.
11.The man is a secretary. You saw the man at the desk.
12.The house was built twenty years ago. We are living in the house.
13.The girl is very beautiful. Her dress is red.
14.Wiliam is my uncle. I went fishing with Wiliam last Sunday.
15.Jane is a woman. Jane is going to China next year.
* Ex5: Nối các cặp câu sau đây dùng cặp từ quan hệ When, Where.
1. That’s the room. The meeting is help in that room.
2. I’ll always remember the day. I first saw that sight on that day.
3. She was born in Malaysia. Rubber trees grow well there.
4. No one knows the school. My uncle taught at that school 10 years ago.
5. Please ask them the time. The train started the trip at that time.
6. New Year’s Day is a day. All family members gather and enjoy a family
dinner then.
7. There are many hotels. Tourists can enjoy their holidays there.
8. We’ll take you to Dalat. You can enjoy pure air there.
9. You can’t enjoy hiking in winter. Snow covers everything in winter.
10.The field is very fertile. They plant potatoes in the field.
adverb CLAUSES

1, The aims : Revise about adverbs clauses .
- Helps sts know how to use and do exs using adverbs clauses correctly
2, The objectives : - By the end of the lesson , sts can do exs correctly using
adverbs clauses .
I-Grammar: Mệnh đề trạng ngữ chỉ lí do.
-Mệnh đề chỉ lý do là mệnh đề phụ bắt đầu bằng các liên từ chỉ lý do như
BECAUSE, AS, SINCE. Ba chữ này đều có nghĩa vỡ, bởi vỡ nhưng cách dùng
khác nhau.
1. Because, since và as :là những liên từ chỉ lí do: vì, do, bởi vì.
-Mệnh đề bắt đầu bằng because, since và as gọi là các mệnh đề trạng ngữ chỉ
nguyên nhân, lí do.
VD: He couldn’t come because he was ill.
Since he didn’t work hard, he failed the exam.
As you weren’t there, I left a message.
S + V + because / since / as + S + V
= Because + S + V, S + V ..
*Lưu ý: Because thường đứng giữa câu, since / as thường đứng đầu câu.
2) As and Since

- As she was free, she came to see me.
Vỡ cụ ấy rảnh rỗi, cụ ấy đến thăm tôi.
- Since he doesn’t like music, he never goes to the concert
Vỡ anh ấy khụng thớch nhạc, anh ấy khụng bao giờ đi xem hoà nhạc.
-Notes: Mệnh đề since và as luôn đứng trước mệnh đề chớnh.
3) So/ As Long As
- As long as ( So long as) you’re not busy. Can you help me ?
Vỡ bạn khụng bận rộn, bạn cú thể giỳp tụi ?
4)For:
- Ngoài các liên từ phụ thuộc như :Because, Since, As, As long as, ... chỳng ta cũn
một liờn từ kết hợp :(FOR : chỉ lý do.)
+Liên từ kết hợp là liên từ nối hai mệnh đề độc lập (independent clauses) và
không dùng ở đầu câu.
Ví dụ: - I phoned her, for I wanted to tell her about her exam.
Tôi gọi điện cho cô ấy vỡ tụi muốn núi với cụ ấy về kỳ thi của cụ ấy.
5) -Mệnh đề chỉ lý do cũn cú thể đổi ra cụm từ chỉ lý do với: because of / due
to.
Ví dụ: - Because the weather was cold, we stayed home.
→ Because of the cold weather, we stayed home.
→ Due to the cold weather, we stayed home.
Vỡ thời tiết lạnh, chỳng tụi ở nhà.
6)So sánh giữa:Because và Because of
-Because và Because of đều có nghĩa là bởi vỡ nhưng chúng được dùng với cẩu
trúc khác nhau.
a ) Because là một liờn từ (Conjunction), theo sau nó là một mệnh đề (Clause).
Ví dụ: - Because the traffic was heavy, we were late for the meeting.
S V
Vỡ xe cộ đông đúc, chúng tôi đến buổi họp trễ.
b) Because of là nhúm giới từ), theo sau nú là một cụm danh từ
Ví dụ: - Because of the heavy traffic, we were late for the meeting.
* Because , since, as :
-Because, since và as : là những liên từ chỉ lí do: vì, do, bởi vì.
Mệnh đề bắt đầu bằng because, since và as gọi là các mệnh đề trạng ngữ chỉ
nguyên nhân, lí do.
VD: He couldn’t come because he was ill.
Since he didn’t work hard, he failed the exam.
As you weren’t there, I left a message.
*Form:S + V + because / since / as + S + V
=Because + S + V , S + V …..
*Lưu ý: Because thường đứng giữa câu, since / as thường đứng đầu câu.
* So là liên từ chỉ kết quả : vì thế, vì vậy, bởi thế, bởi vậy, bởi thế cho nên.
Mệnh đề bắt đầu bằng “so” là mệnh đề trạng ngữ chỉ kết quả.
VD: I was tired, so I went to bed early last night.
*Form: S + V …, so S + V ….
*Lưu ý: Chúng ta có thể chuyển đổi mệnh đề trạng ngữ chỉ kết quả bắt đầu bằng
“so” thành mệnh đề trạng ngữ chỉ nguyên nhân, lí do và ngược lại.
VD: The shops were closed, so I couldn’t get any milk.
= I couldn’t get any milk because the shops were closed.
II-EXERCISES: Liờn từ và Giới từ
EX1:Chọn từ/ cụm từ thích hợp (ứng với A, B, C hoặc D) để hoàn thành câu
sau:
1. _____it was raining heavily, he went out without a raincoat.
A. In spite B. In spite of C. However D. Although
2. ______of the committee, I’d like to thank you for your generous donation.
A. According B. On behalf C. Together D. In
addition
3. _____he wasn’t feeling very well, Mr Graham went to visit his aunt as usual.
A. Although B. However C. Therefore D. Still
4.______he had no money for a bus, he had to walk all the way home.
A. For B. Thus C. So D. As
5. _____to an accident in the High Street, traffic is moving very slowly on the
London Road.
A. Through B. Owing C. Because D. Since
6. Of course I’m a Christian______I expect everyone who works here to be a
Christian too.
A. since B. then C. and D. but
7. The ______the disaster was engine failure, not human error.
A. reason by B. reason on C. reason why D.
reason for
8. We have to start early ______we won’t be late.
A. so that B. that C. because D. because
of
9. She came in quietly______not to wake the baby.
A. as if B. so as C. such as D. if so
10. He was offered the job______his qualifications were poor.
A. despite B. in spite of C. even though D. Whereas
Answer keys:
1-D 2-B 3-A 4-D 5-B
6-C 7-C 8-A 9-B 10-C

adverb CLAUSES ( cont…)

1, The aims : Revise about adverbs clauses of concession and the connective
words .
- Helps sts know how to use and do exs using adverbs clauses of concession and
the connective words correctly
adverbs clauses .
III, Mệnh đề trạng ngữ chỉ sự nhượng bộ
*-Mệnh đề trạng ngữ chỉ sự nhượng bộ: dù/mặc dù:
1. Although, though, và even though :( mặc dù, dù cho, cho dù): được dùng để
chỉ sự tương phản giữa 2 mệnh đề.
-Mệnh đề bắt đầu bằng “Although, though, even though”là những mệnh đề trạng
ngữ chỉ sự nhượng bộ.
*Form: S + V… although / though / even though + S + V …
=Although / though / even though S + V …, S + V ….
*Lưu ý:
- “Though” có thể đứng ở cuối câu nhưng “although” thì không.
- “Though” được dùng trong văn nói nhiều hơn trong văn viết.
- “Even though” là hình thức nhấn mạnh hơn của “although”.
VD: Though everyone played well, we lost the game.
2. However: (tuy nhiên, tuy vậy) :được dùng chỉ sự tương phản giữa 2 mệnh đề,
được tách ra bằng dấu phẩy đứng ở đầu hoặc cuối câu.
VD: Everyone played well. However, we still lost the game.
*-CHUYỂN ĐỔI QUA LẠI GIỮA :Although/ though => despite / in spite of
-Nguyờn tắc chung cần nhớ là :
Although/ though + mệnh đề
->Despite / in spite of + cụm danh từ / V-ing.
-Các công thức biến đổi từ mệnh đề sang cụm từ như sau:
1) Nếu chủ từ 2 mệnh đề giống nhau:
- Bỏ chủ từ ,động từ thêm ING .
Eg:Although Tom got up late, he got to school on time.
=> Despite / in spite of getting up late, Tom got to school on time.
2) Nếu chủ từ là danh từ + be + tớnh từ
- Đem tính từ đặt trứoc danh từ ,bỏ to be
Eg: Although the rain is heavy,.......
=> Despite / in spite of the heavy rain, ......
3) Nếu chủ từ là đại từ + be + tính từ :
- Đổi đại từ thành sỡ hửu ,đổi tính từ thành danh từ ,bỏ be
Eg: Although He was sick,........
=> Despite / in spite of his sickness,.......
4) Nếu chủ từ là đại từ + động từ + trạng từ
- Đổi đại từ thành sở hữu, động từ thành danh từ ,trạng từ thành tính từ đặt trước
danh từ
Eg: Although He behaved impolitely,.....
=> Despite / in spite of his impolite behavior ,.........
5) Nếu cõu cú dạng : there be + danh từ Hoặc : S + have + N
- Thỡ bỏ there be
Although there was an accident ,.....
=> Despite / in spite of an accident,......
*Công thức này cũng áp dụng cho biến đổi từ :BECAUSE -> BECAUSE OF
IV, Connective words
1, And : Dùng để nối 2 từ , 2 cụm từ hay 2 mệnh đề cùng loại, chức năng hay cấu
trúc .  Dùng để bổ sung thêm thông tin.
Eg : His father is a doctor and he works in a hospital.
This book is big and beautiful.
* Or , and , but , so  Được dùng để nối 2 từ ,2 cụm từ hay hai mệnh đề cùng
loại , chức năng hay cấu trúc .
2, Or : Diễn tả sự lựa chọn
Eg : Do you live in the country or in the city ?
 or else : Nếu không . Diễn tả điều kiện.
Eg : You hurry or else you’ll be late for school .
3, But : Nối 2 ý nghĩa tương phản nhau .
Eg : He is fat but his brother is thin .
4, So : ( vỡ thế , do đó ) : Diễn tả hậu quả từ hành động nào đó .
Eg : He is hungry , so he can’t help you .
 Dùng với “ so “ trước “ so “ phải cú dấu phảy .
5, Therefore : ( do đó , vỡ thế ) : Trạng từ : - Đồng nghĩa với “ so “ , chỉ hậu quả .
Nhưng trước “ therefore “ phải có dấu chấm , sau “ therefore “ phải có dấu phảy.
Eg : He’s busy . Therefore, he can’t help you .
 Therefore : Cú thể theo sau dấu ( , ) ; dấu ( ; ) ; hoặc dấu ( . ) hoặc sau chủ ngữ
.
6, However : Tuy nhiên ; Trạng từ . Dùng để diễn tả sự tương phản . Đồng nghĩa
với “ but “ nhưng luôn luôn dùng để nối liền 2 mệnh đề.
Eg ; It’s raining hard however the game is going on .
7, Because : ( Bởi vỡ ) : nờu lờn nguyờn nhõn , lý do cho một hành động nào đó .
Eg ; Lan gets good marks because she studies hard
V-BÀI TẬP 1 : Viết lại câu không thay đổi nghĩa:
1) Although Tom was a poor student, he studied very well.
=> In spite of ……
2) Mary could not go to school because she was sick.
Because of ….
3) Although the weather was bad, she went to school on time.
=> Despite ….
4) My mother told me to go to school although I was sick.
=> In spite of ….
5) Because there was a big storm, I stayed at home.
=> Because of ….
6) Tom was admitted to the university although his grades were bad.
Despite ….
7) Although she has a physical handicap, she has become a successful woman.
=> Despite ….
8) In spite of his god salary, Tom gave up his job.
=> Although….
9) Though he had not finished the paper, he went to sleep.
10) In spite of the high prices, my daughter insists on going to the movies.
=> Even though ……
Key:
1) =>In spite of his poverty, Tom studied very well
2) =>Because of her sickness, Mary couldn't go to school
3) => Despite the bad weather, she went to school on time
4) => In spite of my sickness, my mother told me to go to school
5) => Because of the big storm, I stayed at home
6)=>Despite the bad grades, Tom was admitted to the university
7)=> Despite having a physical handicap, she has become a successful woman.
8) => Although Tom get good salary, heb gave up his job
9) => In spite of not having finished the paper, he went to sleep
10) => Even though the prices are high, my daughter insists on going to the
movies
VI-.Adverb clauses of result: so,because
1) It was cold. I turned the heating on.
1) The stereo didn’t work. Vicky took it back to the shop.
2) There weren’t enough chairs. We had to sit on the floor.
3) The shops were closed. I didn’t get any milk.
4) This picture is very expensive. Please be careful with it.
VII-Adverb clauses of reason: because, since, as
5) The door was open. I walked in. (as)
6) They live near us. We see them quite often. (since)
7) Peter was very fat. He ate too much. (because)
8) She was late the work. She missed the bus. (because)
9) We watched TV all evening. We had nothing better to do. (as)
VIII-Adverb clauses of concession:
10) It started raining. The little boy ran out of the house. (although)
11) Our teacher didn’t feel well. He helped us to finish our project. (even
though)
12) The joke was funny. No one laughed. (although)
13) We thought we’d better invite them to the party. We didn’t like them very
much. (even though)
14) My father has to go to work. It is raining hard. (though)
- T asks sts to do the exs again at home .
F, Remarks :
MộT Số CấU TRúC CƠ BảN
1, The aims : Revise about some structures : so…that . such ..that, use , used to ,
be used to…..
- Helps sts know how to use and do exs using structures : so…that . such ..that,
use , used to , be used to…..correctly
structures : so…that . such ..that. use , used to , be used to…..
i/ so…that : Qúa… đến nỗi.
-Bắt đầu cho một mệnh đề phụ chỉ kết quả.
S + tobe + so + adj + that + clause.
S + V + so + adv + that + clause.
Eg ; The weather is so bad that I have to stay at home.
He spoke so fast that I didn’t understard him.
+) Muốn diễn đạt ý nghĩa : “quá nhiều…đến nỗi” Ta dùng :
- So many + N đếm được số nhiều + that + clause.
- So much + N không đếm được + that + clause.
Eg ; He has so many books that he can’t read all of them.
There are so much noise that I couldn’t sleep.
II/ “Such…that” Cũng bắt đầu cho một mệnh đề phụ chỉ kết quả.
Tuy nhiên “Such…that” được dùng với một danh từ thường có tính từ bổ nghĩa
đứng trước.
S + tobe/ V + such + a/ an/ - + adj + N/ Ns + that + clause
Eg ; She is such a beautiful girl that everybody adrnires her.
I have such a beautiful house that everyone likes it.
It was such hot tea that I couldn’t drink it.
III, EXERCISES : Kết hợp mỗi cặp câu sau thành một dùng “so…that”;
“such..that”.
1, My friend is too sick. He can’t go to school.
2, The food was very good. We finish it up in just a few minutes.
3, New York was a very big city. Jane was lost in it.
4, My neighbours ary very bad persons. They make noise all day.
5, She bought too many things. She couldn’t bring them home at a time.
6, She is quite poor. She can’t buy a bicycle.
7, He gave us very good advice. All of us are thankful to him.
8, There is too much furniture in the room. We don’t have enough space for the
meeting.
9, Lan was very busy. She couldn’t go to the movie with us.
10, Mr Green drank too much wine. He got sick.
Keys
1- My friend is so sick that he can’t go to school.
2- The food was so good that we finished it up just a few minutes.
3- New York was such a big city that Jane was lost in it.
4- My neighbours are such bad persons that they make noise all day.
5- She bought so many things that she couldn’t bring them home at a time.
6- She is so poor that she can’t buy a bicycle.
7- He gave us such good advice that all of us are thankful to him.
8- There is so much furniture in the room that we don’t have enough space for the
meeting.
9- Lan was so busy that she couldn’t go to the movies with us.
10- Mr Green drank so much wine that he got sick.
IV/ Use, used to, be used to.
*Use : dùng, sử dụng.
S + to use + (smth) + to infi…
Eg ; The farmers use those knive to cut the lawn.
*Used to : đã thường, đã từng.
S + used to + bare infi
Eg ; He used to visit me on Sundays last year.
- Be (get) used to . quen với
S + be (get) used to + V- ing (N).
Eg ; He is used to getting up early.
My mother gets used to hot weather.
* Ex: Dùng hình thức đúng của động từ trong ngoặc.
a- He used to (do) research in this library.
b- My mother used this knife (cut) an orange.
c- This farmer is used to (cut) grass with a knife.
d- When my grandfather was young, he used to (work) 12 hours aday.
e- Is your brother used to (drive) a tractor ?
f- She used a pencil (write) this letter.
g- Are they used to (swim) in the sea ?
h- John used to (be punished ) by his teacher.
i- Is the woodpulp used to to (make) papers ?
j- I am getting used to (stay) up late.
Keys
1, do, 6, to write
2, to cut, 7, swimming
3, cutting, 8, be punished
4, work, 9, make
5, driving, 10, staying.
MộT Số CấU TRúC CƠ BảN ( cont ….)
1, The aims : Revise about some structures : too….to . enough …to, to take ,
modal verbs .
- Helps sts know how to use and do exs using structures : too….to . enough …tot,
o take , modal verbs .correctly
structures : too….to . enough …to, to take , modal verbs
III/ “Too…to” : Quá…đến không thể.
Hình thức “too…to” được dùng để chỉ một nguyên nhân đưa tới một kết quả phủ
định.
S + tobe/ V + too + adj/ adv + to infi…
Eg ; He is too young to go to school.
She ran too slowly to catch the train.
*Nếu động từ theo sau diễn tả một sự việc được thực hiện bởi chủ ngữ khác với
chủ ngữ của động từ đi trước ta dùng.
S + tobe/ V + too +adj/ adv +for sb + to infi.
Eg ; The questions are too difficult for us to answer.
The books were too heavy for the children to carry.
*Nếu tân ngữ của động từ theo sau thuộc cùng 1 người hoặc 1 vật với chủ ngữ
của động từ đi trước thì người ta không nhắc lại nó nữa.
Eg ; The book is too expensive for us to buy. ( không dùng “it” sau “buy” ).
IV/ “ Enough…to” Đủ….để có thể.
Hình thức “enough to” dùng để chỉ một nguyên nhân đưa tới một kết quả tất
nhiên.
S + tobe/ V + adj/ adv + enough + to infi
Eg ; Heis sick enough to need a doctor.
The policeman ran fast enough to catch the thief.
chủ ngữ của động từ đi trước thì ta dùng.
S + tobe/ V + adj/ adv + enough for sb + to infi.
Eg ; The exs are easy enough for you to do
He spoke E slowly enough for us to understand.
*Nếu tân ngữ của động từ theo sau thuộc cùng 1 người, hoặc 1 vật với chủ ngữ
của động từ đi trước thì ta không nhắc lại nó nữa.
Eg ; The questions were easy enough for me to answer
( không dùng “them” sau “answer” ).
enough có thể dùng sau 1 động từ, thay vì dùng sau 1 tính từ hoặc 1 trạng từ.
Eg ; He has enough money to buy a new car.
or : He has money enough to buy a new car.
V/ EXERCISES : Kết hợp các cặp câu sau thành một.
( dùng “ too…to” hoặc “enough to”
1, These oranges are ripe. You can eat them.
2, He is strong. He can carry this table.
3, The house is large. My family can live in it.
4, It was very late. They didn’t go to the party.
5, The dress is so dirty. She can’t wear it.
6, She is tall. She can reach the top shelf.
7, Mr Grown isn’t rich. He can’t buy a car.
8, My grandmother is very weak. She can’t lift the box.
9, The film is very good. The children won’t miss it.
10, Those shoes are large. You can wear them.
Keys
1- Those oranges are ripe enough for you to eat.
2- He is strong enough to carry this table.
3- The house is large enough for my family to live in.
4- It was too late for them to go to the party.
5- The dress is too dirty for her to wear.
6- She is tall enough to reach the top shelf.
7- Mr Brown isn’t rich enough to buy a car.
8- My grandmother is too weak to lift the box.
9- The film is too good for the children to miss.
10- Those shoes are large enough for you to wear.
VI/ “ It + to take +…”
Form : It + take/ took + Sb/ smth + to infi…/ will take.
*Dùng khi diễn tả thời gian cần thiết để hoàn thành một sự việc gì.
Eg ; It takes one hour to do these exs.
It took me 20 minutes to walk to the station.
It will take the plane 2 hours to fly to HN.
VII/ Modal verbs : Động từ khuyết thiếu/ khiếm khuyết.
Must, can, could, may, might, shall, should, will, would, ought to, has/ have to…
Eg ; She can play piano.
* (+) S + modal verbs + Vngthể không to.
(-) S + modal verbs + not + Vinfi.
*Notes : must not  must not không viết “ mustn’t”.
- Must not : Cấm không được làm gì.
- Don’t have to : Không phải làm gì.
- Ought to : Diễn tả sự bắt buộc từ người nói.
- Have to : Diễn tả sự bắt buộc do ngoại cảnh.
Eg ; We must to go now or we’ll be late for school.
VIII/ EXERCISES :
Ex1 : Viết lại các câu sau bắt đầu bằng.
“ It take/ took/ will take…”
a- You will get there in about 2 hours.
b- I wrote this letter in 30 minutes.
c- She learned to speak E well in only one year.
d- We study this book in 6 months.
e- I wash and dress in less than 20 minutes every morning.
f- They finish the bridge in 4 years.
g- Our bus will reach the city in half an hour.
h- My mother prepared the meal all morning.
i- She learned to swim in just a few days.
j- Mr Brozon wrote the report in 5 hours.
Keys
a- It will take you about 2 hours to get there.
b- It took me 30 minutes to write this letter.
c- It took her only one year to learn to speak E well.
d- It takes us 6 months to study this book.
e- It takes me less than 20 minutes to wash and dress…
f- It takes them 4 years to finish the bridge.
g- It will take our bus half an hour to reach the city.
h- It took my mother all morning to prepare the meal.
i- It took her just a few days to learn to swim.
j- It took Mr Brozon 5 hours to write the report.
Tuần 7:
CẤU TRÚC ĐỀ THI+ CÁC DẠNG BÀI TẬP
1, The aims : - Sts do the tests .
- Helps sts know how knowledge they have , so they can try their best to learn.
2, The objectives : - By the end of the lesson , sts can do the test correctly using
all knowledge they learn and they can do the test correctly .
ĐỀ I
I . Pick out the whose underlined part has different pronunciation from the
other three: (1 point)
1. A. watched B. stopped C. cleaned D. worked
2. A. plates B. desks C. maps D. towns
3. A. their B. thank C. that D. they
4. A. know B. knife C. kill D. knee
II. Choose the best answers A, B, C or D to complete these sentences. (2
points)
1. Nobody was injured in the accident,..........?
A. was there B. was he C. were they D. wasn’t it
2.I won’t go …………you explain everything to me.
A. unless B. although C. because D. if
3. I wish you ………. us someday.
A. visit B. will visit C. visited D. would visit
4. Let’s ………. somewhere for a drink.
A. go B. went C. going D. goes
5. It rains heavily, ………. I can’t go to the movie with you.
A. and B. but C. because D. so
6. My mother ………. teaching in a small village 12 years ago.
A. starts B. started C. has started D. is starting
7. Lan suggested ……… chess this afternoon.
A. play B. plays C. to play D. playing
8. The man ………. your mother is talking to is my English teacher.
A. which B. where C. whom D. who
III. Give the correct tense or form of the verbs in brackets. (1point)
1. He wishes he (be) ……………… . a doctor.
2. They (not/finish) ……………… . their work yet.
3. Nam still (sleep) on the armchair when I (come) yesterday.
………………………………………………………………………………………
………
IV. Give the correct form of the words in brackets. (1point)
1,The song performed by Dam Vinh Hung was very interesting. He sang
………. (beauty).
2, Hoa speaks English ………. (good).
3,She was really ………. by the beauty of the city. (impress)
4,In Malaysia, ……….. is free. (educate)
V, Read and answer the questions below: ( 1 points )
William Shakespeare, the great playwright and poet, was born on April 23, 1564 in
the small town of Stratford-upon-avon about seventy miles from London. When he
was small boy, he when to Stratford Grammar School, where he learnt Latin and
Greek.
He lived in Stratford-upon-avon until he was 21. He left for London. He was
married and had three children. In London, he worked as an actor and a
playwright.He wrote a lot of famous plays like Hamlet, Prince of Denmark,
Twelfth Night and King Lear, etc.
In 1613, Shakespeare left London and returned to his home town of Stratford-
upon-avon. Three years later, on April 23, 1616, he died and was buried there.
*Questions:
1) When and where was William Shakespeare born?
2) How many children did he have?
3) Did he return to his home town of Stratford-upon-avon in 1913?
4) When did he die?
VI, Choose the best word to complete the passage below ( 1 point )
occurs – met- have- for - celebrations – clean
“There are many (1) …… throughout the year in Vietnam but Tet or the Lunar
New Year is the most important celebration (2) …………… Vietnamese people.
Tet usually
(3) …………… in late January or early February. A few days before Tet is the
time for people to (4) …………… and decorate their homes.. It is also the time
for family members to be together”.
VII , Rewrite these sentences unchange meaning ( 1 point )
1) Let’s go to my house for dinner tonight.
 How about………………………………………………………………………
2) He can’t pass the examination.
He wishes………………………………………………………………………..
3) They are going to build a new bridge in the area.
A new bridge……………………………………………………………………
4) “What foreign languages do they teach besides English?”
I asked……………………………………………………………………………
VIII, Complete these sentences using words given ( 1 point )
1) Nam / suggest / have/ dinner / family / yesterday.
2) We/ know/ each other/ since/ we/ be/ small.
IX,Writing : In about 60-80 words , write a paragraph about the subject you
like best at school ( 1 point )
ĐÁP ÁN
( Tổng điểm toàn bài được 10 điểm, làm trũn điểm đến 0,25)
I, I . Pick out the whose underlined part has different pronunciation from the
- Mỗi đáp án đúng cho 0,25 điểm
1, C 2, C 3, B 4, C
points)
- Mỗi câu chọn đúng được 0,25 điểm.
1. C 2. A 3. D 4. A 5. D 6. B 7. D 8.
C
Mỗi động từ chia đúng được 0,25 điểm
1. were
2. haven’t finished
3. was still sleeping; came
Mỗi từ cho đúng dạng được 0,25 điểm
1. beautifully
2. well
3. impressed
4. education
- Mỗi câu trả lời đúng được 0,5 điểm
1. He was born on April 23, 1564 in the small town of Stratford-upon-avon.
2. He had three children.
3. No, he didn’t. / No, he returned to his home town of Stratford-upon-avon in
1613.
4. He died on April 23, 1616.
- Mỗi từ chọn và điền đúng được 0,25 điểm.
1. celabrations
2. for
3. occurs
4. clean
- Mỗi câu viết lại đúng được 0,25 điểm
1. How about going to my house for dinner tonight?
2. He wishes he could pass the examination.
3. A new bridge is going to be built in the area.
4. I asked what foreign languages they taught besides English.
- Mỗi câu viết đúng được 0,5 điểm.
1, Nam suggested having dinner with his family yesterday.
2, We have known each other since we were small.
The end
ĐỀ II
I. Choose one word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the
others. (1 pt)
1. A. nuclear B. consume C. dust D. reduce
2. A. arrived B. depended C. arranged D. changed
3. A. therefore B. throw C. thick D. thought
4. A. home B. hour C. house D.
here
Your answers: 1. _______ 2. _______ 3. _______ 4. _______
II. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences. (2 pts)
1. If you want to improve your English, I suggest that you……… some reading
every day.
A. to do B. should do C. doing D. done
2. The visitor asked me ______.
A. where is Bac Giang city B. where Bac Giang city were
C. where Bac Giang city was D. where was Bac Giang city
3. The entrance examination to high school in Bac Giang province this year is ……
June 29th 2014
A. at B. in C. on D. from
4. Your sister works in that hospital, …………. she?
A. doesn’t B. does C. did D. didn’t
5. I stayed up late finishing my homework ______ I was really tired.
A. even though B. so C. therefore D. because of
6. A new car conditioner will be …………… this morning.
A. to install B. installed C. installing D. install
7. – “Would you like a glass of green tea?” –“……………”
A. Yes, let’s B. No, thanks C. No, let’s not D. No, I
don’t
8. Don’t worry. I’ll look ______ your house and children while you’re away.
A. in B. on C. up D. after.
Your 1_______ 3_______ 5_______ 7_______
answers:
2_______ 4_______ 6_______ 8_______
III. Give the correct form or tense of the verbs in the brackets. (1pt)
1. The last time she (go) ______ to Lang Son was in October 2014.
2. They (not/finish) ______ homework yet.
3. I wish I (know) ______ the answer to this question.
4. When he came , We (talk) ______happily about the class meeting .
Your answers: 1. _________________ 2. _________________
3. _________________ 4. _________________
IV. Fill in the blanks with the correct form of the words in capital letters. (1pt)
1. We are waiting for the _______ of his plane. (ARRIVE)
2. We must learn about keeping our environment . ( POLLUTE)
3. I want to __________ for selling my house .
(ADVERTISEMENT)
4. By practicing speaking _______, you’ll get a lot improvement in English.
(REGULAR)
Your answers: 1. _________________ 2. _________________
3. _________________ 4. _________________
V. Fill in each numbered blank with one suitable word in the box. (1 pt)
on wear special celebrations play

at
The Mid - Autumn Festival is one of the most popular (1) ………_in
Vietnam. It is named "Tet Trung Thu" in Vietnamese. This celebration falls (2)
………the 15th of the 8th lunar month. It is the time when people celebrate the
largest full moon in the year. On this day, the moon is the brightest and roundest in
the year, cool weather. Children (3) ……… masks, parade in the street, have
parties with (4) ……cakes and lots of fruits.The festival also involves the custom
of "Trong trang" and lion dance. Almost of all children like this festival very much.
Your answers:
1. ____ 2. ____ 3. ____ 4. ____
VI. Read the text then answer the question. (1pt)
Thailand is an interesting place to visit. Unlike many places that are either
urban or rural, Thailand provides a good mix of both. Her rich history is seen in the
many ancient buildings and artifacts all over the world.
Bangkok and Chiang Mai are the two cities that most tourists frequent. They
are where businesses take place. Many shopping complexes are also found there.
Besides these, there are more than three hundred Buddhist temples and shrines.
Most tourists visit the temples to see the intricate carvings and designs on the
walls. In the temple complex in Wat Pho is the Temple of the Reclining Buddha. It
is amazing how such a huge statue could be built then. For those who have never
seen it, just imagine a statue that is thirty people long and ten people high!
A trip to Thailand is never complete without a visit to the resorts. Island like
Phuket, Koh Samui and the Phi Phi Islands are popular among tourists, too. They
are a haven for those who want to take a break from work and enjoy the sun, sea
and sand. Many people go to these islands to scuba dive as well for the aquamarine
waters and exceptional dive sites are a draw to them.
* Questions:
1. Is Thailand an interesting place to visit?
2. Which are the cities that are familiar to tourists?
3. Why do people visit the temples?
4. What do many people do when they go to these islands?
VII. Rewrite the sentences so that it means the same as the first one, beginning
with the given words. (1pt)
1. They have just bought some English books.
→ Some English
books.......................................................................................................................
2. Minh last wrote to his pen pal five months ago.
→ Minh
hasn’t ................................................................................................................
3. If Peter doesn’t change his ways of thinking, he will end up in prison.
→
Unless..........................................................................................................................................
...
4. "Where are you now ,Hoa ?" asked Mr. Thanh.
→ Mr. Thanh
asked .........................................................................................................................
VIII. Use the given word to write the second sentence in such a way that it is as
similar as possible in meaning to the original sentence. Do not change the form
of the given word. (0,5pt)
1. They usually wore jeans when they were young.(USED TO)
2. I think we should speak English in class. (SUGGEST)
IX. Use the given suggestions to complete sentences. (0,5pt)
1. They / not see / each other / since / they / leave / school.
2. He/ not pass/ coming exam/unless/ work/ hard.
X,Writing : In about 60-80 words , write a paragraph about the festival you
like best in your country( 1 point )
- The end –
CẤU TRÚC ĐỀ THI+ THI KHẢO SÁT ( cont …)
1, The aims : - Sts do the tests .
- Helps sts know how knowledge they have , so they can try their best to learn.
2, The objectives : - By the end of the lesson , sts can do the test correctly using
all knowledge they learn and they can do the test correctly .
I - Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the
others.(1m)
1. A. dislike B. design C. music D. light
2. A. cheer B. chemist C. church D. chose
3. A. ships B. cats C. clocks D. fees
4. A. watched B. controlled C. changed D. ordered
II. Choose the best answer A, B,C, or D) to complete the sentences. (2ms)
1. I can’t understand the French visitors. I wish I________French.
A. knew B. will know C. know D. have
known
2. People in Israel are going to celebrate their festival________is called Passover.
A. whose B. who C. which D.
where
3. ________I was really tired, I couldn’t sleep.
A. Even though B. So C. Therefore D. Because
4. Please be__________when you cross this road.
A. careless B. carefree C. careful D. caring
5. She asked me if I________a laptop computer the following day.
A. buy B. will buy C. bought D. would buy
6. He saw that film_________7.00 p.m_________Sunday.
A. on-from B. at-on C. at-at D. in-
at
7. I ________phone her if I knew her number.
A. can B. would C. will D. shall
8. “How about having a drive to the countryside this weekend?” - “____________”
A. Not at all B. You are welcome.
C. No, thanks D. That’s a good idea.
III. Give the correct tense/form of the verbs in the brackets. (1m)
1. When I saw him, he __________(sit) asleep in a chair.
2. He ________(not go) to the movies last Sunday.
3. My father used ____________(smoke) 20 cigarettes a day.
4. I suggest________(raise) some money for poor children.
IV. Give the correct form of the words in the brackets to complete each sentence.
(1m)
1. Hoa has a lot of friends as she is so__________________.
(FRIEND)
2. It was one of the most ____________________earthquake in Japan.
(DANGER)
3. He was __________________because he lost the match.
(DISAPPOINT)
4. Vietnam is interested in saving __________________resources.
(NATURE)
V. Fill in each numbered blank with one suitable word from the box to
complete the passage.(1m)
sun solar used natural roofs pollution
Solar energy is a long lasting source of energy, and it can be
(1)_____________almost anywhere. To generate solar energy, we only need solar
cells and the(2)______________. Solar cells can easily be installed on house
(3)________________, so we don’t need any new space. Solar cells are totally
silent and don’t cause (4)_____________. As they have no moving parts, they
require little maintenance and have a long lifetime.
VI. Read the passage carefully and then answer the given questions. (2ms)
Bac Giang is a province in the northeastern part of Vietnam, about 50 kilometers
to the east of Hanoi. It covers an area of 3.827 square kilometers and has a
population of about 1.6 million people.
The province was founded on 10 October 1895. The province centre was Phu
Lang Thuong, which is now the city of Bac Giang.
Bac Giang lies in the Red River Delta. It borders Quang Ninh to the east, Lang
Son to the north, Thai Nguyen and Soc Son of Hanoi to the west, and Bac Ninh
and Hai Duong to the south.
The province is becoming known as a producer of fruit, particularly pineapples
and lychees. There are some tourist attractions such as Khe Ro Primitive forest,
Duc La pagoda, Suoi Mo, Tho Ha Communal House, .........
1. Where is Bac Giang?
2. Was Bac Giang founded in 19th century?
3. How many provinces does Bac Giang border?
4. Which places in Bac Giang can tourists visit?
VII. Rewrite these sentences so that the second means the same as the first
one. (1m)
1. Going swimming in the river in the summer is interesting.
=> It
is_________________________________________________________________.
2. “I must go to Ha Noi tomorrow.” said Nam.
=> Nam
said______________________________________________________________.
3. The storm destroyed the town completely.
=> The
town_____________________________________________________________.
4. The girl is very friendly. She lives next door to us.
=> The girl
who__________________________________________________________.
VIII. Use the words and phrases provided to make meaningful sentences. (1m)
1. If/ it/ not rain/ tomorrow/ I/ go/ camping/ my friends.
2. I / not / meet / my parents / since last Sunday.
3. Internet / fast /convenient /way/ information.
4. It/ be/ such/ cold day/ we/ decide/ not/ go out.
-The end –
ĐÁP ÁN
I - Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the
others.(1m)
(Mỗi câu chọn đúng 0,25 điểm)
1. C 2. B 3. D 4. A
II. Choose the best answer A, B,C, or D) to complete the sentences. (2ms)
(Mỗi câu chọn đúng 0,25 điểm)
1.A 2. C 3. A 4. C
5. D 6. B 7. B 8. D
III. Give the correct tense/form of the verbs in the brackets. (1m)
(Mỗi câu đúng 0,25 điểm)
1. was sitting 3. to smoke
2. didn’t go 4. raising
IV. Give the correct form of the words in the brackets to complete each sentence.
(1m)
1. friendly 4. dissapointed
2. dangerous 5. natural
V. Fill in each numbered blank with one suitable word from the box to complete
the passage.(1m)
1. used 3. roofs
2. sun 4. pollution
VI. Read the passage carefully and then answer the given questions. (2ms)
1. (It/ Bac Giang is) a province in the norteastern part of Vietnam/ about 50
kilometers to the east of Hanoi./ in the Red River Delta.
2. Yes, it was.
3. (It/ bac Giang borders) six provinces/ six/ 6.
4. (They/ Tourists can visit) Khe Ro Primitive forest, Duc La pagoda, Suoi Mo,
Tho Ha Communal House, .........
VII. Rewrite these sentences so that the second means the same as the first one.
(1m)
1. It is interesting to go swimming in the river in the summer.
2. Nam said (that) he had to go to Ha Noi the following/next day.
3. The town was destroyed completely by the storm.
4. The girl who lives next door to us is very friendly.
VIII. Use the words and phrases provided to make meaningful sentences. (1m)
1. If it does not/ doesn’t rain tomorrow, I will go camping with my friends.
2. I have not/ haven’t met my parents since last Sunday.
3. The Internet is a fast and convenient way to get information.
4. It was such a cold day that we decided not to go out.
- The end –
I. Choose one word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the
others. (1 pt)
5. A. nuclear B. consume C. dust D. reduce
6. A. arrived B. depended C. arranged D. changed
7. A. therefore B. throw C. thick D. thought
8. A. home B. hour C. house D. here
Your answers: 1. _______ 2. _______ 3. _______ 4. _______
II. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences. (2 pts)
1. If you want to improve your English, I suggest that you……… some reading every
day.
A. to do B. should do C. doing D. done
2. The visitor asked me ______.
A. where is Bac Giang city B. where Bac Giang city were
C. where Bac Giang city was D. where was Bac Giang city
3. The entrance examination to high school in Bac Giang province this year is ……June
29th 2014
A. at B. in C. on D. from
4. Your sister works in that hospital, …………. she?
A. doesn’t B. does C. did D. didn’t
5. I stayed up late finishing my homework ______ I was really tired.
A. even though B. so C. therefore D. because of
6. A new car conditioner will be …………… this morning.
A. to install B. installed C. installing D. install
7. – “Would you like a glass of green tea?” –“……………”
A. Yes, let’s B. No, thanks C. No, let’s not D. No, I don’t
8. Don’t worry. I’ll look ______ your house and children while you’re away.
A. in B. on C. up D. after.
Your answers: 1_______ 3_______ 5_______ 7_______
2_______ 4_______ 6_______ 8_______
III. Give the correct form or tense of the verbs in the brackets. (1pt)
5. The last time she (go) ______ to Lang Son was in October 2014.
6. They (not/finish) ______ homework yet.
7. I wish I (know) ______ the answer to this question.
8. When he came , We (talk) ______happily about the class meeting .
Your answers: 1. _________________ 2. _________________
3. _________________ 4. _________________
IV. Fill in the blanks with the correct form of the words in capital letters. (1pt)
1. We are waiting for the _______ of his plane. (ARRIVE)
2. We must learn about keeping our environment . ( POLLUTE)
3. I want to __________ for selling my house . (ADVERTISEMENT)
4. By practicing speaking _______, you’ll get a lot improvement in English.
(REGULAR)
Your answers: 1. _________________ 2. _________________
3. _________________ 4. _________________
V. Fill in each numbered blank with one suitable word in the box. (1 pt)
on wear special celebrations play at
The Mid - Autumn Festival is one of the most popular (1) ………_in Vietnam. It
is named "Tet Trung Thu" in Vietnamese. This celebration falls (2) ………the 15th of the
8th lunar month. It is the time when people celebrate the largest full moon in the year. On
this day, the moon is the brightest and roundest in the year, cool weather. Children (3)
……… masks, parade in the street, have parties with (4) ……cakes and lots of fruits.The
festival also involves the custom of "Trong trang" and lion dance. Almost of all children
like this festival very much.
Your answers:
1. ____ 2. ____ 3. ____ 4. ____
VI. Read the text then answer the question. (1pt)
Thailand is an interesting place to visit. Unlike many places that are either urban
or rural, Thailand provides a good mix of both. Her rich history is seen in the many
ancient buildings and artifacts all over the world.
Bangkok and Chiang Mai are the two cities that most tourists frequent. They are
where businesses take place. Many shopping complexes are also found there. Besides
these, there are more than three hundred Buddhist temples and shrines. Most tourists visit
the temples to see the intricate carvings and designs on the walls. In the temple complex
in Wat Pho is the Temple of the Reclining Buddha. It is amazing how such a huge statue
could be built then. For those who have never seen it, just imagine a statue that is thirty
people long and ten people high!
A trip to Thailand is never complete without a visit to the resorts. Island like
Phuket, Koh Samui and the Phi Phi Islands are popular among tourists, too. They are a
haven for those who want to take a break from work and enjoy the sun, sea and sand.
Many people go to these islands to scuba dive as well for the aquamarine waters and
exceptional dive sites are a draw to them.
* Questions:
1. Is Thailand an interesting place to visit?
______________________________________________________________
2. Which are the cities that are familiar to tourists?
______________________________________________________________
3. Why do people visit the temples?
______________________________________________________________
4. What do many people do when they go to these islands?
______________________________________________________________
VII. Rewrite the sentences so that it means the same as the first one, beginning with the
given words. (1pt)
4. They have just bought some English books.
→ Some English books.......................................................................................................................
5. Minh last wrote to his pen pal five months ago.
→ Minh
hasn’t ...................................................................................................................................
6. If Peter doesn’t change his ways of thinking, he will end up in prison.
→ Unless.............................................................................................................................................
4. "Where are you now ,Hoa ?" asked Mr. Thanh.
→ Mr. Thanh asked .........................................................................................................................
VIII. Use the given word to write the second sentence in such a way that it is as
similar as possible in meaning to the original sentence. Do not change the form of the
given word. (1pt)
1. They usually wore jeans when they were young.(USED TO)
→............................................................................................................................................
.............
2. I think we should speak English in class. (SUGGEST)
→ ...........................................................................................................................................
............
IX. Use the given suggestions to complete sentences. (1pt)
3. They / not see / each other / since / they / leave / school.
→ ...........................................................................................................................................
............
4. He/ not pass/ coming exam/unless/ work/ hard.
→ ...........................................................................................................................................
............
- The end –
I. 1 điểm, mỗi đáp án đúng cho 0,25đ.

1. C. dust 2 B. depended C A. therefore 4. B. hour
II. 2 điểm, mỗi đáp án đúng cho 0,25đ.
1B 2C 3C 4A
5A 6B 7.B 8D
III. 1 điểm, mỗi đáp án đúng cho 0,25đ.
1. went 2. haven’t finished 3. knew 4. were talking
IV. 1 điểm, mỗi đáp án đúng cho 0,25đ.
1. arrival 2.unpolluted 3.advertise 4. regularly
V. 1 điểm, mỗi đáp án đúng cho 0,25đ.
1. celebrations 2. on 3. wear 4. special
VI. 1 điểm, mỗi đáp án đúng cho 0,25đ.
1. Yes, it is.
2. They are Bangkok and Chiang Mai/ Bangkok and Chiang Mai are the (two)
cities that are familiar to tourists.
3. They visit the temples to see the intricate carvings and designs on the walls.
4. Many people/ they go to these islands to scuba dive as well for the
aquamarine waters.
VII. 1 điểm, mỗi đáp án đúng cho 0,25đ.
1. Some English books have just been bought (by them )
2. Minh hasn’t written to his pen pal for five months.
3. Unless Peter changes his ways of thinking, he will end up in prison.
4. Mr. Thanh asked Hoa where she was then.
VIII. 1 điểm, mỗi đáp án đúng cho 0,5đ.
1. They used to wear jeans when they were young
2. I suggest speaking English in class/ that we (should) speak English in class.
IX. 1 điểm, mỗi đáp án đúng cho 0,5đ.
5. They haven’t seen each other since they left school.
2. He will not (won’t) pass the coming exam unless he works hard.
- The end -
Part 1 : * Grammar :
1.Use Tag-questions and talk to their frends about their likes or dislikes.
Further practice on using Gerunds after some verbs.
Form:
Auxiliary Verb + personal pronoun
S + V ..., don’t / doesn’t / didn’t + personal pro ?
S + Modal verbs..., can’t / couldn’t / shouldn’t / won’t ...?
Notes:
-We put a negative question tag with a positive statement.
-We put a positive question tag with a negative statement.
Use: We use it to ask someone to emphasize something we have already known.
Ask Ss to do the Language Focus 1 on page 45.( exercise 1).
2. Revision of Gerunds after some verbs:
Form :
like
love
enjoy + V-ing
dislike
hate
-T. can remind some other verbs:
mind, finish, suggest, consider, deny, keep, miss, can’t help, stop, practice...
example: My brother likes watching sports but my sister doesn’t. She loves
reading articles………….
Use adjective + clause and adverbs to make sentences with Adjective + that clause
and use Conditional sentences type 1 and to make setnces with because, since, as.
3.Revision of adjectives and adverbs:
Adj. + ly = Adverb of manner
Eg: happy + ly =
5.Adjectice + noun clause:
Form : S + that...”
-Let Ss do exercise two be + 3 on page 55. happily
 Adjectives can come in Adjective + That clause
EX: Last Saturday night Nam held his birthday party. Some closed friends came
with him, so he was happy, he said to them:” I’m happy places in a sentence:
+ Before a noun : a beautiful girl, a new hopital
+ After the verb : be, look, appear, seem, feel, taste, sound, smell...
Adverbs normally go after the direct object. If there is no object, the adverb goes
after the verb.
(Do exercise 1 on page 53.)
4.Adverbial clauses of Reason with BECAUSE, SINCE, AS :
-Give Ss 2 sentences and ask them to combine into one.
a. Nam is sleepy.
b. He stayed up late watching TV.
Nam is tired because he stayed up late watching TV.
Main clause Adverb clause of reason.
Use “since, as” intead of “because”.
-Ask Ss to do exercise 2 on page 54, 55.
6.Conditional sentences: (type 1) :
-Set the scene to introduce the structure of conditional sentences type 1.
If we pollute the water, we will have no fresh water to use.
Form: If clause : simple present tense
Main clause: simple future (will)
-Ask Ss to do exercise on page 56.
7.Conditional sentences: (type 2) :
If you saw a UFO,what would you do?
If Nam were on board now,Nam would experience those marvelous things.
Form: If clause : past tense
Main clause: would/could/might +verb
8. Suggestions: Response:
Shall we... ? OK
Let’s ... That’s a good idea
Why don’t we ... ? + Inf All right
I think we should ... No, I don’t want to
I prefer...
I suggest Let’s
What about + V-ing
How about
9.Use the connectives: and, but, because, or, so, therefore, however...
10.Some phrasal verbs and make suggestions.
11.Use Relative Clauses and though/ although/ even though to combine
sentences.
11.1:Form: Adverbial Clause of concession
even though
though + Adverbial Clause of concession
although
11.2: Form and Use: Relative Clauses
+ Who, Which ,That: replace the pronoun
+ Who is used for people :She is the girl who is wearing a blue shirt.
+ Which is used for things. It is a novel which is wrtitten by Nam
+ That is used for thing & people
12.Revision:
Form: must
may + Infinitive
will
Use: in deduction (sự suy diễn, suy luận) or prediction
What happens if there is a typhoon? There may be a power cut.
Part 2 : Exercices :
*. Language focus
I/ Choose the best answer:
1.What about using public buses .................motorbikes ?
a. replacing for b. in spite of c .instead of d.
instead for
2.If you want to save money ,you should ..............the amount of water your family
uses.
a. increase b. reduce c. repair d.
rewrite
3. If Ba……………………here tomorrow, I will phone you.
a. come b. comes c. came d. will come
4. We all like the sticky rice cakes…………………………are made by our
grandmother.
a. which b. who c. whom d. where
5.Easter is a joyful festival ...............occurs in late March or early April .
a. what b. It c. which d. who
6.We won the soccer match.................. we didn’t play well.
a. because b. and c. so d.
although
7.I’m working for a car factory ................. main office is in Chicago.
a. whose b. that c. who d.
which
8.Earthquakes, volcano eruptions ,tidal waves, tornadoes ,are......................
a. natural happenings b. natural disasters c. natural occurrences d.
natural events
9.She is very tired ;......................,she has to finish her housework.
a. moreover b. however c. so d.
because
10.This student couldn’t go to school .................... he was very poor.
a. and b. but c. so d.
because
11. I .................. in this company for 5 years since I graduated University.
a. worked b. have worked c. will work d.
working
12. Tornadoes can suck………………………..anything that is in their path.
a. of b. on c. at d. up
13I suggest…………………………up the beach.
a. to clean b. clean c. cleaning d. cleaned
14He loves his parents very much and wants them to be ……………………….
a. happy b. happily c. happiness d. happiest
15. We are saving money………………………….we want to buy a new house.
a. so b. and c. but d. because
16.She was the first person ...............broke the silence in the morning.
a. that b. who c. whom d. a and b are
correct
17.UFOs mean……………………………………flying objects.
a. unknown b. unidentified c. unimaginable d. unable.
18. Companies have made new products which will not only work…..…….but also
save money.
A. effectively B. generously C. ordinarily D. separately
19. The hurricane is ……………to reach the coach of Nha Trang tomorrow
morning
A. collapsed B. captured C. received D. predicted
20 Can you turn…………………………the light? It is too dark.
a. off b. on c. for d. down
II/ Pronunciation:
*. Choose the word which has different pronunciation from the others: (1 m)
1/a. checking b. chocolate c. Christmas d. charity
2/a. prevent b. suggest c. separate d. meteor
3/a. charity b. dynamite c. energy d. slavery
4/a. saved b. collapsed c. killed d. occurred
5/ a. ancient b. celebrate c. slavery d. standard
6/ a. distinguished b. missed c. crowded d. expressed
7/ a. decorated b. satisfied c. greeted d. nominated
8/ a. considerate b. decorate c. freedom d. priority
9/a. Passover b. charity c. parade d. carriage
10/a. sunny b. thunderstorm c. occur d. trust
11/a. earthquake b. sunbathe c. thoughtful d. thunderstorm
12/a. damage b. carriage c. forecast d. trace
13/a. destroyed b. caused d. passed d. discovered
III/ Choose the words or phrases that need correcting:
1. The teacher asked me what my name is and where I came from.
A B C D
2. If I am you I wouldn’t behave like that.
A B C D
3. How about going to the beach and play volleyball there ?
A B C D
4. I am pleased that you can speak English very good.
A B C D
5. If she is here, she would help you with your homework
A B C D
6. My brother didn’t wear this uniform since he left school.
A B C D
7. I suggested to get a plumber to check cracks in the pipes.
A B C D
8. I can buy that house if I were rich.
A B C D
9. If we go on littering, the environment will become serious polluted.
A B C D
10. Do you know the boy Which brought me the letter this morning?
A B C D
*. COMPREHENSION:
I/Supply the correct word forms:
1.Many people become ………………………because of earthquakes every year.
(home)
2.He is a …………………………………..man who is loved by all friends.
( consider)
3.Environmental ……………………………..is everybody’s responsibility.
(protect)
4.Air and water are………………………….in our life. (necessary)
5.Trung’s sense of humor ……………………………him from other students.
(distinct)
6.The price of …………………….has gone up again. (electric)
7.Don’t eat those vegetables. They are ………………………..(poison)
8Mid August festival is a ……………………………festival for children. (joy)
9.You must be ………………………….when you open the door.(care)
10.We must learn about keeping the environment
…………………………………………..(pollute)
II/ READING COMPREHENSION

Read the passage carefully and do the exercise:
Drought is a condition that becomes when the average rainfall for a fertile area
drops far below the normal amount for a long period of time. In area which are not
irritated, the lack of rain causes farm crops to whither and dead. Higher than
normal temperatures usually accompany periods of drought. They add to the crop
damage . Forest fires start easily during drought. The soil of the drought area
becomes dry and crumbles. Often the rich topsoil is blown away by the hot, dry
winds. Stream, ponds, and wells often dry up during a drought, and animals suffer
and may even die because of the lack of water.
* Answer the questions:(2ms)
1. What is the drought ?
……………………………………………………………………………………
..
2. Do forest fires start easily during drought ?
……………………………………………………………………………………
..
3.How does the soil of a drought area become ?
……………………………………………………………………………………
..
4.What will happen to the streams, ponds and wells and animals if water lacks ?
……………………………………………………………………………………
.
III, READING:
Long ago, a lot of people thought the moon was a god. Other people thought
it was just a light in the sky. And others thought it wad a big ball cheese!
The telescopes were made. And men saw that the moon was really another
world. They wondered what it was like. They dreamed of going there.
On July 20, 1969, that dream came true. Two America men landed on the
moon. Their names were Neil Armstrong and Edwin Aldrin.
The first thing the men found was that the moon is covered with dust. The
dust is so thick that the men left footprints where they walked. Those were the first
marks a living thing had ever made on the moon. And they could stay there for
years and years. There is no wind or rain to wipe them off.
The two men walked on the moon for hours. They picked up rocks to bring
back to earth for study. They dug up dirt to bring back. They set up machines to
find out things people wanted to know. Then they climbed back into their moon
landing craft.
** Answer the questions
1. Did people have different ideas about the moon long ago?
 …………………………………………………………………………
2. What did this story tell about?
 …………………………………………………………………………
3. What were their names?
 …………………………………………………………………………
4. Is there wind and rain on the moon?
…………………………………………………………………………
5. What did they pick up to bring back to the earth?
 …………………………………………………………………………
IV/ Complete sentences: (1.5ms)
1/ If / I / be / rich / I / travel / around the world.
……………………………………………………………………………………….
2/ My father / just buy / a new TV set / is made / Japan.
………………………………………………………………………………………
…
3. You will/ able to jump very high/ the moon
……………………………………………………………………………………
4. I suggest we / do / your homework/ go to school.
……………………………………………………………………………………
..
5.The temperature will be/ 250C / 270C tomorrow
……………………………………………………………………………………
………
6.my father’s sense / humor / distinguishes him / others.
………………………………………………………………………………………
………
7. I / suggest / put / garbage bins / the school yard.
……………………………………………………………………………………
………
V/ Combine each pair of sentences into one
1/ Lan is my classmate. She lives near my grandparents. (who)
………………………………………………………………………………………
…
2/ We don’t have enough money, so we can’t buy that house. (If)
………………………………………………………………………………………
…
3/ It rained heavily yesterday. My father went to work on time. (Although)
………………………………………………………………………………………
…
4. He failed in his exam . He didn’t study hard. (because)
……………………………………………………………………………………
………
5.The city was very beautiful. We visited it last year. (which)
……………………………………………………………………………………
……
6. The bicycle is mine. It was painted red. ( which)
………………………………………………………………………………………
……
7. We could do the test on time. It weren’t difficult. (If)
………………………………………………………………………………………
……
8.He is very tired. He has to finish his homework. ( but)
………………………………………………………………………………………
……
9This is the girl. Her purse was stolen yesterday. (whose)
Thời gian làm bài: 45 phút
I . Pick out the whose underlined part has different pronunciation from the
1. A. watched B. stopped C. cleaned D. worked
2. A. plates B. desks C. maps D. towns
3. A. their B. thank C. that D. they
4. A. know B. knife C. kill D. knee
points)
1. Nobody was injured in the accident,..........?
A. was there B. was he C. were they D. wasn’t it
2.I won’t go …………you explain everything to me.
A. unless B. although C. because D. if
3. I wish you ………. us someday.
A. visit B. will visit C. visited D. would visit
4. Let’s ………. somewhere for a drink.
A. go B. went C. going D. goes
5. It rains heavily, ………. I can’t go to the movie with you.
A. and B. but C. because D. so
6. My mother ………. teaching in a small village 12 years ago.
A. starts B. started C. has started D. is starting
7. Lan suggested ……… chess this afternoon.
A. play B. plays C. to play D. playing
8. The man ………. your mother is talking to is my English teacher.
A. which B. where C. whom D. who
1. He wishes he (be) ……………… . a doctor.
2. They (not/finish) ……………… . their work yet.
3. Nam still (sleep) on the armchair when I (come) yesterday.
………………………………………………………………………………………
………
1,The song performed by Dam Vinh Hung was very interesting. He sang
………. (beauty).
2, Hoa speaks English ………. (good).
3,She was really ………. by the beauty of the city. (impress)
4,In Malaysia, ……….. is free. (educate)
William Shakespeare, the great playwright and poet, was born on April 23, 1564 in
the small town of Stratford-upon-avon about seventy miles from London. When he
was small boy, he when to Stratford Grammar School, where he learnt Latin and
Greek.
He lived in Stratford-upon-avon until he was 21. He left for London. He was
married and had three children. In London, he worked as an actor and a
playwright.He wrote a lot of famous plays like Hamlet, Prince of Denmark,
Twelfth Night and King Lear, etc.
In 1613, Shakespeare left London and returned to his home town of Stratford-
upon-avon. Three years later, on April 23, 1616, he died and was buried there.
*Questions:
1) When and where was William Shakespeare born?
……………………………………………………………………………………
……
2) How many children did he have?
……………………………………………………………………………………
……
3) Did he return to his home town of Stratford-upon-avon in 1913?
……………………………………………………………………………………
……
4) When did he die?
……………………………………………………………………………………
occurs – met- have- for - celebrations – clean
“There are many (1) …………… throughout the year in Vietnam but Tet or the
Lunar New Year is the most important celebration (2) …………… Vietnamese
people. Tet usually
(3) …………… in late January or early February. A few days before Tet is the
time for people to (4) …………… and decorate their homes.. It is also the time
for family members to be together”.
1) Let’s go to my house for dinner tonight.
 How about………………………………………………………………………
2) He can’t pass the examination.
He wishes………………………………………………………………………..
3) They are going to build a new bridge in the area.
A new bridge……………………………………………………………………
4) “What foreign languages do they teach besides English?”
I asked……………………………………………………………………………
3) Nam / suggest / have/ dinner / family / yesterday.
……………………………………………………………………………………
……
4) We/ know/ each other/ since/ we/ be/ small.
……………………………………………………………………………………
………
The end
( Tổng điểm toàn bài được 10 điểm, làm trũn điểm đến 0,25)
I, I . Pick out the whose underlined part has different pronunciation from the
- Mỗi đáp án đúng cho 0,25 điểm
1, C 2, C 3, B 4, C
points)
- Mỗi câu chọn đúng được 0,25 điểm.
1. C 2. A 3. D 4. A 5. D 6. B 7. D 8.
C
Mỗi động từ chia đúng được 0,25 điểm
1. were
2. haven’t finished
3. was still sleeping; came
Mỗi từ cho đúng dạng được 0,25 điểm
5. beautifully
6. well
7. impressed
8. education
- Mỗi câu trả lời đúng được 0,5 điểm
1. He was born on April 23, 1564 in the small town of Stratford-upon-avon.
2. He had three children.
3. No, he didn’t. / No, he returned to his home town of Stratford-upon-avon in
1613.
4. He died on April 23, 1616.
- Mỗi từ chọn và điền đúng được 0,25 điểm.
5. celabrations
6. for
7. occurs
8. clean
- Mỗi câu viết lại đúng được 0,25 điểm
1. How about going to my house for dinner tonight?
2. He wishes he could pass the examination.
3. A new bridge is going to be built in the area.
4. I asked what foreign languages they taught besides English.
- Mỗi câu viết đúng được 0,5 điểm.
1, Nam suggested having dinner with his family yesterday.
2, We have known each other since we were small.
ĐẠI TỪ QUAN HỆ ,TRẠNG TỪ QUAN HỆ, CÂU ƯỚC , CÁC CẤP SO
SÁNH, CÁC DẠNG ĐỘNG TỪ , CÂU HỎI ĐUÔI.
Part I. : Câu hỏi đuôi:
1. Today is your birthday, ______________?
2. Daisy always drinks a cup of tea after lunch, __________________?
3. Coffee and beer aren’t good for children, ________________?
4. Children don’t smoke cigarette, ______________?
5. I am late for the appointment, ___________________?
6. You could help him to do that, ____________________?
7. They ought to go, _____________?
8. You haven’t just met her, _______________?
9. He used to smoke cigars, __________________?
Part II. Relative pronouns : Đại từ quan hệ :
Exercises :
WHOSE
party.
birthday.
Part III;To – infinitive ( Nguyên thể có to ).
* : Bài tập.* Supply the correct verb forms of the verbs in the brackets.
2.We enjoy (swim) along this river.
3.The form teacher has asked Jack (write) an essay on the Thames.
4.It sometimes may be difficult (get) a taxi during rush- hours.
5.The rain has made the children ( stop) their games.
6.She tells the driver( take) her to the railway station.
7.Does Mrs Green have them ( carry) those books back home?
8.The principal noticed those pupils (try) harder and harder.
9.Children have just stopped ( play) football.
10.They keep ( talk) about an old friend they met yesterday.
11.Is Black Pool ( visit) by thousands of tourists each year?
12.We heard Mr Brown ( park) his car near the gate.
13. They’ve finished ( do) their homework.
14.They had their house (paint) before Tet holiday.
15.I advised him ( wait) for me at the airport.
16. Would you mind ( help) me with this work?
17.Do you smell something ( burn) in the kitchen?
18. Mother requests her daughter not ( come) back home late.
19. We shall have the grass ( cut) tomorrow.
20.They noticed lots of sheep( graze) in green meadows.
21.When I’m tired, I enjoy( watch) TV.It’s relaxing.
22. Would you like(have) something to eat?
23.It started( rain) an hour ago. Has it stopped ( rain) yet?
24. My family is trying (decide)where to go on holiday.
25.Our teacher made me (answer) all the questions.
26. I’ve enjoy ( meet) you. I hope ( see) you again.
27. I hate ( see) a child(cry).
28.They prefer( play) in swimming pool all day.
29.They refuse ( go) out on trips if it’s too hot.
30. I used ( smoke) 20 cigarettes a day, but now I give up ( smoke).
31.We decided( rent) a house with a swimming pool.
32.Can you help me (get) the dinner ready?
33. When we arrived, the people next door invited us ( have) a drink with them.
34. We began (talk) about next year’s holiday two months ago.
35.I remember (lock) the door when I left but forgot ( shut) the window.
36.He agrees( start) the job as soon as possible.
37. I finished ( read) the book and went to bed.
38. My teachers always expected me ( do) well in exams.
39.Let me ( pay) for the meal.You paid last time.
40. It’s difficult ( get) used to ( eat) with chopsticks
Keys.
1. swim / swimming 11. visited
2. swimming 12. park / parking
3. to write 13. doing
4. to get 14. painted
5. stop 15. to wait
6. to take 16. helping
7. carry 17. burn / burning
8. try / trying 18. to come
9. playing 19. cut
10. talking 20. graze / grazing
21. watching 31.to rent
22. to have 32.to get / get
23.to rain / raining – raining 33.to have
24. to decide 34. talking / to talk
25. answer 35. to lock – to shut
26. meeting – to see 36. to start
27. seeing / to see - crying 37. reading
28.playing / to play 38. to do
29.to go 39. pay
30. to smoke – smoking 40. to get - eating
Part IV., . Tính từ và trạng từ :
Exercise: Supply the correct form of words
16.Tom is a __________ player. (skill)
17.Children played games __________ on the yard. (happy)
18.It's __________ to go on a trip. (interest)
19.Our Dad drives car __________. (careful)
20.__________, he passed the final test. (luck)
21.We like wearing __________ clothes. (tradition)
22.Can you speak English __________? (well)
23.He told me about a __________ story. (fun)
24.We often got home __________ last year .(fast)
Part V. Cấp so sánh với tính từ và trạng từ.

* KEYS.
8, stronger.
VI, So sánh kép : ( Double comparative ).
Part VII.
1) Present wish
*Form:
(V-ed/P1/were)
*Examples:
time.)
class
2) Future wish
*Form:
would + V
were + V-ing
*Ex:
3) Past wish
*Form:

could have + P2
Examples:
B, EXERCISES
KEYS.
CÂU HỎI ĐUÔI.
Part I. : Câu hỏi đuôi:
26.Today is your birthday, ______________?
27.Daisy always drinks a cup of tea after lunch, __________________?
28.Coffee and beer aren’t good for children, ________________?
29.Children don’t smoke cigarette, ______________?
30.I am late for the appointment, ___________________?
31.You could help him to do that, ____________________?
32.They ought to go, _____________?
33.You haven’t just met her, _______________?
34.He used to smoke cigars, __________________?
Part II. Relative pronouns : Đại từ quan hệ :
Exercises :
WHOSE
party.
birthday.
Part III;To – infinitive ( Nguyên thể có to ).
* : Bài tập.* Supply the correct verb forms of the verbs in the brackets.
Keys.
5. stop 15. to wait
9. playing 19. cut
29.to go 39. pay
Part IV., . Tính từ và trạng từ :
Exercise: Supply the correct form of words
31.Tom is a __________ player. (skill)
32.Children played games __________ on the yard. (happy)
33.It's __________ to go on a trip. (interest)
34.Our Dad drives car __________. (careful)
35.__________, he passed the final test. (luck)
36.We like wearing __________ clothes. (tradition)
37.Can you speak English __________? (well)
38.He told me about a __________ story. (fun)
39.We often got home __________ last year .(fast)
Part V. Cấp so sánh với tính từ và trạng từ.

* KEYS.
8, stronger.
VI, So sánh kép : ( Double comparative ).
Part VII.
1) Present wish
*Form:
(V-ed/P1/were)
*Examples:
time.)
class
2) Future wish
*Form:
would + V
were + V-ing
*Ex:
3) Past wish
*Form:

could have + P2
Examples:
B, EXERCISES
KEYS.
*-Grammar:
I, Mệnh đề trạng ngữ chỉ lí do.
II, Mệnh đề trạng ngữ chỉ sự nhượng bộ
*-Mệnh đề trạng ngữ chỉ sự nhượng bộ: dù/mặc dù:
1. Although, though, và even though :( mặc dù, dù cho, cho dù): được dùng để
chỉ sự tương phản giữa 2 mệnh đề.
-Mệnh đề bắt đầu bằng “Although, though, even though”là những mệnh đề trạng
ngữ chỉ sự nhượng bộ.
*Form: S + V… although / though / even though + S + V …
=Although / though / even though S + V …, S + V ….
*Lưu ý:
- “Though” có thể đứng ở cuối câu nhưng “although” thì không.
- “Though” được dùng trong văn nói nhiều hơn trong văn viết.
- “Even though” là hình thức nhấn mạnh hơn của “although”.
VD: Though everyone played well, we lost the game.
2. However: (tuy nhiên, tuy vậy) :được dùng chỉ sự tương phản giữa 2 mệnh đề,
được tách ra bằng dấu phẩy đứng ở đầu hoặc cuối câu.
VD: Everyone played well. However, we still lost the game.
*-CHUYỂN ĐỔI QUA LẠI GIỮA :Although/ though => despite / in spite of
-Nguyờn tắc chung cần nhớ là :
Although/ though + mệnh đề
->Despite / in spite of + cụm danh từ / V-ing.
-Các công thức biến đổi từ mệnh đề sang cụm từ như sau:
1) Nếu chủ từ 2 mệnh đề giống nhau:
- Bỏ chủ từ ,động từ thêm ING .
Eg:Although Tom got up late, he got to school on time.
=> Despite / in spite of getting up late, Tom got to school on time.
2) Nếu chủ từ là danh từ + be + tớnh từ
- Đem tính từ đặt trứoc danh từ ,bỏ to be
Eg: Although the rain is heavy,.......
=> Despite / in spite of the heavy rain, ......
3) Nếu chủ từ là đại từ + be + tính từ :
- Đổi đại từ thành sỡ hửu ,đổi tính từ thành danh từ ,bỏ be
Eg: Although He was sick,........
=> Despite / in spite of his sickness,.......
4) Nếu chủ từ là đại từ + động từ + trạng từ
- Đổi đại từ thành sở hữu, động từ thành danh từ ,trạng từ thành tính từ đặt trước
danh từ
Eg: Although He behaved impolitely,.....
=> Despite / in spite of his impolite behavior ,.........
5) Nếu cõu cú dạng : there be + danh từ Hoặc : S + have + N
- Thỡ bỏ there be
Although there was an accident ,.....
=> Despite / in spite of an accident,......
*Công thức này cũng áp dụng cho biến đổi từ :BECAUSE -> BECAUSE OF
IV, Connective words
1, And : Dùng để nối 2 từ , 2 cụm từ hay 2 mệnh đề cùng loại, chức năng hay cấu
trúc .  Dùng để bổ sung thêm thông tin.
Eg : His father is a doctor and he works in a hospital.
This book is big and beautiful.
* Or , and , but , so  Được dùng để nối 2 từ ,2 cụm từ hay hai mệnh đề cùng
loại , chức năng hay cấu trúc .
2, Or : Diễn tả sự lựa chọn
Eg : Do you live in the country or in the city ?
 or else : Nếu không . Diễn tả điều kiện.
Eg : You hurry or else you’ll be late for school .
3, But : Nối 2 ý nghĩa tương phản nhau .
Eg : He is fat but his brother is thin .
4, So : ( vỡ thế , do đó ) : Diễn tả hậu quả từ hành động nào đó .
Eg : He is hungry , so he can’t help you .
 Dùng với “ so “ trước “ so “ phải có dấu phảy .
5, Therefore : ( do đó , vỡ thế ) : Trạng từ : - Đồng nghĩa với “ so “ , chỉ hậu quả .
Nhưng trước “ therefore “ phải có dấu chấm , sau “ therefore “ phải có dấu phảy.
Eg : He’s busy . Therefore, he can’t help you .
 Therefore : Cú thể theo sau dấu ( , ) ; dấu ( ; ) ; hoặc dấu ( . ) hoặc sau chủ ngữ
.
6, However : Tuy nhiên ; Trạng từ . Dùng để diễn tả sự tương phản . Đồng nghĩa
với “ but “ nhưng luôn luôn dùng để nối liền 2 mệnh đề.
Eg ; It’s raining hard however the game is going on .
7, Because : ( Bởi vỡ ) : nờu lờn nguyờn nhõn , lý do cho một hành động nào đó .
Eg ; Lan gets good marks because she studies hard
V-BÀI TẬP 1 : Viết lại câu không thay đổi nghĩa:
1) Although Tom was a poor student, he studied very well.
2) Mary could not go to school because she was sick.
Because of ….
3) Although the weather was bad, she went to school on time.
=> Despite ….
4) My mother told me to go to school although I was sick.
=> In spite of ….
5) Because there was a big storm, I stayed at home.
=> Because of ….
6) Tom was admitted to the university although his grades were bad.
Despite ….
7) Although she has a physical handicap, she has become a successful woman.
=> Despite ….
8) In spite of his god salary, Tom gave up his job.
=> Although….
9) Though he had not finished the paper, he went to sleep.
10) In spite of the high prices, my daughter insists on going to the movies.
=> Even though ……
Key:
1) =>In spite of his poverty, Tom studied very well
2) =>Because of her sickness, Mary couldn't go to school
3) => Despite the bad weather, she went to school on time
4) => In spite of my sickness, my mother told me to go to school
5) => Because of the big storm, I stayed at home
6)=>Despite the bad grades, Tom was admitted to the university
7)=> Despite having a physical handicap, she has become a successful woman.
8) => Although Tom get good salary, heb gave up his job
9) => In spite of not having finished the paper, he went to sleep
10) => Even though the prices are high, my daughter insists on going to the
movies
VI-.Adverb clauses of result: so,because
2) It was cold. I turned the heating on.
15) The stereo didn’t work. Vicky took it back to the shop.
16) There weren’t enough chairs. We had to sit on the floor.
17) The shops were closed. I didn’t get any milk.
18) This picture is very expensive. Please be careful with it.
VIi/ so…that : Qúa… đến nỗi.
-Bắt đầu cho một mệnh đề phụ chỉ kết quả.
S + tobe + so + adj + that + clause.
S + V + so + adv + that + clause.
Eg ; The weather is so bad that I have to stay at home.
He spoke so fast that I didn’t understard him.
+) Muốn diễn đạt ý nghĩa : “quá nhiều…đến nỗi” Ta dùng :
- So many + N đếm được số nhiều + that + clause.
- So much + N không đếm được + that + clause.
Eg ; He has so many books that he can’t read all of them.
There are so much noise that I couldn’t sleep.
VIII/ “Such…that” Cũng bắt đầu cho một mệnh đề phụ chỉ kết quả.
Tuy nhiên “Such…that” được dùng với một danh từ thường có tính từ bổ nghĩa
đứng trước.
S + tobe/ V + such + a/ an/ - + adj + N/ Ns + that + clause
Eg ; She is such a beautiful girl that everybody adrnires her.
I have such a beautiful house that everyone likes it.
It was such hot tea that I couldn’t drink it.
*, EXERCISES : Kết hợp mỗi cặp câu sau thành một dùng “so…that”;
“such..that”.
1, My friend is too sick. He can’t go to school.
2, The food was very good. We finish it up in just a few minutes.
3, New York was a very big city. Jane was lost in it.
4, My neighbours ary very bad persons. They make noise all day.
5, She bought too many things. She couldn’t bring them home at a time.
6, She is quite poor. She can’t buy a bicycle.
7, He gave us very good advice. All of us are thankful to him.
8, There is too much furniture in the room. We don’t have enough space for the
meeting.
9, Lan was very busy. She couldn’t go to the movie with us.
10, Mr Green drank too much wine. He got sick.
Keys
1- My friend is so sick that he can’t go to school.
2- The food was so good that we finished it up just a few minutes.
3- New York was such a big city that Jane was lost in it.
4- My neighbours are such bad persons that they make noise all day.
5- She bought so many things that she couldn’t bring them home at a time.
6- She is so poor that she can’t buy a bicycle.
7- He gave us such good advice that all of us are thankful to him.
8- There is so much furniture in the room that we don’t have enough space for the
meeting.
9- Lan was so busy that she couldn’t go to the movies with us.
10- Mr Green drank so much wine that he got sick.
IX/ Use, used to, be used to.
*Use : dùng, sử dụng.
S + to use + (smth) + to infi…
Eg ; The farmers use those knive to cut the lawn.
*Used to : đã thường, đã từng.
S + used to + bare infi
Eg ; He used to visit me on Sundays last year.
- Be (get) used to . quen với
S + be (get) used to + V- ing (N).
Eg ; He is used to getting up early.
My mother gets used to hot weather.
* Ex: Dùng hình thức đúng của động từ trong ngoặc.
a- He used to (do) research in this library.
b- My mother used this knife (cut) an orange.
c- This farmer is used to (cut) grass with a knife.
d- When my grandfather was young, he used to (work) 12 hours aday.
e- Is your brother used to (drive) a tractor ?
f- She used a pencil (write) this letter.
g- Are they used to (swim) in the sea ?
h- John used to (be punished ) by his teacher.
i- Is the woodpulp used to to (make) papers ?
j- I am getting used to (stay) up late.
Keys
1, do, 6, to write
2, to cut, 7, swimming
3, cutting, 8, be punished
4, work, 9, make
5, driving, 10, staying.
X/ “Too…to” : Quá…đến không thể.
Hình thức “too…to” được dùng để chỉ một nguyên nhân đưa tới một kết quả phủ
định.
S + tobe/ V + too + adj/ adv + to infi…
Eg ; He is too young to go to school.
She ran too slowly to catch the train.
chủ ngữ của động từ đi trước ta dùng.
S + tobe/ V + too +adj/ adv +for sb + to infi.
Eg ; The questions are too difficult for us to answer.
The books were too heavy for the children to carry.
*Nếu tân ngữ của động từ theo sau thuộc cùng 1 người hoặc 1 vật với chủ ngữ
của động từ đi trước thì người ta không nhắc lại nó nữa.
Eg ; The book is too expensive for us to buy. ( không dùng “it” sau “buy” ).
XI/ “ Enough…to” Đủ….để có thể.
Hình thức “enough to” dùng để chỉ một nguyên nhân đưa tới một kết quả tất
nhiên.
S + tobe/ V + adj/ adv + enough + to infi
Eg ; Heis sick enough to need a doctor.
The policeman ran fast enough to catch the thief.
chủ ngữ của động từ đi trước thì ta dùng.
S + tobe/ V + adj/ adv + enough for sb + to infi.
Eg ; The exs are easy enough for you to do
He spoke E slowly enough for us to understand.
*Nếu tân ngữ của động từ theo sau thuộc cùng 1 người, hoặc 1 vật với chủ ngữ
của động từ đi trước thì ta không nhắc lại nó nữa.
Eg ; The questions were easy enough for me to answer
( không dùng “them” sau “answer” ).
enough có thể dùng sau 1 động từ, thay vì dùng sau 1 tính từ hoặc 1 trạng từ.
Eg ; He has enough money to buy a new car.
or : He has money enough to buy a new car.
* EXERCISES : Kết hợp các cặp câu sau thành một.
( dùng “ too…to” hoặc “enough to”
1, These oranges are ripe. You can eat them.
2, He is strong. He can carry this table.
3, The house is large. My family can live in it.
4, It was very late. They didn’t go to the party.
5, The dress is so dirty. She can’t wear it.
6, She is tall. She can reach the top shelf.
7, Mr Grown isn’t rich. He can’t buy a car.
8, My grandmother is very weak. She can’t lift the box.
9, The film is very good. The children won’t miss it.
10, Those shoes are large. You can wear them.
Keys
1- Those oranges are ripe enough for you to eat.
2- He is strong enough to carry this table.
3- The house is large enough for my family to live in.
4- It was too late for them to go to the party.
5- The dress is too dirty for her to wear.
6- She is tall enough to reach the top shelf.
7- Mr Brown isn’t rich enough to buy a car.
8- My grandmother is too weak to lift the box.
9- The film is too good for the children to miss.
10- Those shoes are large enough for you to wear.
XII/ “ It + to take +…”
Form : It + take/ took + Sb/ smth + to infi…/ will take.
*Dùng khi diễn tả thời gian cần thiết để hoàn thành một sự việc gì.
*D
Eg ; It takes one hour to do these exs.
It took me 20 minutes to walk to the station.
It will take the plane 2 hours to fly to HN.
I,COMPOSITION
Paragraph (60-80 words)
1. A trip:
Last summer, I went to Sam Son with my family. We went there by car, it is
about 300 km from my house. Sam Son beach is really interesting, the beach is
very large, flat. Waves are very strong. There are a lot of beauty spots, and good
seafood there. We stayed in Binh Minh hotel. It was nice and comfortable., The
weather was hot and sunny all day. But it was very windy and cool in the evening.
We went swimming twice a day. The food was delicious but not very expensive.
We took a lot of photos , bought a lot of seafood. After 3days in Sam Son beach
we felt happy and stronger. We hope to go there again.
2. Talk about your close friend
At school I have a lot of friends but my close friend is Nam (Hoa). Nam(Hoa) is tall
and handsome(nice/ beautiful). He (She) is the same age as me. He(She) is my classmate.
His (Her) house is near my house. Nam (Hoa) is very friendly and helpful. He(She) often
helps me whenever I need. Nam (Hoa) studies very well. He always gets good marks.
Nam(Hoa) is not only a good boy(girl) at school but also a good son (daughter) in his
family. He (She) often helps his mother after school. His (her) teachers, parents, and
friends love (him)/ her. Nam is indeed my close friend. I love him very much,(I hope my
friendship will last forever).
3. Uniforms
I think it’s necessary for secondary students to wear uniforms when they are at
school (because of the following reasons). Firstly, wearing uniforms encourages students
to be proud of their school because they are wearing the uniforms with their school’s
name. Secondly, wearing uniforms helps students feel equal in many ways, whether they
are rich or poor. Finally, wearing uniforms is practical. we don’t have to think of what to
wear every day. Therefore, Students in secondary schools should wear uniform.
4. Casual clothes.
I think it’s necessary for secondary students to wear casual clothes when they are at
school (because of the following reasons). Firstly, wearing casual clothes make students
feel comfortable. They are easy to travel and play games. Secondly, wearing casual
clothes gives students freedom of choice. They can choose what size, colors and fashion
they like. Finally, wearing casual clothes makes students feel self-confident when they
are in their favorite clothes and makes school more colorful and lively. Therefore,
Students in secondary schools should wear casual clothes.
5. Women should wear the ao dai at work
Vietnamese women should wear the ao dai at work. Firstly, the ao dai encourages
them to feel proud of the traditions of their country. Secondly, wearing the ao dai makes
them more beautiful and charming. Vietnamese women in the ao dai have been
mentioned in poems and songs (for centuries). Thirdly, wearing the ao dai is very
practical. When they go to work, they don’t have to think of what to wear every day. In
short, Vietnamese women had better wear the ao dai at work.
6. The importance of English in our life:
Nowadays, English is the most important language . Fistly, English is an
useful language which helps us access to knowledge. English is the language of
many aspects such as music, sports, computers, education..... Secondly, English is
an international language. We can communicate with people all over the world.
Finally, being good at English gives us chances to get better jobs (with good
salary). This helps us to improve our life. In short, English is very useful and
interesting. We should study English well.
7. your favorite subject at school.
At school I study many subjects but I like studying English best because of
the following reasons. . Fistly, English is an useful language which helps us access
to knowledge. English is the language of many aspects such as music, sports,
computers, education..... Secondly, English is an international language. We can
communicate with people all over the world. Finally, being good at English gives
us chances to get better jobs (with good salary). This helps us to improve our life.
In short, English is very useful and interesting. We should study English well.
8. Advantages (benefits) of the internet
The internet is very important in our modern life (and noone can deny the
benefits of the Internet). Firstly, the internet is a source of information. We can get
(local and global) information in a fast and convenient way. (Besides, We can also
communicate with friends and relatives by means of email or chatting). Secondly,
using internet helps us relax (after a hard working day). We can listen to (favorite)
music, songs , watch films, play games.....Finally, the internet helps us study
better (and widen our knowledge). We can learn English, (have online lessons) and
many useful things. In short, The Internet is a wonderful invention . We should use
the internet usefully.
9. Advantages (benefits) of television
Nowadays, television is very important in our modern life (and noone can
deny the benefits of the Internet). Firstly, television is a source of information. We
can get (local and global) information in a fast and convenient way. Secondly,
watching television helps us relax (after a hard working day). We can listen to
(favorite) music, songs , watch films, play games.....Finally, thanks to television
widen our knowledge. We can learn English, how to cook (and protect our health)
and many useful things. In short, television is a wonderful invention . We should
use it usefully.
10. PROTECT OUR ENVIRONMENT
Nowadays our environment is polluted seriously so protecting our
environment is our
duty. (For me we can protect our environment in the following ways). Firstly, we
should reuse and recycle bottles and cans to reduce garbage. Secondly, we
shouldn’t throw trash onto the water to keep water the clean, put garbage bins
around the school yard to keep it clean. (Secondly, we should make cars and
machines using solar energy, which doesn’t cause pollution to keep the air clean).
Finally, we should go to school or work (on foot), by bicycle or public bus to
reduce exhaust fume and keep the air clean. In short, protecting the environment is
very necessary. We must act right now to have a better life.
11. SAVING ENERGY
Energy has limitation, so saving energy is also our duty.( For me, we can
save
energy in the following ways). Firstly, we should reuse and recycle
bottlesandcansto save energy. Secondly, we should go to school or work (on foot),
by bike or public bus to save gas and petrol. (Secondly, we should make cars and
machines using solar energy, which helps us save gas and petrol). Finally, We
should turn off electric appliances (such as fans, lights...) gas cookers, and faucets
after using. This helps us save electricity, gas and water. . In short, saving energy
is very necessary. We must act right now (to preserve natural resources).
12. CELEBRATIONS
Tet is the most important celebration in Viet Nam (in our country). It occurs
in late January or early February. Some days before Tet, people clean and decorate
their houses with flowers and pictures. They go shopping to buy cakes, new clothes
and many other things. During Tet people enjoy traditional food sticky rice cakes,
Nem, Gio, fruit jam ... On the first days of the tet people often go to the pagoda or
church (to pray a happy new year). Then they visit their relatives, neighbors and
friends. Children wear new clothes and receive lucky money. Tet is very funny. I
love Tet very much.
13. Mum or Dad’s day (Mother’s Day or Father’s Day)
(In my opinion) It’s necessary to have a day to celebrate for mom (dad/
parents). Children should have a special day to express their feelings ,(memories)
and love for their mom (dad/ parents). We will have an opportunity to enhance
family traditions. members of families will have a chance to gettogether. We
should celebrate on the first Sunday of April because Sunday is a day off everyone
is free from work or study. At this time it is often cool. It’s a good idea to have
lunch or dinner with all family members. Children should serve their mom (dad/
parents) with food they like best and offer them flowers, cakes or gifts. I believe
my idea will be supported and the day for our parents will be celebrated
nationwide someday.
II, Pronunciation
Kí HIỆU PHIấN ÂM ĐƯỢC DÙNG
A. Nguyên âm đơn & nguyên âm đôi
SO VỚI ÂM VÍ DỤ MINH HỌA

ÂM TRONG TỪ Kí HIỆU
TIẾNG VIỆT
/i:/ see / si: / i -i free, tea, we, key, knee

/i/ happy / ‘hổpi / i study, busy, ready, really
/I/ sit / sIt / i fix, with, witness, liter,
hit
/e/ ten / ten / e lend, spend, when, rent,
bed
/ổ/ cat / kổt / a-e map, fan, land, fat, hat,
/a:/ father / fa:ọә(r) / a-a farm, calm, star, park,
car
/o/ got / gút / o hot, cod, spot, cock, slot
/o:/ saw / so: / ụ-ụ more, course, store,
ashore
/U/ put / pUt / u look, cook, foot, book
/u:/ too / tu: / u-u cool, shoe, whose, move
/u/ actual /’AktSuEl / u gradual, educate,
graduation
/ỳ/ cup / cỳp / ấ-ỏ young, among, enough,
stuff
/3:/ fur / f3:(r) / ơ -ơ stir, nurse, shirt, skirt
/ə/ about / ə’baut / ơ today, ago, nature, colour
/eI/ say / seI / ờ -i away, stay, may, play
/ əu / go / g əu / ơu show, hold, phone, coat
/aI/ my / maI / ai kind, like, while, shy,
nice
/oI/ boy / bỉI / oi coin, toy, noisy, spoil
/au/ now / naU / au cow, how, cloud, trousers
/iə/ hear / hiə / i-ơ near, tear, fear, steering
/eə/ hair / heə / e-ơ share, where, care, fair,
stair
/uə/ pure / pjuə (r) / u-ơ sure, tour, pure, cure
B. Phụ õm
SO VỚI ÂM VÍ DỤ MINH HỌA
ÂM TRONG TỪ Kí HIỆU
TIẾNG VIỆT
/p/ pen / pen / pờ people, put, police, stop

/b/ bad / bổd / bờ bad, boy, bill, bob, baby
/t/ tea / ti: / tờ teacher, toy, tin, tonight
/d/ did / did / đờ do, donkey, intend, doubt
/k/ cat / kổt / khờ cow, copy, skull, thank
/g/ get / get / gờ game, bag, gather, guide,
gun
/t∫/ chain / t∫eIn / tờ-chờ chip, choice, teach, cheers
/dz/ jam / dzổm / đờ-dờ bridge, village, join, jam,
June
/f/ fall / fỉ:l / phờ photo, finish, fat, cough
/v/ van / vổn / vờ voice, very, violent, move
/ố/ thin /ốin / thờ think, thirty, thoughts,
with
/ọ/ this / ọis / đờ thus, there, those, bathe
/s/ see / si: / xờ sorry, sound, six, sea, nice
/z/ zoo / zu: / zờ zip code, zero, zebra,
zipper
/∫ / shoe / ∫u: / sờ show, sheep, wash, sheet
/ z/ vision / ‘vi zn / rờ-rờ measure, decision, usually
/h/ hat / hổt / hờ hat, hit, hero, hospital, hi
/m/ man / mổn/ mờ must, merry, man, team
/n/ now / nau/ nờ need, nine, chin, fine,
name
/ỗ/ sing /sIỗ/ ngờ song, singer, nothing,
strong
/l/ leg / leg/ lờ lie, long, tall, lip, leave,
stall
/r/ red / red / rờ roof, right, rough, road
/j/ yes / jes / dờ you, yell, yard, yesterday
/w/ wet / wet wờ worry, warm, woods, win
CÁCH PHÁT ÂM ‘ED’ – ‘S - ES’ VÀ SỞ HỮU CÁCH
ÂM TIẾNG VIỆT
ÂM CUỐI ĐƯỢC PHÁT VÍ DỤ MINH HỌA
TƯƠNG ĐỒNG
(Khụng phải chữ ÂM
cuối)
jobs, needs, bags,
moves, breathes,
b, d, g, v, T, m, n, names, mines,
N, l - và cỏc /z/ zỡ sings, tables,
nguyờn õm cities, stairs;
Peter’s job
stops, shops,
meets, lists, looks,
books, laughs,
p, t, k, f,  /s/ xỡ coughs,
photographs,
baths,
blacksmiths
boxes, services,
s, z, S, Z, tS, dZ / iz / i-zỡ loses, pleases,
washes, watches,
charges, bridges
shared, kneed,
b, g, v, T, z, Z, dZ, bobbed, hugged,
m, n, N, l /d/ đờ moved, breathed,
- và cỏc nguyờn õm teased, judged,
formed, turned,
pooled
hoped, looked,
p, k, f, , s, S, tS /t/ tờ coughed, bathed,
increased,
washed, watched
t, d / id / ịđ painted, wanted,
needed, nodded
BÀI TẬP KIỂM TRA KỸ NĂNG PHÁT ÂM CƠ BẢN
1. A. roses B. villages C. colleagues D. matches

2. A. worked B. stopped C. forced D. wanted
3. A. says B. lays C. plays D. stays
4. A. waited B. mended C. objected D. faced
5. A. confused B. faced C. cried D. defined
6. A. talked B. naked C. asked D. liked
7. A. markedly B. allegedly C. needed D. walked
8. A. succeeds B. devotes C. prevents D. coughs
9. A. kissed B. helped C. forced D. raised
10. A. completes B. engines C. taxis D. ferries
11. A. learned B. watched C. helped D. wicked
12. A. cancels B. referees C. sacks D. widens
13. A. combs B. lamps C. brakes D. invites
14. A. books B. floors C. tombs D. drums
15. A. closes B. loses C. loves D. chooses
16. A. languages B. rabies C. assumes D. consumes
17. A. trays B. says C. bays D. days
18. A. kissed B. pleased C. increased D. ceased
19. A. devoted B. suggested C. provided D. wished
20. A. packed B. punched C. pleased D. pushed
21. A. gives B. phones C. switches D. dives
22. A. watched B. crashed C. occupied D. coughed
23. A. studies B. flourishes C. finishes D. glances
24. A. hears B. thanks C. blows D. coincides
25. A. started B. looked C. decided D. coincided
26. A. designed B. preserved C. sawed D. guided
27. A. stops B. climbs C. pulls D. televisions
28. A. cats B. tapes C. rides D. cooks
29. A. agreed B. missed C. liked D. watched
30. A. measured B. pleased C. distinguished D. managed
31. A. preferred B. worked C. fixed D. fetched
32. A. embarrassedB. astonished C. surprised D. decreased
33. A. chased B. wished C. pursued D. thanked
34. A. shoots B. grounds C. concentrates D. forests
35. A. practised B. raised C. rained D. followed
36. A. concealed B. fined C. resembled D. resisted
37. A. tells B. talks C. stays D. steals
38. A. hours B. fathers C. dreams D. thinks
39. A. filled B. landed C. suited D. crooked
40. A. imagined B. punished C. diseased D. determined
41. A. examined B. released C. serviced D. ceased
42. A. diseases B. pleases C. loses D. releases
43. A. bushes B. buses C. lorries D. charges
44. A. expelled B. dismissed C. encountered D. returned
45. A. fixed B. founded C. needed D. intended
46. A. forgive B. home C. comfortable D. impolite
47. A. meat B. season C. reach D. great
48. A. call B. last C. talk D. ball
49. A. come B. love C. woman D. some
50. A. stay B. pay C. bag D. lay
51. A. home B. stone C. show D. hot
52. A. stay B. pay C. bag D. lay
53. A. phone B. alone C. among D. bone
54. A. sunrise B. shut C. business D. summer
55. A. cheap B. child C. chemist D. chair
56. A. circle B. center C. cement D. cancel
57. A. dessert B. desert C. deserve D. December
58. A. gently B. germ C. gear D. gene
59. A. recommend B. relate C. reduce D. remember
60. A. honor B. hour C. exhaust D. host
61. A. danger B. habitat C. campus D. cactus.
62. A. mechanize B. champion C. character D. chemical
63. A. count B. sound C. found D. country
64. A. eradicated B. defended C. unnoticed D. extended
65. A. constructionB. procedure C. masterpiece D. present
66. A. windsurfing B. wilderness C. rhino D. philosopher
67. A. look B. food C. school D. moon
68. A. job B. sport C. doctor D. top
69. A. uniform B. unit C. under D. university
70. A. rich B. hit C. live D. kind
* . Exercise2 : Find the different sound based on the ending sound
1. a. Played b . cooked c. talked d. laughed
2. a. watches b. trees c. buses d. sentences
3. a. roofs b. boards c. hangs d. clothes
4. a. hanged b. earned c. noted d. cleaned
5 .a. stoppedb. weighed c. used d. climbed
6.a. changes b. aches c. washes d. oranges
7.a. lakes b. roofs c. steps d. taxis
8.a. walked b. practised c. pleased d. missed
9.a. wicked b. needed c. learned d. collected
10.a.pages b. tops c. necks d. this
III, Grammar.
IV, Listening
Forms of words
1, The aims : Revise about the form of words and the ways to change words.
- Helps sts know how to use and do exs using form of words correctly
2, The objectives : - By the end of the lesson , sts can do exs correctly using form
of words
Giới từ
II. PREPOSITION
Above, over
on
to from
through
into out of
by
Below, under
1. Giới từ chỉ thời gian: at, on , in , from … to, for, by, after, between, till, until
….
a. At + một thời điểm cụ thể.
VD: at night/ three o’clock in the afternoon
b. In + tháng / năm / mùa
VD: In 1978 / June / summer
In + the morning / afternoon / evening
c. On + ngày trong tuần / ngày tháng năm.
VD : on Monday / January 4th, 2007
d. From … to : từ … đến …
from + điểm thời gian + to + điểm thời gian
VD: We have classes from 7 o’clock to 11.15.
e. For + khoảng thời gian:
VD: for two hours , a week …
f. By + một điểm thời gian: trước
VD: by five o’clock
g. After + time:
VD: after breakfast / lunch / dinnet…
h. Between + điểm thời gian + and + điểm thời gian: khoảng từ … đến …
Between + 2 sự kiện
i. Till / Until + điểm thời gian: đến luc, đến khi.
2. Giới từ chỉ nơi chốn:

a. On:
* ở trờn (chạm vào, sỏt vào, bao phủ hoặc tạo thành một phần của bề mặt.
VD: On the wall / grass / table.
* ở ( một đại lộ, một con đường)
VD: on Tran Hung Dao Street.
* ở trên / trong hoặc một phương tiện chuyên chở.
VD: on the plane / train…
* trờn / dựa trờn
VD: on his back, on horse back …
b. At + địa chỉ :
VD: at 10 Ngo Quyen Street.
c. In + tên nước, tỉnh, thành phố.
VD: in viet Nam, in Ho Chi Minh city.
d. Một số giới từ chỉ vị trớ khỏc:
above ( bờn trờn), around ( xung quanh), behind (đằng sau), below ( bên dưới),
beside (bên cạnh), between (ở giữa), far from (ở xa), in front of (trước mặt), in the
middle of ( ở giữa), inside (bên trong), near (gần), next to (bên cạnh), on the top of
(trên đỉnh), outside (bên ngoài), under (bên dưới).
III. ADJECTIVE + PREPOSITION
1. Adjective + about:
Worried about: lo lắng Annoyed about: Phiền toỏi
Nervous about: lo lắng Happy /sad about; Vui /buồn
Excited about: hồi hộp Angry about : giận về việc gỡ
Upset about: bực tức Furious about: giận dữ
Sorry about
2. Adjective + of:
Afraid of: sợ , e ngại Full of: đầy những
Frightened of: sợ hói Short of: cạn kiệt
Terrified of: sợ hói Jealous of: ghen tỵ với
Scared of:sợ hói Envious of: ghen tỵ với
Fond of: thớch Capable / incapable of: có khả năng/ không có
Tired of: chỏn khả năng
Proud of: tự hào Aware / conscious of: ý thức về
Ashamed of: hổ thẹn Confident of: tin tưởng
3. Adjective + at:
- Good / bad/ excellent/ clever at (= giỏi / tốt / xuất sắc/ khộo lộo về…)
- surprised/ astonished/ amazed/ shocked at (or by): kinh ngạc
- skilful at: có kỹ năng về
- clumsy at: vụng về
- annoyed at : khú chựu về
4. Adjective + for:
- availaible: cú sẵn - ready for; sẵn sàng
- difficult for: khú - Responsible for: chựu trỏch nhiệm về
- late for: muộn việc gỡ
- dangerous for: nguy hiểm - good for: tốt
- famous for / well-known for: nổi - convenient for: thuận tiện
tiếng - qualified for: cú phẩm chất
- suitable for: phự hợp - Necessary for: cần thiết
- sorry for: xin lỗi - grateful for st: biết ơn về
- helpful for / useful for: cú lợi / cú ớch
5. Adjective + with:
Fed up with/ bored with: chỏn Contrasted with: tương phản
Satisfied with: hài lũng Popular with: phổ biến
Delighted with: phấn khởi Familiar with: quen thuộc với ai
Disappointed with; thất vọng Pleased with:hài lũng
Crowded/ overcrowded with: đông đúc Furious with: phẫn nộ
Covered with: bao phủ Busy with: bận
Angry with: giận dữ Friendly; thõn mật
Acquainted with: làm quen với
6. Adjective + in:
- interested in: thớch, quan tõm về
- rich in: giàu về
- successful in:thành cụng
- confident in sb: tin cậy vào ai
7. Adjective + from:
- Absent from: vắng mặt
- different from: khỏc
- far from: xa
- safe from: an toàn
- Divorced from: ly dị, làm xa rời
8. Adjective + to:
Nice/kind/polite/ generous/ friendly/ unfriendly to
Harmful to: cú hại
Similar to: tương tự
Be married/ engaged to sb (= thành hôn/ đính hôn)
Note: Nice/kind/polite/ generous of sb to do st
9. Adjective + on:
Keen on: + n/ V-ing: say mờ
Dependent on + n/ V-ing: lệ thuộc
10. Một số trường hợp cần lưu ý:
- be tired of: chỏn
EX: I’m tired of doing the same work every day
- be tired from:mệt mỏi
Ex: I’m tired from walking for a long time
- be grateful to sb for st…:biết ơn ai về vấn đề gỡ
Ex: I’m grateful to you for your help
- be responsible to sb for st: chựu trỏch nhiệm với ai về việc gỡ
Ex: you have to be responsible to me for your actions
IV. VERB + PREPOSITION
1. VERBS + FOR:
- apply for: xin việc - leave for:dời để
- ask for; yờu cầu - search: tỡm kiếm
- Look for: tỡm kiếm - pay for: trả tiền
- Thank for: cảm ơn - wait for: đợi
2. verbs + to:
- Belong to: thuộc về - explain to;giải thớch
- listen to: nghe - Apologize to: xin lỗi
- happen to: xảy ra với - prefer to: thích hơn
- write to: viết - complain to sb about st: phàn nàn
Speak to: núi - talk to: núi
3. verbs + on:
Depend on: lệ thuộc vào / Rely on: tin cậy / Live on: sống nhờ vào
4. verbs + at:
- look at: /- glance at: liếc nhỡn vào / - smile at: cuời / - laugh at;cuời / - Shout at:
la lối
- Point at: chĩa /- aim: nhằm
5. Verbs + of:
Consist of : bao gồm Complain to sb of / about st: phàn nàn
- die of/ from: chết vỡ - think of/ about: nghĩ
- approve of: tỏn thành - - accuse sb of st: tố
- admire sb of st: khõm phục ai cỏo
6. Others:
- Look after + take care of: chăm sóc - agree with: đồng ý
- be/ get used to: quen - borrow st from sb; muợn
- suffer from; chựu đựng - participate in: tham gia
- look up / for/ at/ forward to/ : - Object to sb/ V-ing: phản đối
- put on/ off/: mặc/ hoón lại - call off: huỷ bỏ
- blame sb for st: đỗ lỗi - stand for: tượng trưng
- belong to: thuộc về - differ from: khỏc
- congratulate sb on st: chỳc mừng - introduce to sb: giới thiệu
- arrive at (station, bus, stop…) địa điểm nhỏ - escape from:thoỏt khỏi
- arrive in (London, Paris, Viet Nam..) địa - insist on: khăng khăng
điểm lớn - prevent from: ngăn chặn
- turn into/ change into: hoỏ ra - succeed in: thành cụng về
- bring up: nuụi lớn
V. PREPOSITION + NOUN:
1. ON
 On + thứ trong tuần/ ngàytrong thỏng.
Ví dụ: I will call you on Thursday. His birthday is on February 3.
 On + a/the + phương tiện giao thông (bus/ plane/ train/ ship/ bike).
Ví dụ: It’s two late to see Jane; she’s already on the plane. I came to school this
morning on the bus.
 On a street : ở tại phố. Ví dụ: I lives on 1st Ngọc khỏnh.
 On + the + số thứ tự + floor: ở tầng thứ.
Ví dụ: My girlfriend lives on the fourth floor of an old building by my house.
 On time : đúng giờ (bất chấp hoàn cảnh bên ngoài).
Ví dụ: Despite the bad weather, our plane left on time.
 On the corner (of two street) : gúc giữa 2 phố.
Ví dụ: My house is on the corner of Ngọc khánh street and Trộm cướp street.
On the corner at the corner in the corner
 On the sidewalk : trờn vỉa hố.

Ví dụ: Don’t walk in the street, walk on the sidewalk.
 On the way : trên đường tới >< on the way back to: trên đường trở về.
Ví dụ: We can stop at the grocery store on the way to their house.
 On the right/ left : ở bờn trỏi/ bờn phải.
Ví dụ: Paul sits on the left side of the room and Dave sits on the right.
 On television/ (the) radio: trờn truyền hỡnh/ trờn đài phát thanh.
Ví dụ: The president’s “State of the Union Address” will be on television and
on the radio tonight.
 On the telephone (on the phone): nói trên điện thoại, gọi điện thoại, nhà có mắc
điện thoại.
Ví dụ: Is your house on the telephone ? - nhà cậu có mắc điện thoại không?
Janet will be here soon; she is on the telephone.
 On the whole = in general : núi chung.
Ví dụ: On the whole, the rescue mission was well executed.
 On the other hand: tuy nhiờn.
 on the one hand ... on the other hand : một mặt ... mặt khỏc.
Ví dụ: The present perfect aspect is never used to indicate a specific time; on
the other hand, the simple past tense is.
 On sale 1- for sale : cú bán, để bán.
2- bỏn hạ giỏ.
Ví dụ: The house will go on sale this weekend.
The regular price of the radio is $39.95, but today it’s on sale for $25.
 On foot: đi bộ.
Ví dụ: My car would not start so I came on foot.
* on fire: đang cháy
* On a diet: ăn kiờng
2. AT : at - ở tại (thường là bên ngoài, không xác định bằng in)
Ví dụ: Jane is at the bank.
 At + số nhà. : Ví dụ: George lives at 565 16th Avenue.
 At + thời gian cụ thể. :Ví dụ: The class begin at 5:15.
 At + home/ school/ work : ở nhà/ ở trường/ đang làm việc.
Ví dụ: Charles is at work and his roommate is at school. At night, they are
usually at home.
 At + noon/ night: vào ban trưa/ vào ban đêm. at noon (Mỹ) : đúng 12h trưa.
 At least : tối thiểu >< at most : tối đa.
Ví dụ: We will have to spend at least two weeks doing the experiments.
 At once : ngay lập tức. Ví dụ: Please come home at once.
 At times : thi thoảng, đôi khi.
Ví dụ: At times, it is difficult to understand him because he speaks too fast.
 At present/ the moment = now + thời tiếp diễn.
 At first : thoạt đầu >< at last : về sau.
Ví dụ: Jane was nervous at first, but later she felt more relaxed.
 At the beginning/ at the end of : ở đầu/ ở cuối ( dùng cho địa điểm/ thời gian).
3. Một số thành ngữ đặc biệt dùng với giới từ.
 On the beach: trờn bói biển.
Ví dụ: We walked on the beach for several hours last night.
 In place of = instead of : thay cho, thay vỡ.
Ví dụ: Sam is going to the meeting in place of his brother, who has to work.
Lưu ý: In place of khụng thay thế được cho instead khi instead đi một mỡnh đứng
cuối câu.
Ví dụ: She was supposed to come this morning, but she went to the lab instead.
 In hopes of + Ving = hoping to + verb = hoping that + sentence.
Ví dụ: John called his brother in hopes of finding somebodyto watch his
children.
 Of course : chắc chắn, tất nhiờn.
Ví dụ: If you study the material very thoroughly, you will have no trouble on
the examination.
 Off and on : dai dẳng, tỏi hồi, từng chập một.
Ví dụ: It rained off and on all day yesterday.
 All of a sudden: bất thỡnh lỡnh.
Ví dụ: When we were walking through the woods, all of a sudden, we heard a
strange sound.
 For good = for ever : vĩnh viễn, mói mói.
Ví dụ: Helen is leaving Chicago for good.
4. Out of (ra khỏi) >< into (di vào)
 be (run) out of + danh từ : hết, khụng cũn.
 be out of town : đi vắng.
Mr. Adams cannot see you this week because he is out of town.
 be out of date (cũ, lỗi thời) >< be up to date (mới, cập nhật, hợp thời)
Don’t use that dictionary. It is out of date. Find one that is up to date.
 be out of work : thất nghiệp.
I have been very unhappy since I have been out of work.
 be out of the question : không thể được.
Your request for an extension of credit is out of the question.
 be out of order: hỏng.
We had to use our neighbour’s telephone because ours was out of order.
 5. BY
 Động từ chỉ chuyển động + by = đi ngang qua.
 Động từ tĩnh + by = ở gần, ở bên.
 by + thời gian cụ thể : trước lúc.
Ví dụ: We usually eat supper by six o’clock in the evening.
 By được dùng trong câu bị động để chỉ ra chủ thể gây hành động.
Ví dụ: Romeo and Juliet was writen by William Shakespeare.
 By + phương tiện giao thông (bus/ plane/ train/ car/ ship/ bike).
Ví dụ: We traveled to Boston by train.
 By then : trước lúc đó.
Ví dụ: I will graduate from the university in 1997. By then, I hope to have found
a job.
 By way of = via : theo đường.
Ví dụ: We are driving to Atlanta by way of Baton Rouge.
 By the way : 1- tỡnh cờ.
Ví dụ: By the way, I’ve got two tickets for Saturday’s game. Would you like to
go with me?
2- nhân đây, tiện đây.
 By far + tính từ so sánh : (dùng để nhấn mạnh).
Ví dụ: This book is by far the best on the subject.
 By accident / by mistake : tỡnh cờ. >< on purpose (cố tỡnh).
Ví dụ: Nobody will receive a check on Friday because the wrong cards were put
into the computer by accident.
* by heart: học thuộc lũng
6.IN : In (ở trong, ở tại) - nghĩa xác định hơn at

 In a room/ building/ drawer/ closet : bờn trong ...
Ví dụ: Your socks are in the drawer.
 In + năm/ tháng.
Ví dụ: His birthday is in April. I will begen class in 1998.
 In time : đúng giờ -vừa vặn.
Ví dụ: We arrived at the airport in time to eat before the plane left.
 In the street: dưới lũng đường.
Ví dụ: The children were warned not to play in the street.
 In the morning / afternoon/ evening : vào buổi sỏng/ buổi chiều/ buổi tối.
Ví dụ: I have a dental appointment in the morning, but I will be free in the
afternoon.
 In the past/ future: trong quá khứ/ tương lai.
Ví dụ: In the past, attendance at school was not compulsory, but it is today.
 In future : từ nay trở đi.
Ví dụ: I will spend much time on learning English in future because the
TOEFL test is coming.
 In the beginning/ end. : thoạt đầu/ rốt cuộc = at first/ at last.
Ví dụ: Everyone seemed unfriendly in the beginning but in the end everyone
made friends.
 In the way : chắn ngang lối, đỗ ngay lối.
Ví dụ: He could not park his car in the driveway because another car was in the
way.
 Once in a while : thỉnh thoảng, đôi khi.
Ví dụ: Once in a while, we eat dinner at Chiness restaurant.
 In no time at all: trong nhỏy mắt, trong 1 thoỏng.
Ví dụ: George finishes his assignment in no time at all.
 In the meantime = meanwhile : trong lúc đó.
Ví dụ: We start school in several weeks, but in the meantime, we can take a
trip.
 In the middle : ở giữa (địa điểm).
Ví dụ: Grace stood in the middle of the room looking for her friend.
 In the army/ air force/ navy. Trong quân đội/ trong không lực/ trong hải quân.
 In the + số thứ tự + row : ở hàng ghế thứ.
Ví dụ: We are going to sit in the fifteen row of the auditorium.
 In the event that : trong trường hợp.
Ví dụ: In the event that you win the prize, you will be notified by mail.
 In case : để phũng khi, để ngộ nhỡ.
Ví dụ: I will give you the key to the house so you will have it in case I arrive a
little late.
 Be/ get in touch/ contact with : tiếp xỳc, liờn lạc, gặp gỡ với ai.
Ví dụ: It’s very difficult to get in touch with Jenny because she works all day.
 In fact: = actually: thực ra
 In general: núi chung
 In meantime: đồng thời
BÀI TẬP:
I. Fill in each gap with a suitable preposition.
1. Maryam was really impressed................the beauty of Hue.
2. It seems difficult................me to meet her now.
3. He doesn't depend................ his parents.
4. If you have any trouble, ask................help.
5. This guidebook is full................useful information.
6. We still keep in touch................each other although we live
away ................each other.
7. He will go to China............the end...........this week.
8. She went out............... saying a word.
9. What do you often do.............the weekends?
10. She was born............September 15th.
11.Don’t laugh ……… her or she’ll get angry.
12.It’s very difficult to find work _____________________the moment.
13.In many ways you take _____________________your mother.
14.Parents are naturally anxious ____________________their children.
15.I’m sure you will succeed ____________________this entrance test.
16.We try to prevent people _____________________littering.
17.I’m going to complain to the principal ____________________this
18.This computer is still _____________________guarantee.
19.Money is not essential _____________________happiness.
20.She is ______________________far the best teacher I have ever had.
21. - Where's your father?
- He's ...............work
22. We're talking to Lan's family
23. A farmer works hard ...............morning ..............night
24. My mother is a teacher . She works ................a primary school
25. Mr Tuan is a journalist. He writes ..........." Nhan Dan".
26. I found a place .............us to live in Hue
27. It is the highest building ............the city center .
28. Bob and I come .............the same town but my accent is
different .............his
29. At present John is staying .............his brother's family ..........the city center ,
very far ...........his parents
30. Do you know the name ..........the new student ................our class ?
31. I was born ................January 1st, 1993.
32. It often rains.............October in Vietnam.
33. What are you going to do ..............2004?
34. I don't know but I am going to go to college...........September this year.
35. You want to watch the sky .............sunset?
36. Sure. And I like to go for a walk...................sunrise, too
37. Well, let's go for a walk......................the weekends
38. I don't know what is he doing ...........this moment.
39. She often hears some strange noise.................midnight.
40. Does it rain ..............Spring ?
41. How long are you going to stay here?
- ....................I can speak English fluently
42. We'll know the result of the exam .............three weeks
43. Robert is going to stop work ..........next February .
44. You can meet me .........7.15 and 8.00
45. Does your brother really enjoy working .......night?
46. - Is the conference ........a weekday?
47. We’re always proud _______________ your success.
48. His breakfast consists ________________ dry bread and a cup of tea.
49. Shall we go for a picnic tomorrow? – It depends ______________ the
weather.
50. The park was named _______________ a young hero, Le Van Tam.
51. In the 18th century jean cloth was made completely _______________
cotton.
52. Children’s shoes usually wear __________________ very quickly.
53. The price of oil has gone ________________ by over 30%.
54. Vietnamese women today often wear modern clothing _______________
work, because it’s more convenient.
61.We can see many stars .. . .. .the sky at night.
62.You remind me .. .. .. .. my sister.
63.They have only been there ............. a few minutes.
64.The canoe overturned and everyone fell ............the deep water.
65.How ..........going to Ben Thanh Market this afternoon?
66.I couldn’t meet Mrs. Chi because she's ..............
67.I'll come ........to pick her ...........at 8 o'clock
68.They named their daughter ............their favorite singers.
69.The passage is written ...............English
65. Whom does she fall ……. love………?
66. Why are you always jealous ……….the disabled?
67. He is just getting ………….his severe illness
68. He complained ………..the children …………the mess they've made.
69. My parents first went ………Greek…………a short holiday ………2003
70.Measuring money must be very difficult to carry ……
71.In this respect, French differs…… English
72.I'll come …… to pick her up at 8 o'clock.
73.The passage is written …… English .
74.Mr Duc Thanh is thinking of exporting rice …… India.
75.As I was coming out of the room, I collided …… somebody who was
coming in.
76. The people next door are furious …… us …… making so much noise last
night.
77. When I realized I was wrong. I apologized …… them …… my mistake.
78. She works quite hard. You can’t accuse her …… being lazy.
79. It’s stupid …… her to go out without a coat in such cold weather.
80. I was absent ………..class yesterday.
Câu điều kiện
** Có 3 loại câu điều kiện :
3 loại : Đ/k1 - Type1
Đ/k2 - Type2
Đ/k3 - Type3
* Câu Đ/k gồm 2 mệnh đề khác nhau.
If – clause : Mệnh đề phụ chỉ điều kiện.
Main – clause : Mệnh đề chính chỉ kết quả hành động.
I/ Câu điều kiện loại 1 (Type 1)
 Câu điều kiện có thật ở hiện tại.
*Form : If clause , Main clause
If + S1 + V(e,- es) , S2 + Shall/ will + V
*Use : Diễn tả hành động có thể xảy ra ở hiện tại.
( Nếu…thì sẽ…)
*Eg : If I have time, I shall visit you.
If she is not busy, she will go.
II/ Câu điều kiện loại 2 (Type2)
 Câu điều kiện không có thật ở hiện tại.
**Form : If + S1 + V- ed/ VpI , S2 + would/ could + V (infi)…
( Tobe  were cho mọi loại chủ ngữ )
*Ues : Diễn tả một sự việc hay ước muốn không có thật ở hiện tại hoặc không
thể thực hiện được ở hiện tại.
*Eg : +) If I had money, I would buy a new house.
( But I haven’t got money )
+) If I were you, I would not tell him about that.
( But I am not you )
III/ Câu điều kiện loại 3 (Type3)
 Câu điều kiện không có thật ở quá khứ.
*Form : If S1 + had + V – ed/ VPI , S2 + would have + VPII/ V- ed
Should
*Uses : Diễn tảhành động hay sự việc không có thật ở quá khứ.
*Eg : If he had driven more carefully, he could have had fewer accidents
If you hadn’t stopped your car in time, you might have killed the child.
* Notes.
Unless = If… not ( Nếu không, trừ phi )
*Eg : Unles it rains, we will go to the movies.
= ( If it does not rain, we will go to the movies. Unless they attended class
regularly they couldn’t understand the lesson.
= If they didn’t attend class regularly, they couldn’t understand the lesson.
Exercises : Chia động từ ở thì đúng.
1, If you (go) away, please write to me.
2, If he (eat) another cake, he will be sick.
3, I (not do) that If I (be) you.
4, If he (take) my advice, everything can go well.
5, If he did his homework,he (not worry) about exam.
6, What you (do) If she refuses your invitation ?
7, If today (be) sunday, we (go) to the beach.
8, They (make) fewer mistakes If they were more careful.
9, You (be) ill if you drink that water.
10, If Tom (go) to bed earlier,he would not be so tired.
* Answer : 1; go. 6; will you do ?
2; eats. 7; were – would go.
3; would not – were. 8; would make.
4; takes. 9; will.
5; would not worry. 10; went.
_____________________________________
Câu điều kiện
Đại từ phản thân + Exercises
I/ Đại từ phản thân : Relexive pronouns.
*Form : I  myself.
we  ourselves.
you  yourelf/ yourselves.
they  themselves.
he  himself.
she  herself.
it  itself.
*Uses :
Đại từ phản thân dùng để diễn tả hành động trở lại với chính người thục hiện.
Đại từ phản thân có thể làm.
1, Objects ( túc từ/ tân ngữ )
- Be careful ! You’ll cut yourself
- She looks at herself in the mirror.
2, Emplasis : nhấn mạnh.
*Eg : Mary cleaned the floor herself.
3, By + Đại từ phản thân : tự làm, một mình.
*Eg : Lan made this dress by herself.
Bill went on holiday last summer by himself.
Exwrcise 1 : Chia động từ ở thì đúng.
1, If you (be) ill, I should have given it to you.
 Had been.
2, If men (be) only more reasonble, there would be no more war.
 were.
3, If it is convenient , let’s ( meet ) at 9 o’clock.
 meet.
4, I ( not do) that If I (be) you.
 wouldn’t do.
5, I would come sooner If I (know) you were here.
 had known.
6, It’s too bad we lost the game, If you (play) for us, we (win).
 had played,,, would have won.
7, Unless they (pass) their examinations,they would join the army.
 Passed.
8, Had we known your address, we (write) you a letter.
9, If it’s raining heavily,we (not go) for a donkey ride.
10, If he (try) hard, He’ll pass the examination.
11, I could understand the French teacher If she (speak) more slowly.
8,would have written.
 9,will not go.
 10,tries
 11,spoke.
12, If we (invite) her, She might go dancing with us.
 invites.
13, These plants die if you (not water) them regularly.
 don’t water.
14, If she (not be) busy, she would have come the party.
 Hadn’t been.
15, If I (finish) the work in time (go) to the football game.
 Finish … will go.
16, If I (know) she was ill, I (visit) her.
 had nown would have visited.
17, I would not have got wet if, I (wear) a raincoat.
 had worn.
18, If you (see) Mary today, please (ask) her to call me.
 see ask
19, My dog always wakes me up if he (hear) strange.
 noise hears
20, I (accept) if they invite me to the party.
 will accept.
Exercise 2 : Bài tập với đại từ phản thân.
Supply the neccessary reflexive pronoun.
1, We protect ___ from the rain with an umbrella.
2, Both boys taught ___to swim.
3, The children amuse ____with the kitten.
4, You will cut ___ with that knife if you are not careful.
5, She likes to look at ___ in the mirror.
6, The boy is not old enough to dress ___
7, The dog hurt ___ when it jumped over the fence.
8, Helen and I enjoyed ___ very much at the party last night.
9, You shouldn’t really blame ___for that mistake.
10, I must learn to control___
KEYS
1, ourselves. 6, himself.
2, themselves. 7, itself.
3, themselves. 8, ourselves.
4, yourself. 9, yourself.
5, herself. 10, myself.
_____________________________
GERUND and “ ing – ed” PARTICIPLES
1, The aims : Introduce and revise about the gerund and “ ing – ed” participles.
- Helps sts know how to do exs using the gerund and “ ing – ed” participles
correctly
I/ Gerunds :
Danh động từ.
Là dạng động từ tận cùng bằng “- ing” và có chức năng của một danh từ.
Danh động từ có thể làm chủ từ (subject), túc từ (object), bổ từ (complement) và
đồng cách từ/ từ đồng vị (appositive).
1) Subjects :
Eg ;
Smoking is harmful to health.
Walking in the morning is a good exercise.
Đợc diễn tả một ý kiến tổng quát.
2) Objects :
a – Objects for a verb : Một số động từ có động từ theo sau ở dạng danh động từ
nh :
- enjoy, consider, practise, finish, quit (bỏ), avoid, admit (nhận),
delay (hoãn), postpone (hoãn), mind (quan tâm, phiền), risk (liều lĩnh), recall,
miss, can’t help, can’t bear/ stand (không thể chịu đợc), like, dislike, keep, stop,
would mind.
Eg ; We practise speaking English in class
He avoids playing with that naughty boy.
b – Object of a preposition (túc từ cho giới, từ).
Động từ theo sau một giới từ luôn luôn ở dạng danh động từ :
be used to, get accustomed to,
look forward to, be interested in,
be busy/ be worth + V- ing
It’s no use + V- ing.
Eg ; ( I spend my free time playing tennis )
afraid of,
Sau giới từ about/ of/ with/ without.
- Spend/ waste time (money) + V- ing.
- To have good time/ difficulty/ trouble + V- ing.
Eg ; We are thinking about raising our class’s fund.
His son is interested in reading picture – books.
3) Complement of the subjects : (Bổ túc từ).
Eh ; My interest is collecting stamps.
4) Từ đồng vị : Appositive.
Eg ; He has one disire, taking care of his old parents.
( Anh ấy có một ớc vọng, chăm sóc cha mẹ già ).
5) Một số động từ có thể có động từ theo sau, hoặc ở dạng danh động từ hay
động từ nguyên mẫu
+) Stop + V- ing : He stops smoking : Dừng việc gì đang làm.
Stop + Vinf.. : The worker stops to smoke a cigarrete : Dừng làm việc gì
để làm việc khác.
+) Remember :
I remember meeting that man : Nhớ điều đã làm.
Do you remember to give John a message ? : Nhớ làm điều gì.
+) Forget :
He forgets sending me a gift : Quên điều gì đã làm.
He forget to send me the message : Quên làm điều gì.
+) Regret ( Hối tiếc ) :
He regrets lending that man some money : Hối tiếc vì đã làm điều gì.
+) We regret to inform your application isn’t suitable. ( inform, Thông báo).
( Dùng để nói/ thông báo điều gì không hay )
II, Exercise : Supply the correct verb forms
1. I can’t avoid (eat) ______________ much chocolates.
2. The baby stopped (cry) __________ when he saw his mother.
3. My father stops the car (smoke) __________ a cigar.
4. He is used to (live ) ____________ in a big city now.
5. They used to (live) __________ in London when they were young
6. She hates her friends (joke) _________ her.
7. Phong prefers (jog) __________ to (swim) _____________
8. I dislike (play) _______________ chess on computer.
9. Remember (pick) _______ your sister up at 5p.m
10.They remembered (lock) _______ the door yesterday.
11.You should (finish) _________(work) _______ outside before it rains.
12.Lan decided (take) ______a day off.
13.Lan is looking forward (see) __________ her grandmother.
14.Although it rained, the children kept (play) ________ in the garden.
15.Would you mind (send) __________ me some new information.
16.They promised (come) ________ to the meeting on time.
17.He suggested (go) ________ to Hue.
18.My teacher advised me not (write) _______ such long letter.
19.She love (sing)____________
20.Would you like ____________(come) to dinner tomorrow?
21.Mr. Robinson enjoys _________ (listen) to music while he
_________(drive).
22.He is used to (get) ____________up late but now he doesn’t.
23.They spend all morning (surf) __________________the web.
24.I intend ( study) ………….. English.
25.I’m looking forward to ( meet) …………………….. the film again.
26.We have decided ( meet) …………….. them at 6.00.
27.She enjoys ( go) ……… to parties and ( dance) …………… in discos all
night.
28.Don’t you mind ( travel) …………… such a long distance to work everyday?
29.I don’t need ( go) ……………. to the meeting.
30.He hoped ( drive) …………….. car before the age of eighteen.
31.Try to avoid ( make) ……………… him angry.
32.It’s no use ( wait) ………………. for her.
33.She’s preparing (cook) ……………… the meal for us.
34.You are expected ( know) ………………. The regulations of the college.
35.I suggest ( telephone) …………… the hospital because his health is very bad.
36.Don’t forget ( bring) …………….. your invitation card when you come there.
37.He tried ( read)…………. as much as possible on this topic but there wasn’t
enough time.
38.I tried ( borrow) ………………. money from Jane but she couldn’t help me.
39.They make us ( laugh) …………… a lot.
40.Jack gave up ( smoke) ……………..
GERUND + “ ing – ed” PARTICIPLES ( cont..)
I/ Ed and- ing participles : ( quá khứ và hiện tại phân từ )
1) – ing participles ( hiện tại phân từ ) còn gọi là phân từ tác động, bao hàm
nghĩa tác
động ( active participles )
Eg ; Tim is interesting to talk with.
His job is boring.
- ed participles : Quá khứ phân từ, Còn gọi là phân từ bị động.
- ( passive participles ) thờng bao hàm nghĩa bị động.
This clock is broken.
He found his lost dog this morning.
2) – ed, ing participles : Đợc dùng nh tính từ.
The story is interesting.
A tired worker is sleeping on the chair.
3) – ed, ing participles : Theo sau động từ liên kết.
+) Dùng cho ngời : He’s interested in science books.
They’re excited about the vacation to Nha Trang.
+) Dùng cho vật : This film is boring.
The news is surprising.
4) – ed, ing participles : Dùng nh phân từ ( dùng để rút gọn mệnh đề ).
Eg ; a- The boy is in my class. He’s reading a book.
 The boy reading a book is in my class.
b- There are many books. They are written in E.
 There are many books written in English.
*Notes : - ing participles : Diễn tả sự kiện đang xảy ra.
- ed participles : Diễn tả nghĩa bị động.
II, EXERCISES 1: Supply the correct verb forms
1, Tourists could see many fish ( swim) a long the bridge.
2, We enjoy (swim) a long the river.
3, The form teacher has asked Jack (write) an essay on the Thames.
4, It sometimes may be difficult (get) a taxi during rush hours.
5, The rain has made the children (stop) their games.
6, She tells the driver (take) her to the railway station.
7, Does Mrs Green have them (carry) those books back home ?
8, The principal noticed those pupils (try) harder and harder.
9, Children have just stopped (play) football.
10, They keep (talk) about an old friend.
11, Is John’s house (visit) by thousands of tourists each year ?
12, We heard Mr Broion (park) his car near the gate.
13, They’ve finished (do) their homework.
14, They had their house (paint) before Tet holidays.
15, I advised him (wait) for me at the airport.
16, Would you mind (help) me this work ?
17, Do you smell something (burn) in the kitchen ?
18, Mother requests her daughter not (come) back home late.
19, We shall have the grass (cut) tomorrow.
20, They noticed lots of sheep (graze) in green meadows.
KEYS
1- swim ( swimming ); 11- visited. 2- swimming;
12- park (parking) 3- to write ; 13- doing.
4- to get ; 14- painted. 5- stop ;
15- to wait. 6- to take ; 16- helping.
7- carry ; 17- burn (burning). 8- try (trying) ;
18- to come. 9- playing ; 19- cut.
10- talking ; 20- graze (grazing)
III, EXERCISES 2: Supply the correct verb forms
1. Will you help me ( move) …………….. this table.
2. They never deny ( meet) …………….. us in the pub.
3. Stop ( talk) …………. . I am trying ( finish) ……………. My report.
4. I used to ( ride ) …………… on an elephant.
5. I didn’t know how ( get) … to your house, so I stopped ( ask) . .. for the way.
6. please go on ( write ) ……………
7. It’s not worth ( tell) …………. him about this problem.
8. Don’t let children (play) ………… in the kitchen.
9. I finished ( read) ……………. the book and went to bed.
10.I remembered ( lock) . . . the door when I left but I forgot ( shut) …. the
window.
11.You look tired . you should ( go) ……….. to the doctor.
REVISION : Verb forms
Phần 1 : Lý thuyết.
I.To – infinitive ( Nguyên thể có to ).
Sử dụng trong các trường hợp sau:
1.Sau các động từ: afford, agree, appear, arrange, ask, beg, claim, decide, demand,
deserve, expect, fail, forget, happen, hope, learn, manage,mean, need, offer, plan,
prepare, pretend, promise, refuse, regret, remember, remind, seem, swear, tend,
volunteer….
Eg: She pretended not to have seen him.
2.Sau tân ngữ của các động từ : advise,allow, ask, beg, cause, challenge,
encourage, expect, forbid, force, hire, instruct, invite, need, order, permit,
persuade, remind, require, teach, tell, urge, want, warn,…
Eg: My friend invited me to join them.
3.Sau các động từ được theo sau bởi một từ để hỏi : ask, decide, explain,
forget, know, learn, remember, show, tell, understand, wonder,….
Eg: + Have you decided where to go for the Christmas ?
4.Sau cỏc tớnh từ: afraid, amazed, anxious, astonished, careful, glad, happy, lucky,
pleased, ready, relieved, sad, shocked, sorry, surprised, upset,…
Eg: Jack was relieved to hear his son was out of danger.
5.Sau cỏc phú từ: enough, too.
(-) too + adj/adv + (for smb) + to-inf Diễn tả ý nghĩa tiêu cực.
(-) enough + N + to-inf Diễn tả ý nghĩa tích cực.
Adj/adv + enough + (for smb) to-inf
Eg: + This shirt is too large for me to wear .
+ This shirt is large enough for me to wear.
6.Sau các cụm từ: would like, would love, would prefer.
Eg: I would prefer to be on holiday instead of working.
7. Sau các cấu trúc sau:
(-) It + be + adj + of + O + to-inf.
Generous, good, kind, + of.
Nice, polite, stupid,…
Eg: It was very kind of her to call.
(-) It + be + adj + for + O + to-inf.
Difficult, easy, essential
Important, (un)necessary + for
(un)usual,….
Eg: It is necessary for him to have a rest.
+ Sau các động từ: want, intend, decide, offer, promise, refuse, wish,…
+ Sau cỏc tớnh từ: glad, happy, ready, kind,…
+ Sau phú từ: : enough, too.
+ Trong cấu trỳc: It + take+ O +(time) + to V.
+ Trong cấu trỳc: S + V + O + (not) + to V (với V là: ask, get, tell, advise,
request,…)
+ Biểu đạt mục đích thay cho: “in order to”
II.Bare – infinitive ( Nguyên thể không to ).
1. Sau Model Verbs như: can,could, may, must, will, shall, would, should,
have to,might....
Eg: You should wake up early in the morning.
2. Sau các cụm từ như: would rather, would sooner, had better.
Eg: Jane would rather go to Salonica by plane.
3. Sau các động từ như: make, let, hear, listen to, notice, observe, see,
watch,….
Eg: + Will you let me go to the party tonight ?
+ She heard him come in.
* Chú ý: Những động từ trên ( loại trừ động từ let ) đi ngay sau chúng là
một “ to-inf ” trong câu bị động.
Eg: + He was seen to open the door.
+ They were made to do some extra work.
+ Sau Modal Verbs như: “can, may, must, will, shall, would, should,
would rather, had better.”
+ Trong cấu trỳc với V la: make, let, have, (cause active)
+ Trong cấu trúc với V là đông từ tri giác (see, smell, notice,…)
III .Verb- ing.
1. Sau một số động từ như: admit, appreciate, avoid, consider, delay, deny,
discuss, dislike, enjoy, fancy, finish, imagine, involve, keep(on), mention,
mind,miss, postpone,practise, prefer, quit, recall, recommend, resent,risk resist,
suggest, tolerate,….
Eg: + Tony dislikes driving small car.
+ Would you mind waiting for a moment ?
+ Have you finished reading that book ?
2. Sau các cụm từ như : be/get accustomed to, be/get used to, object to,
look forward to, take to, in addition to, be busy, be worth, have a good
time/difficulty in.
Eg: + The children were not used to living in the country.
+ They are looking forward to traveling abroad.
3. Sau giới từ hoặc động từ + giới từ.( about, of, without, with, in, on, after,
before…..)
Eg: + Touch your toes without bending your knees.
+ Helen is excited about studying abroad.
+ Sau một số động từ : avoid, dislike, enjoy, finish, keep, mind, practive, stop,
…
+ Sau cỏc Phrasal Verbs: to be used to, to get accustomed to, to look forward
to, to have a good time/ difficult/ trouble, to spend/ wasste time, to be busy, to
be worth, it’s no use,…)
+ Trong cấu trúc với động từ là động từ tri giác biểu đạt hành động đang tiếp
diễn.
+ Sau các giới từ như: about, of, with, without,…
IV. Các động từ có cả dạng “ to-inf ” và “ V - ing ” đi ngay sau chúng mà
nghĩa không thay đổi.Like, love, hate, begin, start, continue, intend, prefer, can’t
bear,… có thể có cả dạng “ to-inf ” và dạng “ V-ing ” mà về mặt chỉ có một ít
hoặc không có sự khác nhau nào cả.
Eg: Tim loves to play / playing tennis.
V, Past participle: được dùng trong các trường hợp sau:
+ Trong thỡ Present Perfect: Have + PP.
+ Trong Passive Voise: Be + PP.
+ Trong cấu trỳc Causative Passive: Have + something + PP.
+ Bắt đàu cho một ngữ phân từ mang nghĩa passive.
Phần 2 : Bài tập.
* Supply the correct verb forms of the verbs in the brackets.
Keys.
5. stop 15. to wait
9. playing 19. cut
29.to go 39. pay
* Exercise 2 : Chia động từ trong ngoặc:
1. Tourists could see fish (swim) along the brook.
2. We enjoy (swim) along this river.
3. The form teacher has asked Jack (write) an essay on the Thames.
4. It sometimes may be dificult (get) a taxi during rush-hours.
5. The rain has made th children (stop) their games.
6. She tells th driver (take) her to the râiưy station.
7. Does Mrs Green have them (carry) those books back home?
8. The principal notied those pupils (try) harder and harder.
9. Children have just stopped (play) football.
10.They keep (talk) about an old friend they met yesterday.
11.Is Black Pool (visit) by thousands of tourist each year?
12.We hears Mr Brown (park) his car near the gate.
13.They’ve finished (do) their homework.
14.They had their house (paint) before Tet holidays.
15.I advised him (wait) for me at the airport.
16.Would you mind (help) me with this work?
17.Do you smell something (burn) in the kitchen?
18.Mother requests her daughter not (come) back home late.
19.We shall have the grass (cut) tomorrow.
20.They noticed lots of sheep (graze) in green meadows.
Adverb clauses of result :
( Mệnh đề trạng ngữ chỉ hậu quả )
So + clause
Trerefore + clause
So và therefore đứng trước mệnh đề chỉ hậu quả . tuy nhiên “ so “ được ngăn cách
với mệnh đề chính bởi dầu ( , ) hay từ “ and “ . Cũn “ therefore “ bị ngăn cách bởi
dấu ( . ) và có dấu ( , ) ở ngay sau .
 “ so và therefore “ đi cùng với mệnh đề nêu lên kết quả.
Adverb clauses of reason:

( Mệnh đề trạng ngữ chỉ nguyờn nhõn , lý do )
- Because , as , since , for + mệnh đề nêu lên nguyên nhân : Vỡ , bởi vỡ .
 Mệnh đề nêu lên nguyên nhân có thể đứng đầu hoặc cuối câu nhưng giữa 2
mệnh đề phải có dấu phẩy .
Eg : I am tired because I stayed up late watching TV.
Or Because I stayed up late watching TV, I am tired
Adverb clauses of cocession:

( Mệnh đề trạng ngữ chỉ sự nhượng bộ )
Although, Even though , though : Mặc dự .
 Mệnh đề trạng ngữ chỉ sự nhượng bộ có thể đứng trước hoặc sau mệnh đề
chính , nếu mệnh đề này đứng trước thỡ giữa 2 mệnh đề phải có dấu phẩy .
Eg : Lan goes to the movies although it’s raining .
Or Although it’s raining , Lan goes to the movies.
( Mặc dù trời đang mưa , Lan đi đến trường ).
Although , even though , though + clause .
 Là mệnh đề phụ chỉ sự tương phản của hai hành động trong câu .
Bài tập luyện thi.
Ex1 : Change the following sentences into the passive .
1, Students must not leave bicycles in the hall.
2, Students may keep books for 2 weeks, after that they must return them to
library.
3, Noone can do anything unless some one gives us more information.
4, People cut down a lot of trees and destroy many tropical forests every year .
5, The earthquake and tsunami killed more than 200 thousand people in Asia on
Sunday morning, the 26th December 2004…………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………
………………
………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………
………………
………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………
………………
Ex2 : Rewrite the following sentences :
1, It’s a pity . I can’t play chess .  I wish……………………
2, “ Where does Mai live ? “  He asked me …………………..
3, They are going to hold the 23th Sea Games in the Philippines .
 The 23th Sea Games ………………
4, People think the climate is changing .  The climate ………………..
Ex3 : Put these following sentences into the indirect speech.
1, “ I’m going away tomorrow , Mother “ he said .
 He told his mother …….
2, “ Nothing can grow in my garden . It never gets any sun “ she said .
 She said..
3, “ It is so foggy today “ he said .
 He said …….
4, “ If you answer the questions correctly , you may win us $ 100 “ she said
 She said……………..
5, “ I have to clean the floor today “ he said sadly
. He said sadly ……..
6, “ They should put traffic lights here , otherwise there’ll be more accidents “ she
said .  She said …………….
7, The captain said “ If it rains this afternoon , it will be too wet to play soccer
tomorrow “  The captain said …………………
8, “ These roses are cut from my garden “ said my aunt .
 My aunt said ……….
9, “ You must do it now “ the headmaster said .
--. The headmaster said……..
10, “ From the window of this hotel I can see the Eiffel Tower “ he said .
 He said ……………….
11, “ What country do you come from ? “ said Bill.
 Bill asked ………….
12, “ What are you going to study ? “ asked Ann .
 Ann asked ……………
13, “ Do you want to buy any second - hand books ? “ said Bill .
 Bill asked …
14, “ Do you play any musical instruments ? “ said Bill .
 Bill asked …………..
15, “ Will you have time to play regularly ? “ Bill asked .
 Bill asked ………..
16, “ Do you play for your school team ? “ said Bill .
 Bill asked ……………
17, “ Can you speak any other languages ? “ said Bill.
 Bill asked ………….
18, “ Are you interested in learning English ? “ said Ann.
 Ann asked ……….
19, “ How long do you stay here ? “ said Ann .
 Ann aksed …………….
20, “ How will you use English in the future ? “ said Bill .
 Bill asked …………
Ex4 : Choose the best answers .
1, My sister studied hard , …………she completed her exam successfully .
a. although b. so c. because d. therefore
2, This house …………..in the 17 century .
th
a. has been built b. was built c. has built d. is built

3. She advised me ……………after dark.
a. not go out b. don’t go out c. didn’t go out d. not to go out
4. Students have to go to school …..time. a. at b. on c. in to d. by.
5, They had to wait at the bus-stop ….. a long time .
a. for b. during c. until d. since .
6. Radium was discovered ……Marie Curie . a. by b. from c. to d. on
7, The environment in my area is … with dust from a ciment factory .
a. pollute b. cleared c. polluted d. purified
8. Cotton cloth is a material … is thick and strong .
a. which b. whose c. where d. who
9. Hoa is bad at ….English . a. speak b. to speak c. speaking d. speaks
10, Boys like ….soccer better than girls . a. to play b. playing c. played d. plays
11. You visited your grandmother last weekend , ………..?
a. do you b. don’t you c. did you d. didn’t you
Ex 5 : Combine sentences using relative clauses .
1. Nam is very intelligent . He learns in our class.
2. Minh is one of my best friends . I have known him since we were at 12.
3. The new stadium will be opened next week . It can hold 120.000 people .
4. My mother works as an engineer . She is an exellent cook .
5. His book became the best seller . It was published last year .
6. Neil Armstrong lived in the USA . He walked on the moon .
7. Quang plays the piano very well . He lives next door .
8. Halong has grown into a big city over the past few years. I visited the city
last wek.
9. Tuan is giving a big party . He has finally found a good job.
10.Mr Jonh is our Englis teacher . He comes from Australia .
Ex 6 : Rewrite these sentences .
1, He run fast enough to get there first . ( so…that )
………………………………………………………………………………………
………
2, “ Why don’t you ask the taecher to explain it again ? “ Jonh asked .
- Jonh asked me……………………..
3, My mother has planted a lot of roses in the garden .
 A lot of …………….
4, Kangaroos have long tails . They can be seen everywhere in Australia . ( which )
………………………………………………………………………………………
………
5. We know a lot of people . They live in HCM city .
 We know ……………
6, “ Why don’t you like learning English ? “ Nick asked .
 Nick asked me ……
7, They will open new the National Stadium next Sunday .
 The National Stadium
8. Our team doesn’t play well today .  I wish ………………..
9. Today isn’t Sunday . We can’t go for a picnic .  If today ………………
Ex 7 : Fill a suitable preposition .
1, Is Jane……….. home ?
2, Jack wakes ………..early in the morning .
3, We all felt sorry……….Jonh . He lost all his money .
4, It’s the weather forecast ………..TV.
5, He is going to be late ………..school .
6, My sister is tired …finding a job .
Ex 8 : Give the correct form of words .
1 ………are trying to find out new stars ( science )
2, The boy tried to repair the clock , but he was …………( success )
3, AIDS is a ………disease ( danger )
4, Butter and cheese are made from milk . They are milk ………..( produce )
Ex 9 : Finish letter .
Dear Jane ,
1, Thank you / invite / me / your / birthday party .
2, I / afraid / not be able/ come/ because / have / many things to do .
3, I / wish / can / go / party .
4, If / I / there / all of us / have / a good time .
5, I hope / your / party / be/ successful.
I wish many happy returns.
Yours
Johnson.
Ex 10 : Fill in the blanks with suitable words.

It is not easy for adult students of English to improve their pronuciation . Unlike
children , adults often find it hard to change the ...( 1) .. they speak . This is why
adults students have..( 2 ) …difficulties in pronunciation than the children .
There …(3 ) …several thing that international students of English can do to …
( 4 ) ..their pronunciation and to learn …( 5 ) .. well . They can join an English
Pronunciation class or practice speaking …( 6 )…listening to English …( 7 )…
Speakers as much as possible . Watching T.V programs in English is also a good
way ,…( 8 ).. improving your pronunciation . The best way to improve your ( 9 )…
is to learn English in an English speaking country …( 10 )… you can learn the
language as well as its culture.
Thời gian làm bài 60 phút
I, Chia động từ trong ngoặc :
1, What you (do ) last weekend ? - I ( go ) to the theater with my family .
2, John and I ( be ) pen pals for nearly 3 years .
3, We used ( write ) to each other every month when we ( be ) at secondary shool.
4, Minh ( know ) a little English , so she ( wish) she ( can ) speak it fluently .
5, Maryam ( stay ) with us at the moment . She ( be ) my sister’s friend .
II, Chọn đáp án đúng ;
1, Lan wishes Maryam …..leave.
a. doesn’t have to b. didn’t have to c. won’t have to d. don’t
have to
2, We would rather ………….at home than go out on rainy days .
a. stay b. stayed c. to stay d. staying
3, I’d rather we…..more time together .
a. had b. have c. will have d. are having
4, They ….cycle to school when they were students .
a. used to b. was used to c. did use to d. are used to .
5. The …vase could be repaired . a. breaking b. break c. broken d. broke .
III, Sử dụng dạng đúng của từ trong ngoặc :
1, You must be ……when you open that door . ( care )
2, We’re very impressed by the …..of your town’s people. ( friend )
3, Liverpool is an …..city in the North of England . ( industry )
4, Is Buddihism the country’s ….religion of Thailaind ? ( office )
5. Should English be a …. foreign language in Viet Nam ? ( compel )
6, This handbook gives us ….information about ASEAN countries. ( add )
IV, Viết lại các câu sau :
1, Mary always went swimming after school last year .
 Mary used to …………..
2, Maryam was impressed by HaNoi people .
 Ha noi people made……………...
3, Bahasa Malaysia is widely spoken in Malaysia .
 Malaysian people ………..
4, Her wish is buying that villa but it is too far expensive for her.
 She wishes …..
5, My daughter has studied English for 2 years .
 My daughter started…………
V,Đọc đoạn văn sau và trả lời câu hỏi :
If you look at the map of England you will see a number of lake in the North –
West corner . This is one of the most beautiful parts of England because , in
addition to the lakes themshelves , there are green valleys wooded hills and water -
falls . As there are boating , bathing and fishing to be had many people prefer the
lakes to the seaside for a holiday . There are no big cities very near the lakes , but a
number of small towns with good hotels for visitors . Those who want quieter
places to stay at , can usually find rooms in a village or farmhouse .
1, Beside the lakes, what are the other places of scienic beauty of the lake
District ?
……………………………………………………………………………………
………
2, What do many people enjoy doing when they go to the Lake District for a
holiday ?
……………………………………………………………………………………
……
3, Why do some visitors prefer to stay at village or farmhouse ?
……………………………………………………………………………………
…
VI, Viết thành câu hoàn chỉnh :
1, You / have / about / 5 minutes / finish / test .
……………………………………………………………………………………
………..
2. It / was / very kind / her / meet / us / at / airport.
……………………………………………………………………………………
……
3, What / the / name / the girl / car / you / borrow .
……………………………………………………………………………………
……..
4, It / never / late / go back / school.
……………………………………………………………………………………
………
VII, Tìm từ có phần gạch chân phát âm khác với những từ còn lại.
1. a. mention b. option c. federation d.
question
2. a. ghost b. office c. long d.
modern
3. a. climate b. comprise c. notice d. divide
4. a. house b. happen c. hair d. honor
5. a. took b. look c. blood d, good
VIII, Choose the word or phrase that best fits the blank space in the following
passage:
Malaysia is a country in South East Asia. It is a member of the ASEAN. It
contsists ____ the Malay Peninsula and Sarawak and Sabah on the Island Borneo.
It is _______ into regions, known as West Malaysia and East Malaysia. It has a
tropical __________. It is the world’s biggest producer of palm oil, and it exports
rubber, tin and gas. In addition to Islam, the county’s official ________, there are
Buddhism, Hinduism and Chritianity. Malaysian people speak Bahasa Malaysia as
a mother tongue. It is the language of __________ in all secondary schools.
English, Chinese and Tamil are also ___________ spoken in this country.
1/ A. at B. in C. of D. for
2/ A. comprised B. devided C. impressed D. corresponded
3/ A. climate B. weather C. region D. territory
4/ A. region B. religion C. population D. language
5/ A. attraction B. association C. instruction D. production
6/ A. easily B. simply C. really D. widely
------------*****----------------
Môn Tiếng Anh - Thời gian làm bài 60 phút
1, Lan ( write ) to her pen pal for 3 years , and they first ( meet ) each other last
week.
2, Jeans ( make ) about 2 hundred years ago , and now they ( sell ) in every corner
of the world ………………………………………………………….
3,I wish that I ( know ) how to mend this shirt.……………………………
4, Trung used ( write ) to his friends , but now he ( communicate ) with them
through the
Internet .…………………………………………………………………………
….
5, A new cloth shop just ( open ) near my aunt’s house.…………………
6, Her brother ( talk ) to his pen pal on the phone at the moment . They ( not
contact ) to each other for a long
time .…………………………………………………
II, Tìm và sửa lỗi sai :
1, My brother are going to study in New York next month .
2, I haven’t seen my grandparents since a quarter of a year .
3, A new shop was opening on Main street last week.
4, His teacher encouraged him taking part in the competition.
5, My family used to be having dinner at 7 o’clock in the evening .
6, I wish I can go with you to the country next weekend .
III, Chọn đáp án đúng :
1, Lan isn’t old …..to leave school . a. too b. for c. so d. enough .
2, Do you remember that day …you were born ?
a. that b. which b. where d. when
3, Football … all over the world. a. plays b. is playing c. is played d.
played .
4, ….he’s busy, he still helps me a. although b. because c. since d. as.
5, English people are fond….sports especially football. a. in b.of c. on d. for .
1, It’s a pity your friend isn’t at this party .
 I wish ………………………………
2, Minh last wrote to his pen pal 5 months ago .
 Minh hasn’t ………………….
3, They usually wore Jeans when they were young .
 They used…………………
4, The teenagers aren’t buying that model these days .
 That model……………..
5, The last time we visited Kuala Lumpur was 2 years ago .  It’s………………..
6. Sister / wear / new Ao dai / only twice / since / she / buy / it.
7, We / not used / wear / Jeans / when / study/ primary school.
8, Liz / wish / she/ be going / Ha Noi / parents / next Sunday.
9, Lot / new styles / clothes / design/ his shop / every week .
10. Wear / uniforms / encourage/ students/ proud / school.
V, Cho dạng thích hợp của từ trong ngoặc :
1, Books help people to get more …..( know ).
2, …….countries need help from …..one . ( develop )
3, In March the days start to …..( long )
4, This lesson was so ……that the pupils fell asleep . ( interest )
5, Almost every country in the world is a member of this ….( organize )
6, What is the ….of the house ? ( long )
7, The piano is a ……. instrument . ( music )
8. They mailed us a ……gift from Mexico . ( love )
VI, Điền từ thích hợp vào chỗ trống :
Lon don is the biggest city in ..( 1 )…. More than seven million people live and
work .. (2 ) ...Lon don is also …( 3 ) … of most important …( 4 ) …in the world .
It ..( 5 )… a center for business and …( 6 ).. tourism .
In London you ..( 7 ) .. find some of the best theaters and cinemas ..( 8 )… the
world . You can find old and new ..( 9 )…and many beautiful..( 10 )…You can see
and do many ..( 11 ) .. . in London . We will have …( 12 )…look at this great city .
1. a. almost b. not c. gold d. post
2. a. catalogue b. past c. cast d. class
3. a. issue b. divide c. library d.
dictation
4. a. read b. ready c. reach d. teach
5. a. city b. my c. sky d. cry
VIII, Read the passage below and answer the questions.
In the United States, people celebrate Mother’s Day and Father’s day. Mother’s day is
celebrated on the second Sunday in May. On this occasion, mother usually receives
greeting cards and gifts from her husband and children. The best gift of all for an
American Mom is a day of leisure. The majority of American mothers have outside
jobs as well as housework, so their working days are often very hard. The working
mother enjoys the traditional Mother’s Day custom of breakfast (or brunch) cooked by
her family and served to her on a tray in bed. Later in the day, it’s also traditional for
the extended family group to get together for dinner, either in a restaurant or in one of
their homes. Flowers are an important part of Mother’s Day. Mothers are often given a
corsage or a plant for the occasion, particularly if they are elderly. Father’s Day is
celebrated through out the United States and Canada on the third Sunday in June. The
holiday customs are similar to Mother’s day. Dad also receives greeting cards and
gifts from his family and enjoys a day of leisure.
1. When do American people celebrate Mother’s day and Father’s Day?
2. What kinds of gifts does the mother often get from her family members?
3. What kinds of gift does she love most?
4. Why are mothers’ working days often very hard?
5. Where do the family members have their dinner party on this occasion?
6. What are the similar things that father gets on Father’s Day? -------------*****----
1, I used to ( drink ) beer last year .
2, My friend suggested ( go ) by bus .
3, They were made ( work ) for nothing .
4, Mr Green is our English teacher . He ( teach ) English since he ( leave ) London
in 1990.
5, When we ( come ) , the play already ( begin ) last night .
6, The new rainway station ( build ) next year .
II, Tìm và sưa lỗi sai . 1, When have you got married ? – In 1997 .
2, She’s been ill since years .
3, She is going to stay probably tonight .
4, Daisy used to going dancing five times a week when she was young .
5, He wishes he can sleep well tonight but it’s too cold .
6, What you did last night ?- I started a new programme on my computer .
7, A great deal of tea are drunk in England .
8, Mr Thanh will be in Singapore from Monday on Thursday .
9, This fridge is very old , I decide to buy a new one .
10, Jean cloth is very strong and it doesn’t wear out easy .
III, Viết lại các câu sau :
1, They have changed the date of the meeting . The date …………….
2, It took Mary 2 hours to travel to the countryside last week .
 Mary spent …….
3, When I was a small boy , I went swimming after school every afternoon .
 I used to ………………………………..
4, Ba feels worried because he gets a bad mark at Math today .
 Ba wishes………
5, Lan misses the bus this morning because she got up late .
 Lan got up late , so…………………………………………………..
IV, Chọn đáp án đúng :
1, What do you usually wear …..the weekend ? a. of b. on c. above d. about
2, This is my favorite short ….blouse . a. sleeved b. sleeve c. sleeving d.sleeves
3, They used to …. by bike to school when they were young .
a. traveling b. traveled c. travel d. have traveled.
4, The traditional dress used …….by both Vietnamese men and women .
a. to being worn b. to wear c. to have worn d. to be worn .
5, It’s very cold thses days , I wish the temperature………..higher .
a, is b. will be c. were d. to be .
6, It’s Mr Smith I have known him ….a long time .
a. since b, for c. at d. in .
7, When was the last time you ….to the zoo ? a. went b. going c. go d. to go .
8, The invironmental pollution should …. stopped immediately.
a. have been c. to be c. be d. being .
9, The Parker family is very friendly …. Van enjoys being a member of their
family. a. that b. as c. so d. because .
V, Đọc đoạn văn và trọn đúng ( T ) hay sai ( F ) :
Every 4 years people all over the world watch the Olympic Games . It is a time
for all kind of people to unite in peace . Some of them join together to compete for
medals . Million of other people watch them on television .
The first Olympic Games were in Greece in 776 BC . There was only one
even .People ran a race the length of the stadium and the Games lasted one day .
Slowly people added more events .
The first modern Games were in 1896 in Athens . Athletes from several
countries competed . Nowadays the Games must have at least fifteen events and
can not last more than sixteen days . There is no age limit and the competitiors
must be amateurs .
1, The first modern Olympic Games were in Greece in 776 BC.
……………………………………………………………………………………
………
2, The modern Olympic Games can not have more than fifteen events .
……………………………………………………………………………………
……
3, People of any age can take part in the Olympic Games.
…………………………………………………………………………..
4, Professional athletes can participate in the Olympic Games.
………………………………………………………………………………..
5, The modern Olympic Games can last sixty days .
…………………………………………………………………………………..
VI, Sắp xếp các từ xáo trộn sau thành câu hoàn chỉnh :
1, are / school / seven hundred / there / in / over / students / our.
………………………………………………………………………………
2, lunch / is / now / cook/ going / has to / the market / she / to / Hoa / so .
……………………………………………………………………………….
3, whether / studying / school / stranger / was / that / me / a/ at / asked / I .
………………………………………………………………………………..
4, weight / meat / want/ shouldn’t / much / if / lose / too / you / to / eat / you .
……………………………………………………………………………….
5, between / Friday / 4 p.m / a/ and / on / meeting / 9 a.m / is / there .
……………………………………………………………………………………
………..
6, visit / London / that / summer / uncle / Peter / next / his / he / in / could / wishes .
……………………………………………………………………………………
………..
1- a. fashion b. elephan c. champagne d. casual
2- a. cotton b. colorful c. comfort d.
compass
3- a. uniform b. ticket c. tide d.
inspiration
4- a. want b. wall c. walk d. label
5- a. hack b. habitual c. habit d. hag
I, Chọn đáp án đúng :
1, Viet got up late ….he couldn’t catch the first bus . a. then b. so c. as d. when .
2, He can’t earn money ….he has no job . a. unles b. until c. if d. without.
3, Long wishes he … have to clean all the windows .
a. don’t b. doesn’t c. wasn’t d. didn’t .
4, We met a lot of people … our holiday . a. during b. while c. for d. at .
5, Direct speech ; “ Where are you going next Sunday ? “ he asked me .
a. He asked me where am I going next Sunday .
b, He asked me where I am going next Sunday .
c, He asked me where was I going the following Sunday .
d, He asked me where I was going the following Sunday .
II, Chia động từ trong ngoặc :
1, The children prefer ( watch ) TV to ( read ) books .
2, The boys like ( play ) games but hate ( do ) the lessons .
3, Would you like ( go ) now or shall we wait till the end ?
4, I can’t find my umbrella . You ( see ) it ?
5, We used ( dream ) of a television set when we ( be ) small .
6, Would you mind ( show ) me how ( send ) an e- mail ?
III, Tìm lỗi sai và sửa :
1, He not went camping with his friends last Sunday .
2, Mr Quang said that he was going to Ho Chi Minh city tomorrow .
3, We wish that it will stop raining , so we can go out .
4, Van and his friends reached Ohio in Saturday evening .
5, If Ba won’t come soon , he might be late for the exam .
6, Paula told me that she is happy to see my sister .
1, Practice speaking everyday or you can’t improve your English .
 If …………..
2, John lives in a small flat and he doesn’t like it .  John wishes ………………..
3, “ Do your grandfarents still live in Nha Trang now ? “ said Nam to me .
 Nam asked ……………………………………………………………………….
4, Spending the weekend in the countryside is very wonderful .  It’s…………….
5, Nga is pleased to meet her aunt again soon .  Nga is looking ………………..
V , Đọc đoạn văn sau chọn đúng ( T ) hay sai ( F ) :
Large cities like New York , Tokyo and Mexico city have problems with crowded
streets, congested traffic , noise and air pollution .
Everyday thousands of vehicles fill the streets , especially during rush hours .
The large numbers of cars , buses and strucks cause so much congestion . No
vehicle can move any direction , and no one can get any where .
Parking is an other problem . There are not enough parking facilities and when
cars try to park on the streets , there is not enough room for traffic .
Finally , the traffic adds to the problems of air and noise pollution .
1, During rush hours there is a lot of traffic in large cities .
……………………………………………………………………………………
……… 2, Different kinds of vehicles cause so much congestion .
………………………………………………………………….
3, It’s easy to find room for parking in the big streets .
………………………………………………………………………….
4, Vehicles make the air in large cities polluted .
………………………………………………………………..
5, Crowded streets , congested traffic , noise and air pollution are problem in
large city .
VI, Cho dạng đúng của từ trong ngoặc :
1, They sat ….by the stream ( quite ) .
2, To my …. The monkey peeled a banana and offered it to me . ( amaze )
3, ,….air and water are not good for our health . ( pollution ).
4, After a weekend on the farm , the children looked … ( health ) .
5, Milk and orange juice are …. drinks . ( health ) .
6, Air … makes us unhealthy ( pollute ) .
VII, Điền giới từ thích hợp vào chỗ trống :
1, I want to ask my parents … some money .
2, They’re talking … each other ….their last trip .
3, The train arrived … the station on time .
4, Just a moment ! I’m looking … a new word .
5, The teacher is explaining the lesson . Listen ….her and don’t think …any else .
6, Fish came … the bridge to lay eggs … the lake .
1- a. economic b. equal c. ethic d.
evening
2- a. chair b. champagne c. children d. church
3- a. depend b. design c. deposit d. desk
4- a. bear b. tear c. heart d. pear
5- a. put b. luck c. subject d.
publish
VIII, Complete the passage using one suitable word in the box for each gap.
There are more words than needed. ( Knows/ things/ subjects /many/ to /know/
in. Indeed):
English is a very useful language. If we (1) _________ English, we can go to any
countries we like. We shall not find it hard to make people understand (2)
__________ we want to say. English also helps us to learn all kinds of (3)
__________ . Hundred of books are written in English everyday in (4) _________
countries. English has also helped to spread ideas and knowledge (5) _______ all
corners of the world. The English language has, therefore, helped to spread better
understanding and friendship among countries of the world.
The end
I, Chọn đáp án đúng nhất :
1, Paul wishes he…good at Math . a. is b. was being c. will be d. were .
2, That room ….in use since it was redecorated .
a. is b. has been c. was d. used to be
3, She asked me ….she could come that day .
a. if b. when c. about d. whenever .
4, The two capital cities are …….
a. similar b. very difference c, the same d, the same to .
5, Getting to the village ….. very interesting journey.
a. be b. will c. is . d, are .
II, Cho dạng đúng của từ trong ngoặc :
1, Students should be ….to be proud of school uniforms. ( courage ).
2, What have they done to ….their own country ? ( modern )
3, Lan wants to be a fashion ……when she grows up . ( design )
4, Islam is the country’s offical…in Malaysia . ( religious )
5, In many countries , education is free and …for such children . ( compel ).
III, Chia động từ trong ngoặc :
1, I ( not see ) your brother recently .
- No. He ( not be ) out of his room since he ( buy ) a new computer .
2, My childdren enjoy ( allow ) ( stay ) up late when there is something special on
TV.
3, When I ( come ) to see Mr Robinson last night , he ( read ) a newspaper and his
2 children ( listen ) to an English song .
4, The Ao dai ( mention ) in poems and song for centuries , and nowadays, they
( wear ) by Viet Namese women at work .
5, When they ( find ) a hotel , they looked for somewhere to eat dinner .
6, My sister wishes she ( meet ) you last week .
7.If you had finished it yesterday , you ( not have ) to come back tomorrow .
8, The job was more difficult than I ( expect ) it to be .
9, My sister usually goes to bed early , but this week she ( stay ) up very late .
10. I can’t stand ( listen ) to his complaint .
IV, Hoàn thành câu sau ; 1, She looks…………………………..
2, ……………………..famous after the fight.
3, It becomes…………………………………..
4, A leaf…………………..from the tree.
5, This old man feels……………………….
V, Viết lại các câu sau :
1, We got lost because we didn’t have a map .  If
we……………………………..
2, Waste products from this factory have polluted the river .  The
river…………..
3, Mr Taylor fixed the washing machine for my mother .  My mother had
………
4, If Mary doesn’t stay up late , she’ll be healthy .  Unless………………………
5, Because he’ll ill, he can’t go to school . Because of …………………………
6, The garage is going to repair the car for us next month .  We are going
……….
7. The table was being laid for dinner by the children when he came .The
children……
8, Don’t cross the streets outside the zebra croosing , Jane .  Peter told………..
VI, Tìm lỗi sai và sửa trong các câu sau :
1, Your friends went to your native village last weekend , weren’t they ?
2, I’d like to go out for dinner , but I don’t feel like to eat out tonight.
3, Lan wishes that she can go to Singapore to visit her pen pal.
4, My brother didn’t wear that uniform since he left school.
5, Nam asked Mai what can he do to help her .
VII, Điền từ thích hợp vào chỗ trống :
Hue is an old city ..(1 )..the Huong river , not far ..(2 )…the Truong Son rang .
Here the river is not wide and there are many bridges ..( 3 )..It . Large ships can not
..( 4 ).. up from the sea because of the bridges. Here is a very ..( 5 )…city , with
trees on both sides of many streets and lagre pavements …( 6 )…people to walk .
There is a public …( 7)…where everyone can come and read books . It is such an
…( 8 )… place to visit .
VIII, Tìm từ có phần gạch chân phát âm khác với những từ còn lại.
1- a. mountain b. found c. ground d. double
2- a. thing b. hiking c. climbing d. sight
3- a. bought b. plough c. brought d. course
4- a. relax b. blanket c. hamburger d.
pagoda
5- a. grocery b. locate c. local d. long
IX, Read the passage and answer the questions. Every year, millions of tourists
visit California. California is known for its beautiful scenery, warm climate and
excellent food. There are twenty national parks in California. They are visited by
over thirty million people every year. Many world-famous museums are located
there too. The state is divided into two parts, called Northern California and
Southern California. San Francisco is located in Northern California. It is
surrounded by water on three sides and is a city with beautiful bay and several
bridges. Its streets are always filled with tourists. There is an area in south of San
Francisco that is famous for its computer industries; it is called Silicon Valley. Los
Angeles, Hollywood and Disneyland are found in Southern California. Southern
California is known for its desert areas, which are sometimes next to snowcapped
mountains. Southern California is one of the few places in the world where you can
ski in the morning and surf in the afternoon.
1. What is California known for?
2. How many national parks are there in California?
3. Which parts is California divided into? 4. Where is the Silicon Valley?
5. Where can desert areas be found?
6. Why can you ski in the morning and surf in the afternoon in California? - The
end
I , Cho dạng đúng của từ trong ngoặc :
1, …..is now a serious problem in many countries . ( forest )
2, The price of …. has gone up again ( electric )
3, Burning coal is an … way to heat the house . Gas is much cheaper ( economy
).
4, If it doesn’t rain soon , there’ll be a great …. of water. ( short )
5, …..are concerned about the use of dynamite to catch fish . ( environment )
II, Tìm và sửa lỗi sai :
1, If it will be too much exhaust fume in the air , our breathing will be badly
affected .
2, We suggest to plant more trees along the streets to have more shades and fresh
air .
3, Mai didn’t go to the zoo with her friends last Sunday because her sickness .
4, The water and land around the chemical factory are serious polluted .
5, Our neighbor will look for the garden when we go on holiday .
III, Viết lại các câu sau :
1, Let’s put garbage bins around the schoolyard .  I suggest …………………..
2, Tom failed the exam because of his laziness .  Because Tom ………………
3, Unless we reduce the use of water and electricity , we’ll have to pay more this
month .
 If we ………………………………………….
4, Lan is a better cook than Hoa .  Hoa can’t ……………………………….
5, You forgot to turn off the TV last night , didn’t you ? You didn’t ………….
IV, Chia động từ trong ngoặc :
1, What you ( look ) for Mai ? You ( lose ) anything ?
2, Many building in our city ( heat ) by solar energy in 2050 .
3, I suggest ( burn ) coal to heat the house .
4, Last year we ( install ) ordinary light bulbs in our house , but now we ( use )
energy – saving ones .
5, If we ( not save ) energy , there ( be ) a great shortage in the next century .
6, My brother ( sell ) his old motorbike because it ( not be ) economical.
V, Chọn đáp án đúng :
1, Ann isn’t old … to leave school . a. too b. for c. so d. enough .
2, Do you remember that day ….you born ? a. that b. which c. where d. when .
3, Let’s have our luggage … to the car . a. carry b. to carry c. carrying d.
carried .
4, ….your radio to the FM station . A good programme is going on .
a. tune in b. turn in c. tune into d. turn in to .
5, He drank as…as he could . a. many b. a lot c. more d. much .
6, English people are fond … sports , especially football. a. in b. of c. on d. for .
VI, Điền từ thích hợp vào chỗ trống :
In Britain there is a holiday now which people call Mother’s Day . In the old
days many girls from working - class ..( 1)…in towns and citties and from famers’
families in the countries …( 2 ) …in rich houses . They had to do all the ..( 3 )…
and their working day was usually very long , they often work on Sundays, too.
Once a year , it was usually ..( 4 ) .. Sunday in March , they could visit their
mothers . They went home on that day and ..( 5 ) presents for their mothers and
for ..( 6 ).. members of their families . They could stay at home only one day , ane
then they went ..( 7 )..to their work . People call that day Mothering Day
.. ( 8 )…Mothering Sunday .
Later workers at factories and girls ..( 9 ).. worked in the houses of ..( 10 )..
families received one free day a week , and Mother Day became Mother’s Day . It
is the last Sunday in March .
VII, Đặt câu hỏi cho phần gạch chân sau :
1, Helen is absent today because of her
illness.………………………………………
2, The family goes to the theater once a
month .………………………………………
3, He often goes to school in the
morning .……………………………………………
4, They named their son Henry . …………………………………………
5, They sent their mother flowers on Women’s
Day .……………………………………
6, This is Mary’s skirt.………………………………………………………
VIII, Tìm từ có phần gạch chân phát âm khác với những từ còn lại.
1- a. experience b. except c. excellent d.
exchange
2- a. union b. unit c. until d.
university
3- a. campus b. relax c. locate d.
fashion
4- a. qualify b. baggy c. grocery d.
scenery
5- a. cried b. published c. ordered d.
sprayed
IX, Read the passage and answer the questions.
Wales has a population of about three million. English is the main language and
only twenty percent speak both Welsh and English. Every year in August there is a
Welsh-speaking Festival. It takes place in a different town each year so everyone
has a chance to go for it. Local people spend years making plans for the festival
when it is organized in their town. Each Festival is attended by about 160,000
people. They travel not only from nearby town and villages but also from the rest
of the British Isles and even from abroad. There are concerts, plays and
competitions to find the best singers, poets, writers, and so on. Shops sell Welsh
music, books, pictures and clothes as well as food and drink. The Festival provides
the chance for Welsh-speaking people to be together for a whole week, with the
Welsh language all around them.
1. Where and when is Welsh-speaking Festival organized?
2. How many people often attend the festival?
3. Which language do people speak in the festival?
4. How can they find the best singers, poets and writers?
5. What can people buy in the shops?
6. How long does the festival last? - The
end-
I , Choose the most suitable words to complete the sentences .
1, They always do their work ….a. care b, careful c. carefully d. careless.
2, What subjects are you good ….? a. on b. in c, about d, at .
3, I like English….it’s useful. A. but b. so c. because d. although.
4, My mother advised me …up late. a. not stay b. not to stay c. to not stay d. not staying
5, The typhoon may damage the pipes …supply our home .
a, which b. who c. whom d. where .
6. You like watching sports ,………..?a. do you b, will you c, don’t youd. won’t you .
7, If the rice paddies are polluted , the rice plants …………..
a. are died b. will die c, is died d, would die .
8, How about ……..fishing ? a. go b. to go c. going d, went .
9, If you saw a UFO, what ……………….?
a, you do b. will you do c. you would do d. would you do .
10, I’d like … a rest . a. take b. taking c. to take d. took
II, Supply the correct verb forms :
1, This place ( build ) a long time ago .
2, The teacher told his students ( not make ) such noise in class .
3, I wish today ( be ) Sunday .
4, What you ( do ) if you were me ?
5, These students ( learn ) English since they ( be ) five .
6, Who ( invent ) telephone ?
7, You ( ever eat ) Chinese food ?
8, I ( not watch ) TV last night . I (read ) an interesting novel.
9, Nam is interested in ( ask ) questions .
10, We have to stop ( work ) because of the noise .
11, My father ( drink ) coffee every morning .
III, Rewrite the sentences , beginning with the words given :
1, We spent three hours painting this room .  It took …………………………..
2, You should arrange books into sections . Books ………………………
3, The house was cheap so we decided to buy it .  Because …………………….
4, “ I live here with my parents .” Tom said to Nam . Tom said to Nam that…….
5, She hasn’t finished the work yet . Her work …………………………………
6, The test was so difficult that students couldn’t do it .  It was such …………..
7, “ How old is your little son ? “ said the doctor to Mrs Brown .
 The doctor asked Mrs Brown……………………………………..
8, We couldn’t go swimming because of bad weather .  The weather was too…..
9, It was such a good news that she smiled all the time .  The new was so……..
10, “ Have you done your home work ? “ asked the teacher .  The teacher asked...
IV, Fill in the space with suitable prepositions : “ Michel is an account in a language school .
He lives ..( 1 ).. a flat …( 2)…the fourth floor of a building ..( 3 )…a small street …( 4 )…Tokyo
. The school is not very far ..( 5 )..his home , he goes …( 6 )..work ..( 7)..bus , and leave home at
8 o’clock to arrive ..( 8 )..work at nine . He usually does some work in the bus ..(9 ) his way ..
( 10 )..home ”
V, Make all changes and additions to produce a complete letter :
Dear Hoa ,
I/ recently / go / San Diego / for / the day / my family .
We/ visit / the famous too/ and then / we/ go / see/ whales and dolphins at sea world.
I / have / a great time .
I / have / be / doing / homework / all weekend / but still/ haven’t / finish .
I / must / go / do it / now .
Please write/ me/ soon . Tim
VI, Find the mistakes from these sentences and correct them .
1, The children laughed happy when they heard the funny story.
2, Last week Hung had an accident because his carelessness.
3, If the streets will be full of trash , we’ll heap and burn it down .
4, I’m amazing that Nga won the first prize in the language contest .
5, Land polluted is now a serious problem in many parts of the world .
VII, Use the right form of words :
1, I only had a day to visit all the tourist…….( attract ) .
2, Nothing could ….him . ( satisfaction ).
3, Tom is a ….of mine . He is ……( friend ) .
4, She never goes out night at night because of ….street. ( danger )
5, The children looked … after listening to the story . ( amusement )
VIII- Choose the word in each group that has the underlined part pronounced differently
from the rest :
1- a. labour b. label c. land d.
favourite
2- a. remote b. relax c. reputation d. respond
3- a. comprise b. comment c. communicate d.
compulsory
4- a. sure b. purpose c. surf d. further
5- a. minority b. deny c. costly d. widely
IX, Read the passage and answer the questions.
Prague has the population of over one million people. It is not the biggest city in Europe, but it is
certainly one of the most beautiful. People call Prague the ‘Golden City’ and the ‘ Mother of Cities’
because it has many beautiful buildings and statues. Perhaps the most popular building is the Old
Town Hall with its amazing 15th century clock. People also call Prague ‘Europe’s School of Music’.
There are many concert halls, and every May there is a famous music festival: ‘ Prague’s Spring’.
There are also twenty theatres and many old pubs, wine bars, and restaurants. There is now a modern
underground, but traffic is still a problem. It is often better to walk and feel the atmosphere of the
pretty little streets.
1. What is the population of Prague?
2. What is the most popular building in Prague?
3. Why do people call Prague ‘Europe’s School of Music’?
4. When is there a famous music festival?
5. How many theatres are there in Prague? ......................................................................................
The end
-Thời gian làm bài 60 phút
I, Choose the best answers :
1, If a disaster …… in an area , people from other areas will offer help .
a. happens b. will happen c. happening d. would happen .
2, There is too much traffic. ……, the air is polluted .
a. however b. since c. therefore d. but .
3, Run….and you’ll catch the ball . a. fastly b. fast c. good d. soft.
4. ….a letter to Lan yet ? Not yet . I have been busy .
a. Have you write b. Have you written c. Did you written c. Did you
write .
5, This is a machine which … to wash clothes .a. used b. uses c. is used d. is
using
6, Viet nam is a country …….exports rice . a. that b. where c. when d. which .
7, At Christmas, people often ….a tree.
a. are decorated b. were decorated c. decorating d. decorate.
8, The teacher told his students …….
a. he is tired and wants to go home . b. he is tired and wanted to go home .
c. he was tired and wants to go home . d.he was tired and wanted to go home
9, Do you know where I can find the best place ……...
a. to eat b. to eating c. for eat d. for eating .
10, Last night, I was watching TV ……..the bell rang.
a. then b. and c. when d. while .
II, Use the correct forms of the words in brackets .:
1, We like living there because the people are ………( friend ).
2,In big cities . the streets are …….with people and vehicles.( crowd ).
3, Tet is the most important ……for Viet Namese . ( celebrate ).
4, Our teacher gives us …..on how to improve our English . ( advise ) .
III, Supply the correct form or tense of the verbs in brackets :
1, My brother ( come ) home late last night . He ( not get ) up yet .
2, We had a good time ( hike ) in the mountains .
3, ( Not make ) noise . My farther ( sleep ) .
4, Nam ( take ) a train to Ha Noi yesterday . He ( take ) many trips there since he
( start ) his study in Ha Noi three years ago.
5, He ( be ) very successful in his business since he ( come ) here three years ago.
6, I ( post ) a letter to her two months ago .I wonder why she ( not reply ) yet .
7, These students enjoy ( play ) soccer.
8, …you ( ever read ) that novel ?
9, They ( not be ) on time last week .
10. What about ( play ) video games ?.
IV, Fill in the blanks with suitable prepositions .
1, I’ll wait ….you are ready .
2, You can never depend …..his arriving on time .
3, You should bring your raincoat just ….case .
4, Tonodoes can suck ….anything that is in their path .
5, Which planet is closest …the earth ?
6, I was disappointed ….not finding her at home .
7, She prefers walking …..cycling .
8, Mary’s appearance is different ….her sister’s .
9, English is spoken in many countries all….the world .
10, We should use shower instead …..bath to save energy .
11, What do we do to spend less…..lighting ?
12, Let me congratulate you ….winning the first price .
V, Rewrite these sentences :
1, You don’t have a brother.  I wish I …………………………………….
2, They have just bought their only son a new motor bike . Their only
son………
3, We should plant trees in our garden .  Trees………………………………
4, She doesn’t have a computer .  I wish ………………………………….
5, My grandmother often wore Ao Dai .  My grandmother used
…………………
6, I can’t speak English fluently .  I wish ……………………………
7. She hasn’t finished the lesson yet .  the lesson………………………….
8, “ I had a test yesterday “ Ba said .  Ba said that …………………..
9, : Please don’t talk in the class “ Lan told us .  Lan told us ……………….
10, I get up late so I do not have enough time for the breakfast .
 If ……………..
11, What did they steal ?  What was …………………………………….
12, Lan loves to write letters to her friends .  Lan enjoys…………………..
VI, Combine 2 sentences into one using connetives in the brackets :
1, My friend , Lan is beautiful ,. She is intelligent too . ( not only….but also ) .
2, My brother failed his English test . He has to do the test again . ( therefore ) .
3, The weather was terrible , We couldn’t go to the beach . ( so )
4, Do you like coffee ? Do you like beer ? ( or )
5, Nam got wet . He forgot his raincoat . ( because ) 6, Yesterday , my mother
bought potatoes , carrots at the market. She also bought some cabbages , too
( and ).
VII. Read rhe passage below and choose the correct word for each space .
A welsh festival
Wales has a population of about three million . English is the main language
and only twenty percent speak both Welsh and English . Every …( 1 )…August
there is a Welsh speaking festival . It … (2 ).. place in a different town each year so
everyone has the chance for it to be near them . Local people …(3 )….years
making plans for when the festival will be in .. ( 4 ).. town . Each festival is ..( 5 )
…by about 160.000 people . They travel not only from nearby towns and villages
…( 6 ).. also from the rest of the British Isles and ..(7 )..from abroad . There are
concerts, plays and …( 8 ).. to find best singers, poets , writers , and so on . Shops
sell Welsh music , books , pictures and clothes as … ( 9 )…as food and drink .
The festival provides a chance for Welsh- speaking people to be together for the
whole week . With .. ( 10 )… Welsh language all around them .
1, A, on B, by C, in D, at
2, A, takes B, finds C, has D, makes
3, A, pass B, put C, spend D. do
4, A, our B, their C, his D, its
5, A, arrived B, attended C, joined D, come
6, A, but B, and C, since D, however
7, A, just B, hardly C, quite D, even
8, A, tests B, examinations C, competitions D. races
9, A, long B, far C, good D, well
10, A, one B, a C, the D, some
VIII Choose the word in each group that has the underlined part pronounced
differently from the rest :
1- a. interested b. fighting c. library d. find
2- a. november b. movie c. notion d. notice
3- a. gratitude b. discover c. wild d.
building
4- a. almost b. hot c. gold d. post
5- a. title b. little c. middle d.
children
IX : Fill a suitable preposition .
1, Is Jane……….. home ?
2, Jack wakes ………..early in the morning .
3, We all felt sorry……….Jonh . He lost all his money .
4, It’s the weather forecast ………..TV.
5, He is going to be late ………..school .
6, My sister is tired …finding a job .
X : Give the correct form of words .
1 ………are trying to find out new stars ( science )
2, The boy tried to repair the clock , but he was …………( success )
3, AIDS is a ………disease ( danger )
4, Butter and cheese are made from milk . They are milk ………..( produce )
XI : Finish letter .
Dear Jane ,
1, Thank you / invite / me / your / birthday party
………………………………………
2, I / afraid / not be able/ come/ because / have / many things to
do .……………………
3, I / wish / can / go / party ……………………………………………
4, If / I / there / all of us / have / a good time .…………………………………
5, I hope / your / party / be/ successful.…………………………………………
I wish many happy returns.
Yours
Johnson.
XII : Fill in the blanks with suitable words.
It is not easy for adult students of English to improve their pronuciation . Unlike
children , adults often find it hard to change the ...( 1) .. they speak . This is why
adults students have..( 2 ) …difficulties in pronunciation than the children .
There …(3 ) …several thing that international students of English can do to …
( 4 ) ..their pronunciation and to learn …( 5 ) .. well . They can join an English
Pronunciation class or practice speaking …( 6 )…listening to English …( 7 )…
Speakers as much as possible . Watching T.V programs in English is also a good
way ,…( 8 ).. improving your pronunciation . The best way to improve your ( 9 )…
is to learn English in an English speaking country …( 10 )… you can learn the
language as well as its culture.
XIII : Combine sentences using relative clauses .
11.Nam is very intelligent . He learns in our class.
12.Minh is one of my best friends . I have known him since we were at 12.
13.The new stadium will be opened next week . It can hold 120.000 people .
14.My mother works as an engineer . She is an exellent cook .
15.His book became the best seller . It was published last year .
16.Neil Armstrong lived in the USA . He walked on the moon .
17.Quang plays the piano very well . He lives next door .
18.Halong has grown into a big city over the past few years. I visited the city
last week.
19.Tuan is giving a big party . He has finally found a good job.
20.Mr Jonh is our Englis teacher . He comes from Australia .
XIV, Read the passage and do the tasks that follow. (3 pts)
The computer is a wonderful machine. It is the most important invention. Almost
every profession now uses computers. They are used in science, industry, business,
medicine, and education. The oldest kind of computer has been used in China since
the sixth century. In the 17th century an adding machine was invented. The first large,
modern computer was built in 1937. Computers improved quickly. A few years later a
computer could do 5,000 additions per second. Today all computers have a processing
unit, an arithmetic and logic unit, and a memory. Computers are getting smaller and
smaller, and computing faster and faster. Even in a very large computer, the part that
does the actual computing is about the size of the end of a finger. Computers can work
together – they can network with each other. The worldwide computer network is
called the Internet. Using Internet, you can find all kinds of information and news
from people and countries around the world. Complete the sentences.
* Answer the questions.
1. What parts do all computers have today?
………………………………………………………………
2. How small is a very large computer’s part that does the actual computing?
……………………………………….
3. What is the main advantage of using Internet?
…………………………………………………………………….
1, My mother show me how ……….clothes . a. to make b. making c. make d.
made .
2, Life in the city is different ………….life in the country .
a. to b. of c. from d. with
3, The fresh air in the countryside is good for our …………..
a. healthy b. health c. healthful d. healthily
4. We…….friends for 10 years .
a. has been b. have been c. was d. were
5, They arrived early ……order to get good seats . a. in b. on c. out d. at
6, Would you …………….cleaning the floor for me ?
a. like b. please c. mind d. rather
7, Don’t let the children ………..near the lake .
a. played b. playing c. play d. plays
8, You can use computers , …………..?
a. do you b. don’t you c. can you d. can’t you
9. There is nothing to prevent the children ………..playing here .
a. from b. of c. away d. to
10. She asked me …………….
a, where do I live b, where I live c, where I lived d. where I am living
11. He woke up late …………he didn’t have time for breakfast .
a. if b. so c.because d. although
12, A dripping faucet can……….500 litters of water a month .
a. waste b. save c. reduce d. produce
II, Supply the correct tense, formof the verbs in brackets .
1, The teacher ( explain ) to you if you ask him .
2, I ( speak ) to her about that matter several times already .
3, A new text book ( publish ) by that company next year .
4, Listen ! Someone ( knock ) on the front door .
III, Finish the second sentences so that it has the same meaning as the first :
1, Parents ought to send their children to school .  Children……………………
2, “ Please don’t talk in class “ Lan told us .  Lan told us …………………
3, Everyday thousands of trees are cut down in the world . Everyday people …..
4, The red dress is more expensive than the blue one .  The blue dress isn’t……..
5, My little sister likes to watch cartoons .  My little sister enjoys ……………
6, You must return this book to the library within 5 days . This book ………….
IV, Use the correct form of the verbs in brackets :
1, I pass the ….exam but I failed the oral test . ( write )
2, What is your …….television programs ? ( favor )
3, A course for ……………..will be available on August 1st . ( begin )
4, Playing tennis is my favorite …………in my free time . ( active )
5, How many planets are there in our ……….system . ? ( sun )
6, These workers got a bonus because they did their jobs ……….( effect )
V, Read the passage below and answer each of the questions ;
Tropical rain forests are found in Amazon region of South America, Central
America , Africa, and South and Southeast Asia . Rain forests are very important to
the world’s climate . The Amazon rain forest alone receives about 30 to 40 percent
of the total fall on the earth and produces about the same percentage of the world’s
Oxygen . Some scientists believe that decreasing size of rain forests will affect the
climate on the earth , making it uncomfortableor even dangerous for life. Saving
our rain forest is an international problem. One country , or even a few country can
not solve the problem olone . The nations of the world must work together to find
a solution before it is too late .
1, Where are tropical rain forests found ?
2, How are the rain forests to the world’s climate ?
3, How much percent of the world’s oxygen does Amazon rain forests
produce ?
4, What do scientists think about the decreasing size of rain forests ?
5, Is saving our rain forest only a national problem?
VI, Find and correct mistakes :1, Mary asked me how did I go to school
everyday .
2, The English course will start in May 29th and finish in August .
3, Last summer my family went to Vung Tau , where my aunt is living there .
4, If you won’t study hard , you’ll fail the exam.
5, I haven’t visited Mr Ba when he moved to his new house .
VII, Complete the following sentences :
1, NextSunday/ we/go / Hai Phong / which / big city / Northeast / Viet Nam.
2, brother / wish /that / can speak / English / fluent /as/ native speaker .
3, I / ask / whether / he/ study / university // America / then .
4, if / it/ not rain / tomorrow/ I go camping / friends.
5, Phong / be/ absent/ school/ since / he / break/ leg .
VIII, Complete the following passage with a suitable word chosen from the
box.
Hotel/ wishes/ because/ trip /family/ interesting /park /sightseeing
Jane's (1)........ decided to go to London last week (2) .......... they wanted to
make a (3)............ tour. The sight in London was very (4)............ and she enjoyed
this (5)........... very much. She and her father stayed in a very big (6).............. with
two hundred rooms. From there, they can easily reach Hyde Park, a very big
(7)............... in London. Behind the railing of the park, they can see a place where
orators deliver their lectures on Sunday afternoons. Jane (8) ............. her sister
could see and hear all sort of people speaking here.
XI, Choose one word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from
the others. (1 pt)
1. A. dictation B. station C. examination D. question
2. A. stopped B. laughed C. coughed D. stayed
3. A. children B. chemist C. cheap D. cheerful
4. A. energy B. generous C. category D. suggest
I , Choose the best answers ;
1, I went to the countryside…..the weekend .
a. to b. by c. for d. from.
2, These students wish they …………..visit Hue again .
a. could b. shall c. will d. can.
3, Nga woke up late ……….she couldn’t catch the first train .
a. because b. however c. so d. but .
4, “ Mary, do you like pop music ? “  He asked Mary………………
a. if she likes pop- music . b. does she likes pop- music .
c. she likes pop-music. D. if she liked pop-music.
5, If she …….hard. he will pass the exam .
a. study b. studied c. studies d. to study .
6, “ How old is your mother ? “ Lan said to me .
a. Lan saked to me how old is your mother .
b. Lan asked me how old my mother is
c. . Lan asked me how old your mother is
d. . Lan asked me how old my mother was.
7, He asked me where I …………
a. live b. lived c. am living d. did lived .
8, I’m looking forward to ………from you .
a. hear b, heard c. hearing d. be heard .
II, Match the two parts of the sentences .
1, If it is fine a, so he will pass the exam .
2, Paul is studying hard b, we will come to see you .
3, You will miss the bus c, so I can’t tell you .
4, I don’t know the answer d. If you get up late .
5, if he studies hard , e, If it is rainy .
6, We won’t go f, he will pass the exam.
III, Use the tag questions to complete the following sentences :
1, This boy runs very fast , ……………?
2, She doesn’t like take part in this activity ,…………?
3, You can speak English ,……………..?
4, Lan and Mai watched this film on T.V last night , …………..?
5, Nothing is wrong ,………….?
6, Don’t forget to post my letter ,………..?
IV, Give the correct form of the verbs :
1, Would you mind ( help ) me with this work ?
2, If she ( not be ) at home , he would be very sorry about that .
3, The lady wants the waiter ( bring ) her some more sugar .
4, It ( take ) me forty minutes to walk to school last year .
5, I ( have ) my clothes ( wash ) . That’s why they are wet .
6, My sister wishes she ( do ) her homework last week .
7, The dog is ( say ) to be the man’s best friend.
8, I ( tell ) him the truth if I were you .
V, Give the correct form of the words in brackets .
1, The seeds were sold during the …………season. ( rain )
2, You can find ……….asking for money in most countries . ( beg ) .
3, The manager told the bell boy to smile at everyone ……..( cheerful )
4, Isaac Newton is a ……….scientist . ( fame ).
5, He never takes his parents’ ………….( advise )
6, “ What ‘s your …….?” She asked the tourist . ( nation )
7, Population growth in industrial countries is ……..slow ( relate ).
8, He has an ……….personality and people can’t help but like him. ( attract )
VI, Read and then answer the questions :
Michael Faraday , the great English physicsist , was born in 1791 in Lon Don . His
family was very poor and he didn’t learn much . When he was fourteen , he
worked in a bookshop where he had a good chance to read books . He used to go
some talks about science . One day Michael went to a talk by Humphry Davy ,
England’s greatest scientist of the time . He liked Davy’s talk very much and a few
months later , he became Davy’s laboratary assistant . Like Davy , he became
interested in electricity which could be made by a machine . He died in 1867.
1, Where was Michael Faraday born ?
…………………………………………..
2, What did he do when he was fourteen……………………
3, Who became Davy’s laboratary assistant a few months later ?…
4, How could electricity be made ?……………………………
VII, Use the word given to complete sentences ;
1, coffee / hot / I / drink . ( too…to…) ………………………………
1, city.air / fresh / material life / comfortable .
( however )………………….................
3, we/ decided /not / go / bad / weather . ( because of )………………………
4, The house / build / 1970 .
( passive )……………………………………………………
5, He/ rich / than / you . ( comparative ) ………………………………………
6, He / just / had/ carry / the suitcase .
……………………………………………………
7, The girl / talk/ to the teacher / my close friend. ( relative clause )
VIII, Find and correct mistakes :
1, Lan said that she will see him the following year .
2, He doesn’t need a furnished apartment , doesn’t he ?
3, I usually avoid to go to parties because it’s such a problem for me to remember
people’s names .
4, If I am a teacher , I would teach the lesson well .
5, Nam has never wanted to return to the Hai Phong to live because of the winter
are too cold .
I, Choose the words that have the underlined part pronounced differently
from the others :
1, a. many b. any c. baggy d. secondary
2, a. media b. candidate c, deposit d. scholorship
3, a, aunt b. faucet c. saucer d, mausoleum
4, a. pool b. groom c. woods d. typhoon
5, a, cyclone b. fence c. appliance d. ancient
II, Choose the best answers :
1, English……in elementary school in Singapore.
a. is teached b. is taught c. is teaching d. be taught .
2, In Britain people send each other cards …………..Christmas .
a, in b.on c. at d. till
3, That’s Bob’s,…..? a. is he b. isn’t he c. is it d. isn’t it .
4, Her husband looks ………the children while she’s at work .
a. after b. for c. at d. to
5, A great deal of wheat ………..in Russia .
a. is grown b. are grown c. is growed d. are growed .
6, He can run 100 meters ………..11 seconds .
a. in b. on c, at d. with
7, There are usually a lot of parties …….New Year’s Eve .
a. in b, on c at d, with .
8, No one died in the accident,…….?
a. is he b. isn’t he c. did they d, didn’t they
III, Give the correct form of words :
1, When we arrived , the audience greeted us ……….( warm ).
2, Nam’s school has a …………..club ( dramatize )
3, She cleaned her floor all by ……( her ) .
4, …..covers the sky at night . ( dark ) .
5, The meeting finished without a single ………( agree )
6, You are very …….from your brother . ( differ ) .
7, Mr Nguyen is a very………neighbour . ( help )
8, Yesterday we took a ……..bicycle trip to the seaside . ( leisure )
IV, Give the correct form of words :
1, I’ll wait until you ( finish ) your homework .
2, He acts as if he ( know ) English perfectly .
3, I have not heard of him since we last ( meet ) .
4,The rain has made the children ( stop ) their game.
5, It started to rain while you ( sleep ) .
6, My mother suggested ( go ) by bus .
7, This car used to ( paint ) white .
8, He would come if he ( not be ) busy today .
V, Read and answer questions :
Millions of pound worth of damage has been caused by a storm which passed
across the North of England last night . The River Ribble burst its banks after
heavy rain .
People were rescued from the floods by the firemen , who received
numerous calls for help . Wind speeds reached ninety miles an hour in some places
Roads were blocked by fallen trees and electricity lines were brought down ,
leaving thousands of homes without electricity . “ Every thing possible is being
done to get the situation back to normal “ a spokenman said .
1, What has been caused by a storm which passed asross the North of
England ?
2, When did the storm happen ?
3. What happened to the River Ribble ?
4, Who rescued many people from the floods ?
5, What speed did the wind reach ?
VI, Use the correct form of words :
1, Dickens was a ………..writer .( success )
2, English football fans know the names of most ...and the scores of every games.(
play ) .
3, John can sing ………..( beautiful ) .
4, Jane can speak Chinese very ……( good ).
5, It is the ……film I have ever seen ( bad ) .
6, This article was written by a good ………( report )
VII, Rewrite sentences :
1, The question was so difficult that no one could answer it .  It was such
……….
2, He thinks learning English is very easy .  He thinks it is …………….
3, Your sister is very young , so she can’t go to the zoo by herself .
. Your sister is too…………..
4, You are too old to wear this dress .  You are not ………………………
5, This is the hotel . I stayed in this hotel last year . ( Use the relative clause ).
……………………………………………………………………………………
….
6, We can’t go fishing today because the weather is not fine .
 If the weather were fine today , ……………………
VIII, Complete the following passage with a suitable word chosen from the
box.
by /were/ looking /family /whom/ children/ in /while/ used /attracted.
When the (1)............. lived (2).............. the city, Mr. Green (3)............. to take his
(4).......... to the circus. The children often enjoyed (5).......... at colorful posters on
the walls (6)................ their father got tickets from the ticketbooth. The shows
(7)......... always good. The older children were (8)............ by the acrobats and the
lion-tamers most of all, while their younger brothers and sisters were fascinated (9)
............. the performing animals. They kept talking about the lion-tamer
(10)............... they admired a great deal and about the clowns who made them
laugh a lot.
----------------*****---------------------
I, Choose the words that have the underlined part pronounced differently
from the others :
1, a. relaxation b. champagne c. congratulate d. documentary
2, a. scheme b. recycle c. meteor d. examine
3, a. alien b. convenience c. lie d. experience
4, a. country b. nervous c. cousin d. touch
5, a ghost b. humor c. behave d. hedge
II, Find and correct mistakes :
1, If you took more exercises , you might feel healthily .
2, Tom and Fred hadn’t been to Florida before then , had them ?
3. If I have wings , I wouldn’t have to take an air- plane to fly home .
4, I hope the weather will be nice in the weekend .
5, He went there for purpose on making business contact .
III, Choose the best answers :
1, You really saw a UFO, Mr Brown , …………..?
a. weren’t you b. didn’t you c. don’t you d. aren’t you
2, I wish this exam ……easier . a. is b. will be c. would d. were .
3, If anybody …..a question , please ask me after class .
a. has b. have c. had d. will have
4, Viet …….go fishing with his uncle when he lived in the countryside .
a. used to b. is used to c. has used to d. was used to
5, If I …….Minh’s address , I …her a letter .
a. have – write b. had – will write c. had – would write d. had – wrote
6, We haven’t seen Liz ……….two months .
a. since b. for c. until d. before .
7, The book ………..is on the table belongs to my teacher .
a. who b. which c. whose d. of which
8, They reached the village before the sunset ……….the road was flooded .
a. although b. whenever c. as if d. even
9, After arriving home , they usually ………their uniforms .
a. take out b. put out c. take off d. put off .
10, He worked ……….than his workmates .
a. more careful b. as carefully c. carefullier d. more carefully .
IV, Read and answer the questions :
Christmas is the biggest festival of the year in most Britain . Celabrations start
properly on 24th December , Christmas Eve, although they have been several weeks
of preparation before hand . The Christmas tree and all the presents , food , drinks
and decorations have been bought . Christmas cards have already been sent to
friends and relations . About a week before Christmas , people usually put up their
decorations decorate the Christmas tree with lights various colored decorations and
an angel on the top . Family presents are usually put under the tree .
Christmas is a family celabrations and many of, the customs center on children .
When they go to bed on Christmas Eve , children hang up a pillow case or sack for
their presenrts . ( Traditionally , it should be a stocking , but a stocking wouldn’t
hold enough to satisfy today’s kids ) .
Christmas is the biggest day of the holiday . On Christmas morning , children
often open the presents that were in their sacks . Some families go to church . The
traditional Christmas dinner consists of roast turkey potatoes and various other
vegetables .
1, What is the biggest festival of the year in most Britain ?
……………………………………………………………………………………
…..
2, When do celabrations start ?
……………………………………………………………………………………
……….
3, What do children in Britain do when they go to bed on Christmas Eve ?
……………………………………………………………………………………
………
4, What do children do on Christmas morning ?
……………………………………………………………………………………
………
5, What does the traditional Christmas dinner consist of ?
……………………………………………………………………………………
……
VI, Rewrite these sentences :
1, I think we should speak English in class ?  I suggest ……………….
2, Mai lives on Nguyen Hue street . She likes playing the piano .
 Mai …………..
3, If you saw a UFO , what would you do ?  If a UFO ……………………
4, The reason why he used to get bad marks at Math is he was very lazy .
 Because …………………………………………………………………..
5, Two trading centers have been opened here this year .  They ……………..
6, I can’t go on a picnic with you because I’m not free today .  If I …………..
7, “ Do you sometimes go to this English speaking club ? “ Mrs Brown asked .
 Mrs Brown asked me ……………………….
8, I can’t sing beautifully , so I can’t join them now .  I wish ……………………
9, He has been a university professor for ten years .  He became ………….
10 . Mr Pike played soccer after school everyday when he was a school boy .
 Mr Pike used to …………………………..
VII, Find and correct mistakes :
1, If she will come this afternoon , we’ll take her to the Water Park .
2, He might staying at home today because he isn’t well .
3, The boy which he you met yesterday is my closet friend .
4, Linh didn’t send me any postcard since she went on holiday .
5, My teacher suggested to give lessons to poor children .
1, We are ready …..the environment . a, clean b. to clean c. cleaning d.
cleaned
2, This is the house …Nam was born . a. where b. which c. that d. when.
3, It is Saturday today,…….? a. is it b. isn’t it c. it isn’t d. wasn’t it .
4, My mother has never sung a song in public ……she can sing very well .
a. however b. therefore c. although d. because
5, If I were you , I ………do that
a. didn’t b. can’t c. wouldn’t d. will not.
6, I suggested ………to music . a. listen b. listening c.to listen d. to
listening
7. Listen to the weather …………to know what the weather will be like
tommorow.
a. climate b. temperature c. forecast d. program.
8. We should …….all the lights before going out .
a. turn on b. turn off c. to turn d. turned off .
9, I wish it ….rain so often here . a. doesn’t b. don’t c. didn’t d. did
10. The picture ….Tom is looking at is very beautiful.
a. whose b. whom c. which d. when .
II, Which one is different ?
1, A, alone B, phone C, shown D, town
2, A, stomach B, chair C, child D, catch
3, A, which B, who C, where D, why
4, A, how B, hat C, hour D, house
5, A, chemist B, chichen C, church D, chat
6, A, tea B, pea C, sea D, ear
7, A, know B, knife C, kill D, knee
8, A, pull B, push C, put D, but
9, A, would B, sound C, count D, mouth
10, A, village B, cottage C, hostage D, massage
III, Give the correct forms of the words in the brackets .
1. An………man has stolen all our money . ( know ).
2. Two of these tables should be taken ………( day )
3. They all pass their examinations without the slightest…..( difficult )
4. They lost the game because of his ……….( careless )
5. He lives ……..because he is very successful. ( happy )
6. Thai people had made a lot of ………before the 18th Sea Games started.
( prepare )
7, He has……..in speaking English . ( difficult )
IV, Give the correct tenses of the verbs .
1, Have you ever tried ( swim ) across the river ?
2, He ( keep ) looking at her , wondering where he ( see ) her before .
3, He usually ( write ) in green pink .
4, Trees ( plant ) since it stooped raining last month .
5, What ( happen ) when they arrived ? – The seats were being filled .
6, They ( complete ) their papers before the bell rang .
7, If you ( be ) there , you would have met Miss Hoa .
V, Read and choose which are true or false .
Jeans are the most popular kind of clothes in the World . They are popular almost
everywhere – in Japan , France , Indonesia , Canada and Brazil . Rich and poor
people wear them too .
In 1850, when Levi Strauss arrived in California , he saw that the workers
needed strong clothes , so he began to make them . These plants were very strong
and did not wear out easily . The plants became very popular immediately.
The word “ Jeans “ comes from the word “ Genoa “ . Mr Strauss made the
first Jeans in the Unites State , but the idea and the kind of cloth came from Europe
. The names came from France nad Italy .
Why are Jeans popular ? In the United States , they are the only kind of
traditional clothes . In other countries , young people wear them because they want
to look modern . Jeans are sing of Youth and Independence . Everybody wears
Jeans because everybody wants to be modern , young and independent.
1, Jeans are popular all over the world .
2, Jeans are made for only rich people .
3, Jeans can be worn out easily.
4, The first Jeans were made in the USA.
5, The name “ Jeans “ came from Europe.
6, Only young people want to wear Jeans .
7, In which country did Jeans become the traditional clothes ?
8, Why do people like wearing Jeans ?
VI, Rewrite these sentences .
1, He run fast enough to get there first . ( so…that )
…………………………………………………………………………
2, “ Why don’t you ask the taecher to explain it again ? “ Jonh asked .
 Jonh asked me……………………..
3, My mother has planted a lot of roses in the garden .  A lot of …………….
4, Kangaroos have long tails . They can be seen everywhere in Australia . ( which )
…………………………………………………………………………….
5. We know a lot of people . They live in HCM city . We know ……………
6, “ Why don’t you like learning English ? “ Nick asked .  Nick asked me ……
7, They will open new the National Stadium next Sunday .
 The National Stadium
8. Our team doesn’t play well today .  I wish ………………..
9. Today isn’t Sunday . We can’t go for a picnic .
 If today ………………
The end
I, Give the correct forms of words :
1, The…….in our neighborhood are very kind . ( reside ).
2, Would you like to go to the English ……….contest? ( speak )
3, I’m very ……of my father and love him so much . ( pride )
4, Trung’s sense of humor …..him from other students . ( distinct ).
5, Sometimes I have some ….which can’t be explained ( feel )
6, Mid- August Festival is a ……festival for children . ( joy )
7, Passover is the Jewish people is a festival which celebrates ….from slavery (
free).
8, We must learn about keeping the environment ……….( pollute )
9, Don’t eat those vegetables . They’re …..( poison )
10, We’ll live a happier and …..life if we keep our environment clean . ( health )
11, We are talking complete…….( sense ).
12, Environmental ….is everybody’s responsibility . ( protect )
II, Give the correct forms of the verbs :
1, Trees ( grow ) faster if the weather ( be ) fine last year .
2, All the debts must ( pay ) now .
3, Everyone ( sleep ) at the moment .
4, Are you used to ( swim) in the sea ?
5, My uncle ( be ) an engineer . He ( be ) an engineer for fifteen years . He now
( work ) in a factory in Binh Duong . He likes ( play ) football . He ( go ) to play
football once a week at an amateur football club in the town . Last month he ( go )
to Singapore for a week . He ( stay ) in a hotel by the sea and ( swim ) a lot . Since
he ( return ) home , I ( not see ) him . I hope to meet him soon .
III, Combine two sentences into one. Using the words in the brackets .
1, The movie was boring . We went home before it finished . ( so )
……………………………………………………………………….
2, Mai opened the door . Mai greeted the guests ( and )
……………………………………………………………………..
3, We started the trip very early .We reached the village before noon .( So…that )
………………………………………………………………………..
4, Liz saw some wild ducks . Liz was resting under the a tree . ( while )
………………………………………………………………………
5, Hoa is very tired . She can’t sit up . ( so…that )
………………………………………………………….
6, Ba felt tired and hungry . Lan felt tired and hungry. ( so )
……………………………………………………………….
7, We enjoyed the fresh air in the countryside . We enjoyed the food there .( both )
…………………………………………………………………………
8, The water is very cold . We can’t swim in it . ( too ) .
……………………………………………………………………
9, Peter didn’t have money to buy a bus ticket . He had to walk home . ( so )
……………………………………………………………………………..
10 . Mr Paker feeds the chicken . He collects their eggs . ( not only….but also )
……………………………………………………………………..
IV, Rewrite these sentences :
1, Reading newspapers in the morning gives him pleasure .
 He enjoys………….
2, They first printed “ The Times “ two hundresd years ago .
 “ The Times “…….
3, Does your brother use the Internet everyday ?
 Your brother………………?…
4, Please don’t watch this film , it’s very violent .
 Please stop………………..
5, Some newspapers have more pictures than texts .
 There are …………………
6, Although his leg was broken , he managed to get out of the car .
 In spite……
7, It may rain on your way home , so take a rain coat with you .
 In case ……….
8, That man used to work with me when I lived in New York .
 That’s …………
9, The storm destroyed the town completely .
 The town……………………..
10, Despite his age, Mr Thanh runs five kilometers every morning .
 Even……..
V, Read the text and then answer the following questions .
The spaceship flew around the new planet several times . The planet was blue and
green . They couldn’t see the surface of the planet because there were too many
white clouds . The spaceship descended slowly through the clouds and landed in
the middle of the green forest . The two astronauts put on their spacesuits , opened
the door , climed carefully down the ladder , and stepped onto the planet .
They looked at everything carefully . All the plants and animals looked new
and strange . They couldn’t find any intelligent life .
1, What did the spaceship fly around ?
……………………………………………………………………………………
……
2, What was the new planet like ?
……………………………………………………………………………………
……
3, Where did the spaceship land ?
……………………………………………………………………………………
…….
4, How did the astronauts look at everything ?
……………………………………………………………………………………
……
5, What did all the plants and animals look like ?
……………………………………………………………………………………
……..
6, Could they find any intelligent life there ?
…………………………………………………………………………………
VI, Fill in the blanks with a suitable words .
Dear Mom and Dad ,
Well, here I ..(1)…in Peru on our South America tour . We got to Lima five days
..(2)…. We had a good journey . It …(3)….three days by bus , but we saw lots of
things on …( 4 )…way . We didn’t do much for the first two days . We spent most
of the time ..(5 )…the beach . On Wednesday ..(6)…came up to the mountains ,
and yesterday we went to the old Inca city of Machu Picchu and did some
sightseeings …(7)….was fantastic ! We didn’t have a lot of ..(8)…there , but we
saw everything and I took ..( 9 )…of photos .
Hope you’re fine . …( 10) you get my card from Colombia ?
Love.
Matt.
VII. Finish sentences using words given.
1, How long / you / know / him ?
……………………………………………………………………………………
…
2, I / know / him / since / twelve years .
……………………………………………………………………………………
…..
3, How long ago / you / start/ write / poems ?
…………………………………………………………………………………..
4, He / come / yesterday / ask / me / I / want / go / with him .
……………………………………………………………………………………
…
5, I / ask / if / he /support / work .
…………………………………………………………………………….
6, He / promise / help/ find / good job.
……………………………………………………………………………………
….
7, My mother / not agree / let / go .
…………………………………………………………………………………….
8, My father / not agree / either .
……………………………………………………………………………………
…
VIII, Find and correct mistakes .
1, What have you done two weeks ago ?
2, Does he come back yet ?
3, I am here since last month .
4, How long ago have you started to know him ?
5, I know him for a long time .
6, I just see a horrible accident in the river .
7, What happens when you came home ?
8, I have met her last night at Mary’s birthday party .
IX, Rewrite sentences .
1, I’ve never tasted such a good cake before .  This is the first time ……………
2, I haven’t seen him for two weeks . I last ………………………………….
3, I started learning English 7 years ago .  I have ……………………………..
4, Nam is elected the monitor of our class .  We elect
……………………………
5, I’ve never seen such a wonderful computer before .  It’s
………………………
6, “ You must see this computer exhibition “ .  The teacher said….....................
7,” You have to check for computer viruses before you install any new sorfware “.
 He said ……………………………………………………………..
8, Tom is the best programmer in his company .
 Noone in Tom’s company is …………………………………………..
X, Give the correct forms of the verbs .
1, A plane ( crash ) in a mountain yesterday.
2, Look ! What ( they , do ) at the sea ?
3, Sorry I ( not write ) for you such a long time .
4, How ( you , be ) since we last met ?
5, Something ( happen ) when they were talking on the phone .
6, The boy ( fall ) off a tree and ( become ) unconscious .
7, What ( he , think ) about ? Food ? Job ? Or marriage ?
- I ( not know ) . He ( sit ) there for three hours .
8, Are you ok ? – I am ok although you really ( make ) me exhausted this morning .
XI, Find and correct mistakes .
1, Long long ago , there is a family living together in a forest in Africa .
2, The family consisted of five people : a couple and them three young children .
3, Two of the children are intelligent and hard-working girls and the other was a
lazy boy .
4, Unfortunate , their parents used to think that the boy was more important than
the girls .
5, The girls working from the sunrise to sunset in the fields and in the house to
help their mother with working and feeding animals .
6, The lazy boy ran around all day and did nothing to help either in the fields and
in the house .
7, Their parents did not scolded the boy but always asked the girls to do more and
more work.
8, The girls never complained and just did them best to held their parents .
9, Later , they were among the most successful and richest woman .
10, The boy , on the other hand , couldn’t do nothing to earn his living by himself.
11, The parents were sorry for their way of bringing him up but it was to late for
them to do anything to help their boy .
XII, Complete the following sentences , using words given .
1, In / Viet Nam / people / love / read / newspapers / magazines .
2,Rice / grow / tropical countries .
3, If / you / want / get / good grades , you / study / hard .
4, Tet / a festival / which / occur / late January / early February.
5, She / ask / me / If / I / speak / English .
6, She / wish / she / stay / Hue / now . The end
XIII, Translate into English .
1, Vao buổi chiều , ông Ba nuôi gà và nhặt trứng của chúng.
2, Nhiều khách du lịch thích các lễ hội ở Việt nam mặc dù họ không hiểu về văn
hoá Việt nam nhiều .
3, Tôi rất thất vọng vì bạn bị trượt trong kỳ thi .
4, Neil Armstrong , người đầu tiên đặt chân lên mặt trăng , sống ở Mỹ .
5, Nếu Hoa là một bác sĩ , Hoa sẽ không làm như vậy .
6, Nếu chúng ta làm việc chăm chỉ , chúng ta sẽ làm cho bãi biển này trở lên sạch
sẽ và đẹp trở lại.
7, Nếu bạn muốn nhận thứ hạng cao , bạn phải học tập chăm chỉ .
8, Bạn thích xem thể thao không Trung ?
9, ở Việt nam , mọi người thích đọc báo và tạp chí .
10, Quần áo bò được làm hoàn toàn từ cốt tông .
11, Bài tập này phải được làm cẩn thận .
12, Mai nói rằng cô ấy có một thời gian tuyệt vời ở đây .
13, Cô ấy hỏi tôi ai dạy tôi môn Anh .
14, Cô ấy hỏi tôi liệu rằng tôi có nói được bất kỳ ngôn ngữ nào khác không .
15, Nam nói rằng anh ấy đã từng ở đây trước đây .
16, Họ ước họ có một kỳ nghỉ dài hơn .
17, Bạn đã từng ăn thức ăn Việt nam chưa ?
Keys
Ex1 : a, Bicycles must not be left in the hall.
b. Books may be kept for two weeks , after that they must be returned to the
library
c. Nothing can be done unless we are given more information .
d, A lot of trees are cut down and many tropical forests are destroyed every year .
e. More than 200 thousand people in Asia were killed by the earthquake and
tsunami on Sunday morning , the 26th December 2004 .
Ex2 : a., I wish I could play chess.
b. He asked me where Mai lived .
c. The 23th Sea Games are going to be held in the Philiphines .
d, The climate is thought to be changing .
Ex3 : 1, He told his mother he was going away the following day .
2, She said nothing could grow in her garden . It never got any sun .
4, He said It was so foggy that day .
5, He said sadly he had to clean the floor that day .
6, She said they should put the traffic lights there , otherwise there would be more
accidents .
7, The captain said if it rained that afternoon , it would be too wet to play soccer
the following day .
8, My aunt said those roses were cut from her garden .
9, The headmaster said I had to do it then .
10, He said that from the window of that hotel could see…..
Ex4 : 1-B ; 2- B ; 3-D ; 4 – B ; 5 – A ; 6 – A ; 7 – C ; 8 – A ; 9-C ; 10 – B ; 11-
D.
Ex5 : 1, Nam , who learns in our class , is very intelligent .
2, Minh , who I have……. , is one of ……..
3, The new stadium, which can hold…. , will be opened……
4, My mother , who is an … , works ………….
5, His book , which was … , became ……
6, Neil Armstrong , who walked… , lived……..
7, Quang , who lived ….. , plays …………
8, Ha Long , which I visited … , has grown ……
9, Tuan , who has … , is giving …..
10, Mr Jonh , who comes … , is our ……
Ex6 : 1, He runs so fast that he can get there first .
2, Jonh asked me why I didn’t ask the teacher to explain it again .
3, A lot of roses have been planted in their garden by my mother .
4, Kanguroos , which can be seen everywhere in A , have long tails .
5, We know a lot of people who live in HCM city .
6. Nick asked me why I didn’t like learning E.
7, The Na . Sta will be opened next Sunday .
8, I wish our team played well today .
9, If today were Sunday , we could go for a picnic .
Ex7 : 1, at ; 2, up, 3, for ; 4, on , 5, for ; 6, of .
Ex 8: 1, scientists ; 2, unsuccessful , 3, dangerous ; 4, product .
Ex9 : 1, Thank you for inviting me to your birthday party .
2, I’m afraid . I’m not able to come because I have many thing to do .
3, I wish I could go to your / the party .
4, If I were there , all of us would have a good time .
5, I hope your party will be successful .
Ex10 ; 1, way 6, and
2, more 7, native
3, are 8, of
4, improve 9, pronunciation
5, English 10, where
KEYS
Đề 1 :
I) 1, did you do … went ; 3, to write … were ;
2, have been ; 4, knows , wishes , could ;
5, is staying …. Is .
II) 1 – b ; 2 – a ; 3.a ; 4.a ; 5.c ;

III) 1, careful ; 2, friendliness ; 3, industrial ; 4, offical ; 5, compulsory ; 6,
additional.
IV) 1, Mary used to go swimming ofter school last year :
2, HN people made an impression on Maryam :
3, Malaysian people speak Bahaso Malaysia widely :
4, She wishes she could buy that sxpensive villa :
5, My daughter started to learn English 2 years ago :
V) 1, Besides the lakes , green valleys , wooded hills and waterfalls are the other
places of scenic beautiful of the lake Distict :
2, Mary people enjoy beating , bathing and fishing when they go to the lake
District for a holiday :
3, Some visitors prefer to stay at village or farmhouses because they want
quiet places.
VI) 1, You have about 5 minutes to finish the test.
2, It was very kind of her to meet us at the airport.
3, What’ o the name of the girl whose car you borrowed ?.
4,It’s never too late to go back to school.
Đề số 2 :
I) 1, has written , met ; 4, to write , communicates / is
communicating.
2, were made , are sold ; 5, has just been opened .
3, knew ; 6, is talking – haven’t contacted.

II) 1, are going → is going ; 4, talking → to take part.
2, since → for ; 5, be having → have.
3, was opening → was opened ; 6, can go → could go.
III) 1, D ; 2, D ; 3, C ; 4, A ; 5, B ;
I) 1, I wish your friend were at this party .
2, Minh hasn’t written to his pen pal for 5 months.
3, They used to wear Jeans when they were young.
4, That model isn’t being bought these days by the teenagers.
5, It’s 2 years since we last visited Kuala Lumpur.
6, My sister has worn her new Ao dai only twice since she bought it .
7, We didn’t use to wear Jeans when we studied at primary school.
8, Liz wishes she were going to Ha Noi with her parents next Sunday.
9, A lot of new styles of clothes are designed in his shop every week .
10, Wearing uniforms encourages students to be / feel proud of their
school.
V, 1, knowledge 5, organization .
2, developing - developed . 6, length.
3, lengthen. 7, musical
4, uninteresting. 8, lovely.
VI, 1, Europe
2, there 7, can
3, one 8, is
4, capital 9, houses
5, is 10, buildings
6, for 11, things
12, a
Đề số 3
I, 1, drink 4, has … taught
2, going 5, came , had already begun.
3, to work 6, will be built.
II, 1, have you got  did you get .
2, since  for.
3, is going to stay probably  is probably going to stay.
4, going  go 8, on  to
5, can  could 9, I decide  so I decide .
6, you did  did you do 10, easy  easily
7, are  is
III, 1, The date of the meeting has been changed by them .

2, Mary spent 2 hours traveling to the countryside last week .
3, I used to go swimming after school every afternoon when I was a school boy .
4, Ba wishes he got a good mark at math today.
5, Lan got up late , so she missed the bus this morning.
IV, 1, b 2, a 3, c 4, d 5, c 6, b 7, a 8, c 9, c.
V, 1, F 2, F 3, T 4, F 5, F .
VI, 1, There are seven hundred students in our school.
2, Hoa has to cook lunch , so she is going to the market now .
3, A stranger asked me whether I was studying at that school.
4, If you want to lose weigh, you shouldn’t eat too much meat.
5, There is a meeting between 9 am and 4 pm on Friday.
6, Peter wishes that he could visit his uncle in Lon Don next summer .
Đề số 4
I, 1, B 2, C 3 , D 4, A 5, D
II, 1, watching…. reading 4, Have you seen ….?
2, playing… doing 5, to dream … was
3, to go 6, showing…to send
III, 1, not went  didn’t go . 4, in  On

2, tomorrow  the next / following day. 5, won’t  doesn’t
3, will  would 6, is  was
IV, 1, If you don’t practise speaking English every day , you can’t improve you
English.
2, Jonh wishes he didn’t live in a small flat .
/ he lived in a big flat.
3, Nam asked me if / whether my grantparents still lived in NT then.
4, It’s very wonderful to spend the weekend in the …….
5, Nga is looking forward to meeting her ………….
V, 1, T 2, T 3, F 4, T 5, T
VI, 1, quietly 2, amazement 3, polluted 4, healthy 5, healthful 6,
pollution .
VII, 1, for 4, on
2, to / about 5, up 7, up / in
3, at 6, to / of
Đề số 5
I, 1, d 2, b 3 a 4, c 5, c
II, 1, encouraged 2, modernize 3, designer 4, religion 5,
compulsory .
III, 1, haven’t seen – hasn’t been - bought . 5, found
2, being allowed – to stay . 6, had met 9, is
staying
3, came … was reading – were listening . 7, wouldn’t have 10,
listening
4, has been mentioned - are worn . 8, expected
IV, 1, ..very beautiful 5, .. tired after a long week.
2, They became…
3, … hotter and hotter
4, … drops
V, 1, If we had had a man , We wouldn’t have got lost .
2, The river has been polluted by waste products from this factory .
3, My mother had Mr Taylor fix the washing machine.
4, Unless Mary stays up late , she’ll be healthy .
5, Because of his illness , he can’t go to school.
6, We are going to have the garage repair the car .
7, The children were laying the table for dinner when he came .
8, Peter told Jane not to cross the streets outside the zebra crossing.
VI, 1, weren’t they  didn’t they 5, can he  he could .
2, to eat  eating
3, can go  could go
VII, 1,on 2, from 3, over 4, sail 5, beautiful 6, for 7, library 8, interesting.
Đề số 6
I, 1 , deforestation 2, electricity 3, uneconomical 4, shortage
5, environmentalist.
II, 1, will be  is 4, serious  seriously
2, to plant  planting 5, look for  look after.
3, because  because of
III, 1, I suggest putting garbage bins around the schoolyard .
2, Because Tom was lazy , he failed his exam.
3, If we don’t reduce the use of water and elictricity, we’ll have to pay more this
month .
4, Hoa can cook as well as Lan ( can ) .
5, You didn’t remember to turn off the TV last night , did you ?
IV, 1, are you looking ….Have you lost … 4, installed …are using
2, will be heated .. 5, don’t save …will be
3, burning 6, sold .. wasn’t
V, 1, d 2, d 3, d 4, d 5, d 6, b
VI, 1, families 4, one 7, back 10, rich
2, worked 5, brought 8, or
3, housework 6, other 9, who
VII, 1, Why is Helen absent today ?
2, How often does the family go to the theater ?
3, Where does he often go in the morning ?
4, What did they name their son ?
5, Who did they sent flowers on Women’s day ?
6, Whose skirt is this ?
Đề số 7
I, 1, B 2 , D 3, C 4, B 5, A 6, C 7, B 8, C 9, D 10 , C
II, 1, was built 6, invented
2, not to make 7, didn’t watch …read
3, were 8, working
4, would you do 9, have you ever eaten
5, have learnt / learned 10, asking 11, drinks
III, 1, It took us three hours to paint the room.
2, Books should be arranged into sections .
3, Because the house was cheap , we decided to buy it .
4, Tom said to nam that he lived there with his parents .
5, Her work hasn’t been finished yet .
6, It was such a difficult test that sts couln’t do it .
7, The doctor asked mrs B how old her little son was .
8, The weather was too bad for us to go swimming .
9, The news was so good that she smiled all the time .
10, The teacher asked if we had done our homework.
IV, 1,in 6, to
2,on 7, by
3, in/on 8, at
4, in 9, on
5. from 10. to
V, Dear Hoa , I recently went to S.D for the day with my family . We
visited the famous zoo and then we went to see the whales and dolphins at Sea
world . I had a great time .
I have been doing my home work all weekend , but still haven’t finished . I
must go and do it now .
Please write to me soon . Tim .
VI, 1, happy  happily 4, amazing . amazed
2, because  because of 5, polluted  pollution
3, will be  are
VII, 1, attraction 2, satisfy 3, friend -- friendly 4, dangerous 5, amused.
Đề số 8
I) 1A ; 2c ; 3B ; 4B ; 5C ; 6B ; 7D ; 8D ; 9A ; 10C :
II) 1, Friendly ; 2, crowded; 3, celebration ; 4, advice ;
III) 1, came – hasn’t got ; 6, posted – hasn’t replied ;
2, hiking ; 7, playing ;
3, Don’t make – is sleeping ; 8, have you ever read ;
4, took – has taken – started ; 9, weren’t ;
5, has been – came ; 10, playing ;
IV) 1, unitil ; 3, in ; 5, to ; 7, to ; 9, over ; 11, on :
2, on ; 4, up ; 6, at ; 8, from ; 10, of ; 12, on :
V) 1, I wish I had a brother ;
2, Their only son has just been bought a new motobike ;
3, Trees should be planted in our garden ;
4, I wish she had a computer ;
5, My grardmother used to wear aodai ;
6, I wish I could speak E fluently ;
7, …. hasn’t been finished yet ;
8, …. he had had a test yesterday ;
9, …. not to talk in the class ;
10, …. I didn’t get up late, I would have enough time for breakfast ;
11, …. Stolen ?
12, …. rwriting letters to friends ;
VI) 1, My friend , Lan is not only beautiful but also intelligent ;
2, My brother failed his E test, therefore he has to do the text again ;
3, The weather was terrible so we could’t go to the beach ;
4, Do you like coffee or beer ?
5, Nam got wet because he forgot his rain coat ;
6, Yesterday, my mother bought potatves, carrots and some cabbages at the
market ;
VII) 1.C ; 2.A ; 3C ; 4B ; 5B ; 6A ; 7D ; 8C ; 9 D ; 10C ;
Đề số 9
I) 1A ; 2C ; 3B ; 4B ; 5A ; 6C ; 7C ; 8D ; 9A ; 10C ; 11B ;
12A ;
II) 1, will explain ; 3, will be published ;
2, have spoken ; 4, is knocking ;
III) 1, … ought to be sent to school ;
2, … not to talk in class ;
3, … cut down thousands of trees in the world ;
4, …as/ so expensive as the red one ;
5, …watching cartoon ;
6, …must be returned to the library within 5 days ;
IV) 1, written ; 2, favorite ; 3, beginners ; 4, activity ; 5, solar ; 6,
effectively
II) 1, They are found in Amazon region of south America, central America,
Africa, and south and southeast Asia .
2, They are very important ( to the world climate ).
3, It produces about 30 to 40 percent ( of the world’s oxygen ).
4, They think that the decreasing size of the rain forests will effect the climate
on the earth .
5, No, it isn’t . ( It is an international problem )
VI, 1, did I go  I went 4, won’t  don’t
2, in on 5, when  since
3, Living there  living .
VII, 1, Next Sunday we are going to HP , which is the big city in the Northeast of
VN.
2, My brother wishes that he could speak E as well as a native speaker .
3, I asked him whether he studied / was studying at a university in America then.
4, If it doesn’t rain tomorrow , we will go camping with my friends .
5, Phong has been absent from school since he broke his leg.
Đề số 10
I, 1,c 2, a 3, c 4, d 5, c 6, d 7, b 8. c
II, 1 – b ; 2 – a ; 3 - d ; 4 – c ; 5 - f ; 6 - e
III, 1, doesn’t he ? 4, didn’t they ?
2, does she ? 5, is it ?
3, can’t you ? 6, will you ?
IV, 1, helping 5, am having …washed
2, weren’t 6, had done
3, to bring 7, said
4, took 8, would tell.
V, 1, rainy 3, cheerful 5, advice 7, relatively
2, beggars 4, famous 6, nationality 8, attractive.
VI, 1, He was born in Lon Don .
2, He worked in a bookshop ( when he ……).
3, It was Michal faraday / Michal Faraday became Davy’s laboratory assistant a
few months later .
4, Elictricity could be made by machine.
VII, 1, The coffee is too hot for me to drink.
2, The city air is not fresh , however the material life is comfortable .
3, We decided not to go out bacause of the bad weather .
4, The house was built in 1970.
5, He is richer than you ( are ) .
6, He has just had him carry the suitcase .
7, The girl who is talking to the teacher is my close friend.
VIII, 1, will see  would see 4, am  were
2, doesn’t he  does he 5, because of  because.
3, to go  going
Đề số 11
I, 1 c ; 2, a ; 3 a ; 4 c ; 5, d.
II, 1, b ; 2, c ; 3, d ; 4;a ; 5, a ; 6, a ; 7, b ; 8, c
III, 1, warmly 5, agreement
2, herself 6, different
3, drama 7, helpful
4, darkness 8, leisuerly.
IV, 1, finish 4, stop 7, be painted
2, knew 5, were sleeping 8, weren’t
3, met 6, going
V, 1, Millions of pound worth of damage has been caused by a storm which passed
across the north of England.
2, It happened last night .
3, The River Ribble burst its banks after the heavy rain.
4, The firemen did.
5, Wind speed reached ninety miles an hour in some places.
VI, 1, successful 4, well
2, players 5, worst
3, beautifully 6, reporter.
VII, 1, It was such a difficult question that no one could answer it .
2, He thinks it is easy to learn English.
3, Your sister is too young to to go to the zoo by herself.
4, You are not young enough to wear this dress .
5, This is the hotel where I stayed last year .
6, If the weather were fine today , we could go fishing.
Đề số 12
I, 1, d ; 2, d ; 3, c ; 4, b ; 5, a
II, 1, healthily  healthy 4, in the weekend  on the weekend
2, had them  had they 5, on  in.
3, have  had
III, 1, B ; 2, D ; 3, A 4, A 5, C ; 6, B ; 7, D ; 8, A 9, C ; 10 D
IV, 1, Christmas is the biggest festival of the year in most of Britain .
2, Celebrations start properly on 24 December , Christmas Eve .
3, When they go to bed on Christmas Eve , children hang up a pillow case or a
sack for their presents .
4, On Christmas morning , children open the presents that they were in their sacks .
5, The traditional Christmasdinner consists of roast turkey with potatoes and
various other vegetables .
V, 1, I suggest speaking E in class.
2, Mai , who is playing the piano, lives …………
3, If a UFO was seen , what would be done ?
4, Because he was very lazy , he used to get bad marks at Math.
5, They have opened two trading centers here this year .
6, If I were free today , I could go ….with you .
7, Mrs Brown asked me If I sometimes went to that E speaking club.
8, I wish I could sing beautifully , so I could join them now .
9, He became a university professor 10 years ago.
10, Mr pike used to play soccer after school when he ….boy.
VI, 1, will come  comes 4, didn’t sent  hasn’t sent
2, staying  stays 5, to give  giving
3, which he  who/ whom / that .
Đề số 13
I, 1, B ; 2, A ; 3, B ; 4, C ; 5, C ; 6, B ; 7, C ; 8, D ; 9, C ; 10 , C
II, 1, D ; 2, A ; 3, B ; 4, C ; 5, A ; 6, D ; 7, C ; 8, D ; 9, A ; 10 , D
III, 1, unknown 5, happily
2, daily 6, preparation
3, difficulty 7, difficulty
4, carelessness
IV, 1, to swim 4, had been planted 7, had been
2, kept / had seen 5, was happening 8, were
3, writes 6, had completed
V, 1, T 2, F ; 3 F 4, T 5, F 6. F
7, Jeans became traditional clothes in the United states .
8, People like wearing Jeans because they want to be / look modern, young
and independent.
Đề 14 :
I) – 1, Residents ; 3, Proud ; 5, Feelings ; 7, Freedom ;
2, Speaking ; 4, Distinguishes ; 6, Joyful ; 8, Unpolluted
;
9, Poinsonous ; 10, Healthier ; 11, Nonsense : 12,
Protection ;
II) – 1,Would have grown …had been .
2, Be paid .
3, Is sleeping , 4, ….swimming .
5, Is – has been – is working – playing /to play – goes – went – stayed – swam
– returned – haven’t seen .
III) – 1, The movie was boring , so we went home before it finished .
2, Mai opend the door , and greeted the guests .
3, We started the trip very early so that we reached / coud reach…
4, Lit saw some wild ducks while she was resting under a tree .
5, Hoa is so tired that she can’t sit up .
6, Ba felt tired and hungry , and so did Lan .
7, We enjoyed both the fresh air and the food in the countryside .
8, The water is too cold for us to swim (in) .
9, Peter didn’t have money to buy a bus ticket , so he had to walk home .
10, Mr Parker not only feeds the chichen but also collects their eggs .
IV) 1, He enjoys reading newspapers in the morning .
2,The Times was first printed 200 years ago .
3, Your brother uses the Intenet everyday doesn’t he ? .
4, Please stop watching that film , it’s very violent .
5, There are more pictures than texts in some newspapers .
6, In spite of his broken leg /having a broken leg , he manage…
7, In case it rains on your way home , take a raincoat with you .
8, That’ s the man who used to work with me when I lived in NY.
9, The town was destroyed competely / competely destroyed by the storm .
10, Even though he is old , Mr Thanh runs 5 kms very morning.
V) 1, It flew around the new planet .
2, It was blue and green .
3, It landed in the middle of a green forest .
4, They looked at everything carefully .
5, All the plants and animals looked new and strange .
6, No , thery couldn’t .
VI) 1, am ; 2, ago ; 3, took ; 4, the ; 5, on ; 6, we ; 7, it ; 8, time ; 9, lots ; 10, did .
VII) 1, How long have you known him ? .
2, I have known him since I was 12 years old .
3, How long ago did you start writing poems .
4, He came yesterday and asked me whether I wanted to go with him .
5, I asked if he would support me in my work .
6, He promised to help find a good fob .
7, My mother didn’t agree to let me go .
8, My father didn’t agree either .
VIII) 1, have you done → did you do ; 5, know → have
known ;
2, does he come → has he come ; 6, Just see → have Just
seen ;
3, am here → have been here ; 7, happens → happened ;
4, have you started → did you start ; 8, have met → met ;
IX) 1, This is the first time I have tasted such a good cake .
2, I last saw him two weeks ago .
3, I haven’ leared E for 7 years .
4, We elect Nam the monitor of our class .
5, It is the first time I have seen such a wonderful computer .
6, The teacher said that we had to see that computer exhibition .
7, He said that I had to check for computer viruses before I installed any new
software .
8, No one in Tom’s company is a better programmer than him .
X) 1, crashed ; 3, haven’t written ; 5, happened ; 7, is he thinking / don’t ;
2, are they doing ; 4, have you been ; 6, fell /became know/ has been sitting ;
8, have made ;
XI) 1, is → was ; 5, girls working → girls worked ;
2, them → their ; 6, and → or ;
3, are → were ; 7, did not scolded → di not scold ;
4, unfortunate → unfortunately ; 8, did them best → did their best ;
9, woman → women ; 11, to late → too late ;
10, nothing → anything .
XII, 1, In VN people love reading newspapers and magazines .
2, Rice is grown in the tropical countries .
3, If you want to get good gredes , you will study hard .
4, Tet is a festival which occurs in late January or early February .
5, She asked me If I could speak E.
6, She wishes she stayed in Hue now.
XII, 1, In the morning , Mr Ba feeds the chickens and collects their eggs .
2, Many tourists enjoy festivals in VN though they do not understand Vnese
culture very much .
3, I’m very disappointed that you failed the exam.
4, Niel Armstrong , who first walked on the moon , lives in the USA.
5, If Hoa were a doctor , sho woiuldn’t do like that .
6, If we work hard , we’ll make this beach a clean and beautiful place again.
7, If you want to get good grades , you must studu hard .
8, You like watching sports , don’t you Trung ?
9, In VN , people like/ love reading newspapaers and magazines .
10, Jean clothes were made completely from cotton.
11, This exercises must be done carefully.
12, Mai sais she had a wonderful time here .
13, She asked me who taught me E.
14. She asked me If I spoke any other languages .
15, Nam told Hoa that he had been there before .
16, They wish they had a longer vacation .
17, Have you ever eaten Vnese food ?
Grammar :
* to stop + V-ing : Dừng việc ǵ đang làm
To stop + Vinf : Dừng làm việc ǵ để làm việc khác .
 to remember + V-ing : Nhớ điều đă làm
 to remember + Vinf : Nhớ làm điều ǵ
 to forget + V-ing : Quên điều đă làm
 to forget + Vinf : Quên làm điều ǵ
 to regret + V-ing : Hối tiếc v́ đẫ làm điều ǵ
 to regret + Vinf : Thông báo điều ǵ không hay .
S; 160/11
G : 21/11
Exercises
III/ Ex3 : Cho dạng đúng của động từ trong ngoặc.
1, Mr Green is our English teacher. He (teach) English since he (leave) London in
1990.
2, That clown always (make) me (laugh) a lot.
3, If you (take) part in our trip last week, you (have) a lot of fun.
4, When he was a boy, he used to (go) swimming but now he is used to (play)
football.
5, Last Sunday, An (watch) T.V when Tom (come) there.
6, I (be) very happy if there (be) a live programme on channel 9 last night.
7, He (leave) home 2 weeks ago and we (not hear) from him since.
8, The pupil (punish) yesterday is Tom’s brother.
Keys
1- has taught – left. 8- punished
2- makes - laugh.
3- had taken - would have had.
4- go - playing.
5- was watching – came.
6- would have been – had been.
7- left – have not heard.
IV/ Exercise 4 : Sử dụng mỗi nhóm từ gợi ý để viết thành câu hoàn chỉnh
theo cấu trúc trong ngoặc :
1, Mary/ not/ spend/ money/ much/ she/ last month (as…as).
2, Mai/ her old shoes/ repair/ recently (causative form).
3, If he/ good/ English/ get/ job (Present unreal condition).
4, The man/ tired/ could not/ keep/ working ( so…that).
5, They/ not/ stop/ laugh/ show/ interesting/ (because).
6, People/ know/ place/ from/ letter/ sent (relative pronoun).
7, The problems/ complicated/ teacher/ explain (too…to).
8, He/ act/ well/ audience/ be moved/ tears (enough…to).
Keys
1- Mary doesn’t spend money as much as she did last month.
2- Mai has had her old shoes repaired recently.
3- If he were good at English, he would get a Job.
4- The man was so tired that he couldn’t keep on working.
5- They couldn’t stop laughing because the show was interesting.
6- People know the place from which the letter was sent.
7, The problems are too complicated for the teacher to explain.
8, He acted well enough for the audience to be moved to tears.
V, Exercise 5: Viết các câu ước sau dựa vào tình huống cho bên dưới:
1. I cannot swim. I wish/ can/ swim.
2. Mary plays the piano very badly.  She/ wish/ play/ better/ future.
3. Tom didn’t meet Sam yesterday.  Tom/ wish/ meet/ Sam/ yesterday.
4. Nga passed the exams in English, Maths and Literature very excellently.  She/ wish/
study/ abroad/ next year.
5. Tam failed the exam in Physics.  He/ wish/ pass/ the exam/ Physics.
6. Ngoc doesn’t like cats.  She/ wish/ never/ see/ cats.
7. They cannot afford to buy their own house.
They/ wish/ they/ have/ enough money/ buy/ house.
They/ wish/ they/ can/ afford/ buy/ house.
8. Lan doesn’t have a computer.  She/ wish/ have/ computer/ now.
9. I didn’t see Peter again. I/ wish/ see/ Peter/ again.
10. I don’t have a car.  I/ wish/ I / have/ car.
11. It is raining too heavy.  I / wish/ it/ stop/ rain/ now.

12. Sam hates to be a boy.  He / wish/ he/ be/ a girl.
VI, Exercise 6: “Wish” sentences
I can’t go to the seashore this weekend.

I wish …………………………………….
2, It rains today.
We wish …………………………………………………..
3, Hoa and Ba won’t go fishing this weekend.
They wish ………………………………………………..
4, My team doesn’t win the games.
I wish ………………………………………………………..
5, Her little brother can’t swim.
He wishes ………………………………..
6, It’s so cold and I hate cold weather.
I wish ……………………………………………..
7, I have to work tomorrow but I’d like to stay in bed.
I wish ……………………………………………………
8, I don’t know anything about cars.
 I wish ……………………………………………………….
9, I’m not lying on a beautiful sunny beach.
 I wish ……………………………………………………………
10, I live very far from school.
 I wish ………………………………………………………………
________________*****_________________

Giao An Dzung Su

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Giao An Dzung Su

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Date of planning: 17/9/2021

 Notes : Động từ thường .

 Tobe : ---- was ( I/ she/ he/ it…)

* Notes : Shall  we, I.

S1 + wish(es) + (that) + S2 + had+V-ed/P2

*Use:Diễn tả 1 điều ước không có thật ở quá khứ.

I : Sơ đồ chuyển đổi câu bị động từ câu chủ động :

Thì của V1 cùng với thì của V2 : V- ed/ VpII

II : Bảng tổng quát các loại câu bị động

S + V/ V- es/ V- s + 0  S + is/ am/ are + V- ed/ V- pII.

- Eg : Lan buys a book  A book is bought by Lan

2) Hiện tại tiếp diễn :

S + is/ am/ are + V- ing + 0  S + am/ is/ are + being + V- ed/ V-

- Eg : They are studying English now

3) Thì hiện tại hoàn thành :

7) Thì tương lai thường :

8) Động từ khuyết thiếu :

Câu bị động ( tiếp )

I : Cấu trúc bị động với câu truyền khiến, nhờ bảo.

IV : Câu mệnh lệnh :

1, Toshico had her car (repair) by a mechanic.

* Place words : Here  there

Simple past -Một hành động ,1 sự TO BE: - Động từ quy tắc: V + ED

II, - Modal verbs:

Would you like …………………

Admit Thừa nhận Mention Chỳ ý Report Bỏo cỏo

c-Try to inf : cố gắng

15-……………….the evening 16-………………Monday morning

2. Finding a large and modern house in Ha Noi is not easy.

II. Phonetics: (1 pt) - 0.25 pt for each correct answer.

IV. (1 pt) - 0.25 pt for each correct answer.

VII. (1 pt) - 0.5 pt for each correct answer.

Trỡnh - Viết đủ số từ theo quy định

Cách tính lỗi (trừ điểm)

- 2 Mỗi lỗi ngữ phỏp, cấu trỳc cõu,….: 0,25

- 4 Mỗi lỗi từ vựng 0,25

- Viết ít hơn số từ quy định 0.25

Tiờu chớ Mụ tả chi tiết cỏc tiờu chớ Điểm

- Viết logic, hợp lớ; mạch lạc, rừ ràng

Trỡnh - Viết đủ số từ theo quy định

Cỏch tớnh lỗi (trừ điểm)

- 4 Mỗi lỗi từ vựng 0,25

- Viết ít hơn số từ quy định 0.25

A, The aims and requests :

II/ So sánh hơn :

2, Đối với các adj , adv dài .

Exercises : Đặt tính từ trong ngoặc ở dạng so sánh đúng .

2) As and Since

1-D 2-B 3-A 4-D 5-B

6-C 7-C 8-A 9-B 10-C

A, The aims and requests :

on wear special celebrations play

I. 1 điểm, mỗi đáp án đúng cho 0,25đ.

II/ READING COMPREHENSION

Exercises : Đặt tính từ trong ngoặc ở dạng so sánh đúng .

S1 + wish(es) + (that) + S2 + had+V-ed/P2

Exercises : Đặt tính từ trong ngoặc ở dạng so sánh đúng .

S1 + wish(es) + (that) + S2 + had+V-ed/P2

SO VỚI ÂM VÍ DỤ MINH HỌA

/i:/ see / si: / i -i free, tea, we, key, knee

/p/ pen / pen / pờ people, put, police, stop

CÁCH PHÁT ÂM ‘ED’ – ‘S - ES’ VÀ SỞ HỮU CÁCH

BÀI TẬP KIỂM TRA KỸ NĂNG PHÁT ÂM CƠ BẢN